Search Results

Search found 5136 results on 206 pages for 'comment bot'.

Page 205/206 | < Previous Page | 201 202 203 204 205 206  | Next Page >

  • log in and send sms with java

    - by noobed
    I'm trying to log into a site and afterwards to send a SMS (you can do that for free by the site - it's nothing more than just enter some text into some fields and 'submit'). I've used wireshark to track some of the post/get requests that my machine has been exchanging with the server - when using the browser. I'd like to paste some of my Java code: URL url; String urlP = "maccount=myRawUserName7&" + "mpassword=myRawPassword&" + "redirect_http=http&" + "submit=........"; String urlParameters = URLEncoder.encode(urlP, "CP1251"); HttpURLConnection connection = null; // Create connection url = new URL("http://www.mtel.bg/1/mm/smscenter/mc/sendsms/ma/index/mo/1"); connection = (HttpURLConnection) url.openConnection(); connection.setRequestMethod("POST"); //I'm not really sure if these RequestProperties are necessary //so I'll leave them as a comment // connection.setRequestProperty("Content-Type", // "application/x-www-form-urlencoded"); // connection.setRequestProperty("Accept-Charset", "CP1251"); // connection.setRequestProperty("Content-Length", // "" + Integer.toString(urlParameters.getBytes().length)); // connection.setRequestProperty("Content-Language", "en-US"); connection.setUseCaches(false); connection.setDoInput(true); connection.setDoOutput(true); // Send request DataOutputStream wr = new DataOutputStream( connection.getOutputStream()); wr.writeBytes(urlParameters); wr.flush(); wr.close(); String headerName[] = new String[10]; int count = 0; for (int i = 1; (headerName[count] = connection.getHeaderFieldKey(i)) != null; i++) { if (headerName[count].equals("Set-Cookie")) { headerName[count++] = connection.getHeaderField(i); } } //I'm not sure if I have to close the connection here or not if (connection != null) { connection.disconnect(); } //the code above should be the login part //----------------------------------------- //this is copy-pasted from wireshark's info. String smsParam="from=men&" + "sender=0&" + "msisdn=359886737498&" + "tophone=0&" + "smstext=tova+e+proba%21+1.&" + "id=&" + "sendaction=&" + "direction=&" + "msgLen=84"; url = new URL("http://www.mtel.bg/moyat-profil-sms-tsentar_3004/" + "mm/smscenter/mc/sendsms/ma/index"); connection = (HttpURLConnection) url.openConnection(); connection.setRequestMethod("POST"); connection.setRequestProperty("Cookie", headerName[0]); connection.setRequestProperty("Cookie", headerName[1]); //conn urlParameters = URLEncoder.encode(urlP, "CP1251"); connection.setUseCaches(false); connection.setDoInput(true); connection.setDoOutput(true); wr = new DataOutputStream( connection.getOutputStream()); wr.writeBytes(urlParameters); wr.flush(); wr.close(); //I'm not rly sure what exactly to do with this response. // Get Response InputStream is = connection.getInputStream(); BufferedReader rd = new BufferedReader(new InputStreamReader(is, "CP1251")); String line; StringBuffer response = new StringBuffer(); while ((line = rd.readLine()) != null) { response.append(line); response.append('\r'); } rd.close(); System.out.println(response.toString()); if (connection != null) { connection.disconnect(); } so that's my code so far. When I execute it ... I don't receive any text on my phone - so it clearly doesn't work as supposed to. I would appreciate any guidance or remarks. Is my cookie handling wrong? Is my login method wrong? Do I pass the right URLs. Do I encode and send the parameter string correctly? Is there any addition valuable data from these POSTs I should take? P.S. just in any case let me tell you that the username and password is not real. For security reasons I don't want to give valid ones. (I think this is appropriate approach) Here are the POST requests: POST /1/mm/auth/mc/auth/ma/index/mo/1 HTTP/1.1 Host: www.mtel.bg User-Agent: Mozilla/5.0 (Windows NT 6.1; WOW64; rv:15.0) Gecko/20100101 Firefox/15.0.1 Accept: text/html,application/xhtml+xml,application/xml;q=0.9,*/*;q=0.8 Accept-Language: en-us,en;q=0.5 Accept-Encoding: gzip, deflate Connection: keep-alive Referer: http://www.mtel.bg/1/mm/smscenter/mc/sendsms/ma/index/mo/1 Cookie: __utma=209782857.541729286.1349267381.1349270269.1349274374.3; __utmc=209782857; __utmz=209782857.1349267381.1.1.utmcsr=(direct)|utmccn=(direct)|utmcmd=(none); __atuvc=28%7C40; PHPSESSID=q0mage2usmv34slcv3dmd6t057; __utmb=209782857.3.10.1349274374 Content-Type: multipart/form-data; boundary=---------------------------151901450223722 Content-Length: 475 -----------------------------151901450223722 Content-Disposition: form-data; name="maccount" myRawUserName -----------------------------151901450223722 Content-Disposition: form-data; name="mpassword" myRawPassword -----------------------------151901450223722 Content-Disposition: form-data; name="redirect_https" http -----------------------------151901450223722 Content-Disposition: form-data; name="submit" ........ -----------------------------151901450223722-- HTTP/1.1 302 Found Server: nginx Date: Wed, 03 Oct 2012 14:26:40 GMT Content-Type: text/html; charset=Utf-8 Connection: close Expires: Thu, 19 Nov 1981 08:52:00 GMT Cache-Control: no-store, no-cache, must-revalidate, post-check=0, pre-check=0 Pragma: no-cache Location: /moyat-profil-sms-tsentar_3004/mm/smscenter/mc/sendsms/ma/index Content-Length: 0 The above text is vied with wireshark's follow tcp stream when pressing the log in button. POST /moyat-profil-sms-tsentar_3004/mm/smscenter/mc/sendsms/ma/index HTTP/1.1 *same as the above ones* Referer: http://www.mtel.bg/moyat-profil-sms-tsentar_3004/mm/smscenter/mc/sendsms/ma/index Cookie: __utma=209782857.541729286.1349267381.1349270269.1349274374.3; __utmc=209782857; __utmz=209782857.1349267381.1.1.utmcsr=(direct)|utmccn=(direct)|utmcmd=(none); __atuvc=29%7C40; PHPSESSID=q0mage2usmv34slcv3dmd6t057; __utmb=209782857.4.10.1349274374 Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded Content-Length: 147 from=men&sender=0&msisdn=35988888888&tophone=0&smstext=this+is+some+FREE+SMS+text%21+100+char+per+sms+only%21&id=&sendaction=&direction=&msgLen=50 HTTP/1.1 302 Found Server: nginx Date: Wed, 03 Oct 2012 14:31:38 GMT Content-Type: text/html; charset=Utf-8 Connection: close Expires: Thu, 19 Nov 1981 08:52:00 GMT Cache-Control: no-store, no-cache, must-revalidate, post-check=0, pre-check=0 Pragma: no-cache Location: /moyat-profil-sms-tsentar_3004/mm/smscenter/mc/sendsms/ma/success/s/1 Content-Length: 0 The above text is when you press the send button.

    Read the article

  • Oddly placed CSS

    - by user3682473
    I want my news content to be completely centered (including image and text), but instead, it's oddly placed to the right like this: http://prntscr.com/3o7tjc I tried most ways to fix it and i can't find it... um.. here is the HTML part: <div id="mainContentContainer"> <div id="mainContent"> <div class="postTitle"> test </div> <div class="posterInfo"> <img width="40%" class="profilePic" src="/site/uploads/avatars/f3780c97491dd9f62f0dd7b1b8bb090a0b9e87d0.png"> <p>Posted by: <a class="postedBy" href="#">test</a></p> </div> <div class="postContent"> <div class="postImageContainer" align="center"> <img class="postImage" src="../uploads/img/test"> </div> <div class="post"> <p>test</p> </div> Comments have been disabled for this post.</div> </div> <div id="sidebar"> Welcome, Admin<br><a href="logout.php">Logout</a><br></div> </div> </div> annnd, here is CSS. body { margin: 0px; background-color: #6C9DDF; background-image:url("/assets/img/background.png"); background-repeat: no-repeat; } .hq { position:relative; top:40px; width:1300px; height:100%; left:1%; } #logo { position:absolute; width:40%; height:30%; right:30%; z-index: 100; } #homebtn, #playbtn, #newsbtn, #helpbtn { background: url(/assets/img/menubtns.png) no-repeat; } #homebtn { background-image: url("/assets/img/home.png"); background-repeat:no-repeat; background-size: 75%; width: 204px; height: 184px; position: absolute; top: 318px; left: 353px; } #homebtn:hover { background-image: url("/assets/img/home-rollover.png"); } #playbtn { background-image: url("/assets/img/play.png"); background-repeat:no-repeat; background-size: 100%; width: 200px; height: 230px; position: absolute; top: 240px; left: 480px; } #playbtn:hover { background-image: url("/assets/img/play-rollover.png"); } #newsbtn { background-image: url("/assets/img/news.png"); background-repeat:no-repeat; background-size: 100%; width: 290px; height: 290px; position: absolute; top: 210px; left: 650px; } #newsbtn:hover { background-image: url("/assets/img/news-rollover.png"); } #helpbtn { background-image: url("/assets/img/help.png"); background-repeat:no-repeat; background-size: 100%; width: 330px; height: 380px; position: absolute; top: 180px; left: 930px; } #helpbtn:hover { background-image: url("/assets/img/help-rollover.png"); } #mainContentContainer { border-radius: 30px 30px 30px 30px; -moz-border-radius: 30px 30px 30px 30px; -webkit-border-radius: 30px 30px 30px 30px; border: 8px solid #000000; background-color: #FFE12F; position: relative; width: 1200px; top: 60px; left: 8%; padding: 50px; overflow: hidden; height: 100%; position: relative } #mainContent { position: relative; border-radius: 30px 30px 30px 30px; -moz-border-radius: 30px 30px 30px 30px; -webkit-border-radius: 30px 30px 30px 30px; border: 0px solid #000000; background-color: #ffffff; height: 100%; padding: 20px; float: left; width: 900px; } #sidebar { position: relative; border-radius: 30px 30px 30px 30px; -moz-border-radius: 30px 30px 30px 30px; -webkit-border-radius: 30px 30px 30px 30px; border: 0px solid #000000; background-color: #ffffff; height: 100%; padding: 20px; float: right; width: 200px; } .postTitle { font-size: 40px; font-weight: bold; color: #515151; text-align: center; } .text { text-align: center; } .title { text-decoration: none; color: #515151; } .title:visited { text-decoration: none; color: #515151; } .title:hover { text-decoration: underline; } .postedBy { text-decoration: none; } .posterInfo { float: left; padding: 5px; } .postContent { overflow: hidden; } .postImageContainer { padding: 5px; } .postImage { width: 100%; position:relative; } .profilePic { border-radius: 30px 30px 30px 30px; -moz-border-radius: 30px 30px 30px 30px; -webkit-border-radius: 30px 30px 30px 30px; border: 0px solid #000000; } .registerFormWrapper { float: left; width: 50%; } .commentFormContainer { margin-top: 45px; } .commentContent { border-radius: 30px; overflow: auto; resize: none; padding: 10px; outline: none; } .commentBTN { background: url("../img/comment.png"); width: 269px; height: 260px; border: none; position: relative; top: -50px; cursor: pointer; text-indent: -999px; } .commentBTN:hover { background: url("../img/commentHover.png"); } .ToonName { font-weight: bold; font-size: 20px; } .ToonNameInput { border-radius: 30px; padding: 5px; outline: none; } .commentBTNS { outline: none; } .commentFormInputContainer { width: 60%; float: left; } .registerInput { border-radius: 30px; padding: 5px; outline: none; } .loginInput { border-radius: 30px; padding: 5px; outline: none; } .inputLabel { display: inline-block; float: left; width: 200px; font-size: 20px; font-weight: bold; } I tried changing most possible combinations, and it didnt work exactly... Here is the fiddle - http://jsfiddle.net/2EYYC/

    Read the article

  • A way of doing real-world test-driven development (and some thoughts about it)

    - by Thomas Weller
    Lately, I exchanged some arguments with Derick Bailey about some details of the red-green-refactor cycle of the Test-driven development process. In short, the issue revolved around the fact that it’s not enough to have a test red or green, but it’s also important to have it red or green for the right reasons. While for me, it’s sufficient to initially have a NotImplementedException in place, Derick argues that this is not totally correct (see these two posts: Red/Green/Refactor, For The Right Reasons and Red For The Right Reason: Fail By Assertion, Not By Anything Else). And he’s right. But on the other hand, I had no idea how his insights could have any practical consequence for my own individual interpretation of the red-green-refactor cycle (which is not really red-green-refactor, at least not in its pure sense, see the rest of this article). This made me think deeply for some days now. In the end I found out that the ‘right reason’ changes in my understanding depending on what development phase I’m in. To make this clear (at least I hope it becomes clear…) I started to describe my way of working in some detail, and then something strange happened: The scope of the article slightly shifted from focusing ‘only’ on the ‘right reason’ issue to something more general, which you might describe as something like  'Doing real-world TDD in .NET , with massive use of third-party add-ins’. This is because I feel that there is a more general statement about Test-driven development to make:  It’s high time to speak about the ‘How’ of TDD, not always only the ‘Why’. Much has been said about this, and me myself also contributed to that (see here: TDD is not about testing, it's about how we develop software). But always justifying what you do is very unsatisfying in the long run, it is inherently defensive, and it costs time and effort that could be used for better and more important things. And frankly: I’m somewhat sick and tired of repeating time and again that the test-driven way of software development is highly preferable for many reasons - I don’t want to spent my time exclusively on stating the obvious… So, again, let’s say it clearly: TDD is programming, and programming is TDD. Other ways of programming (code-first, sometimes called cowboy-coding) are exceptional and need justification. – I know that there are many people out there who will disagree with this radical statement, and I also know that it’s not a description of the real world but more of a mission statement or something. But nevertheless I’m absolutely sure that in some years this statement will be nothing but a platitude. Side note: Some parts of this post read as if I were paid by Jetbrains (the manufacturer of the ReSharper add-in – R#), but I swear I’m not. Rather I think that Visual Studio is just not production-complete without it, and I wouldn’t even consider to do professional work without having this add-in installed... The three parts of a software component Before I go into some details, I first should describe my understanding of what belongs to a software component (assembly, type, or method) during the production process (i.e. the coding phase). Roughly, I come up with the three parts shown below:   First, we need to have some initial sort of requirement. This can be a multi-page formal document, a vague idea in some programmer’s brain of what might be needed, or anything in between. In either way, there has to be some sort of requirement, be it explicit or not. – At the C# micro-level, the best way that I found to formulate that is to define interfaces for just about everything, even for internal classes, and to provide them with exhaustive xml comments. The next step then is to re-formulate these requirements in an executable form. This is specific to the respective programming language. - For C#/.NET, the Gallio framework (which includes MbUnit) in conjunction with the ReSharper add-in for Visual Studio is my toolset of choice. The third part then finally is the production code itself. It’s development is entirely driven by the requirements and their executable formulation. This is the delivery, the two other parts are ‘only’ there to make its production possible, to give it a decent quality and reliability, and to significantly reduce related costs down the maintenance timeline. So while the first two parts are not really relevant for the customer, they are very important for the developer. The customer (or in Scrum terms: the Product Owner) is not interested at all in how  the product is developed, he is only interested in the fact that it is developed as cost-effective as possible, and that it meets his functional and non-functional requirements. The rest is solely a matter of the developer’s craftsmanship, and this is what I want to talk about during the remainder of this article… An example To demonstrate my way of doing real-world TDD, I decided to show the development of a (very) simple Calculator component. The example is deliberately trivial and silly, as examples always are. I am totally aware of the fact that real life is never that simple, but I only want to show some development principles here… The requirement As already said above, I start with writing down some words on the initial requirement, and I normally use interfaces for that, even for internal classes - the typical question “intf or not” doesn’t even come to mind. I need them for my usual workflow and using them automatically produces high componentized and testable code anyway. To think about their usage in every single situation would slow down the production process unnecessarily. So this is what I begin with: namespace Calculator {     /// <summary>     /// Defines a very simple calculator component for demo purposes.     /// </summary>     public interface ICalculator     {         /// <summary>         /// Gets the result of the last successful operation.         /// </summary>         /// <value>The last result.</value>         /// <remarks>         /// Will be <see langword="null" /> before the first successful operation.         /// </remarks>         double? LastResult { get; }       } // interface ICalculator   } // namespace Calculator So, I’m not beginning with a test, but with a sort of code declaration - and still I insist on being 100% test-driven. There are three important things here: Starting this way gives me a method signature, which allows to use IntelliSense and AutoCompletion and thus eliminates the danger of typos - one of the most regular, annoying, time-consuming, and therefore expensive sources of error in the development process. In my understanding, the interface definition as a whole is more of a readable requirement document and technical documentation than anything else. So this is at least as much about documentation than about coding. The documentation must completely describe the behavior of the documented element. I normally use an IoC container or some sort of self-written provider-like model in my architecture. In either case, I need my components defined via service interfaces anyway. - I will use the LinFu IoC framework here, for no other reason as that is is very simple to use. The ‘Red’ (pt. 1)   First I create a folder for the project’s third-party libraries and put the LinFu.Core dll there. Then I set up a test project (via a Gallio project template), and add references to the Calculator project and the LinFu dll. Finally I’m ready to write the first test, which will look like the following: namespace Calculator.Test {     [TestFixture]     public class CalculatorTest     {         private readonly ServiceContainer container = new ServiceContainer();           [Test]         public void CalculatorLastResultIsInitiallyNull()         {             ICalculator calculator = container.GetService<ICalculator>();               Assert.IsNull(calculator.LastResult);         }       } // class CalculatorTest   } // namespace Calculator.Test       This is basically the executable formulation of what the interface definition states (part of). Side note: There’s one principle of TDD that is just plain wrong in my eyes: I’m talking about the Red is 'does not compile' thing. How could a compiler error ever be interpreted as a valid test outcome? I never understood that, it just makes no sense to me. (Or, in Derick’s terms: this reason is as wrong as a reason ever could be…) A compiler error tells me: Your code is incorrect, but nothing more.  Instead, the ‘Red’ part of the red-green-refactor cycle has a clearly defined meaning to me: It means that the test works as intended and fails only if its assumptions are not met for some reason. Back to our Calculator. When I execute the above test with R#, the Gallio plugin will give me this output: So this tells me that the test is red for the wrong reason: There’s no implementation that the IoC-container could load, of course. So let’s fix that. With R#, this is very easy: First, create an ICalculator - derived type:        Next, implement the interface members: And finally, move the new class to its own file: So far my ‘work’ was six mouse clicks long, the only thing that’s left to do manually here, is to add the Ioc-specific wiring-declaration and also to make the respective class non-public, which I regularly do to force my components to communicate exclusively via interfaces: This is what my Calculator class looks like as of now: using System; using LinFu.IoC.Configuration;   namespace Calculator {     [Implements(typeof(ICalculator))]     internal class Calculator : ICalculator     {         public double? LastResult         {             get             {                 throw new NotImplementedException();             }         }     } } Back to the test fixture, we have to put our IoC container to work: [TestFixture] public class CalculatorTest {     #region Fields       private readonly ServiceContainer container = new ServiceContainer();       #endregion // Fields       #region Setup/TearDown       [FixtureSetUp]     public void FixtureSetUp()     {        container.LoadFrom(AppDomain.CurrentDomain.BaseDirectory, "Calculator.dll");     }       ... Because I have a R# live template defined for the setup/teardown method skeleton as well, the only manual coding here again is the IoC-specific stuff: two lines, not more… The ‘Red’ (pt. 2) Now, the execution of the above test gives the following result: This time, the test outcome tells me that the method under test is called. And this is the point, where Derick and I seem to have somewhat different views on the subject: Of course, the test still is worthless regarding the red/green outcome (or: it’s still red for the wrong reasons, in that it gives a false negative). But as far as I am concerned, I’m not really interested in the test outcome at this point of the red-green-refactor cycle. Rather, I only want to assert that my test actually calls the right method. If that’s the case, I will happily go on to the ‘Green’ part… The ‘Green’ Making the test green is quite trivial. Just make LastResult an automatic property:     [Implements(typeof(ICalculator))]     internal class Calculator : ICalculator     {         public double? LastResult { get; private set; }     }         One more round… Now on to something slightly more demanding (cough…). Let’s state that our Calculator exposes an Add() method:         ...   /// <summary>         /// Adds the specified operands.         /// </summary>         /// <param name="operand1">The operand1.</param>         /// <param name="operand2">The operand2.</param>         /// <returns>The result of the additon.</returns>         /// <exception cref="ArgumentException">         /// Argument <paramref name="operand1"/> is &lt; 0.<br/>         /// -- or --<br/>         /// Argument <paramref name="operand2"/> is &lt; 0.         /// </exception>         double Add(double operand1, double operand2);       } // interface ICalculator A remark: I sometimes hear the complaint that xml comment stuff like the above is hard to read. That’s certainly true, but irrelevant to me, because I read xml code comments with the CR_Documentor tool window. And using that, it looks like this:   Apart from that, I’m heavily using xml code comments (see e.g. here for a detailed guide) because there is the possibility of automating help generation with nightly CI builds (using MS Sandcastle and the Sandcastle Help File Builder), and then publishing the results to some intranet location.  This way, a team always has first class, up-to-date technical documentation at hand about the current codebase. (And, also very important for speeding up things and avoiding typos: You have IntelliSense/AutoCompletion and R# support, and the comments are subject to compiler checking…).     Back to our Calculator again: Two more R# – clicks implement the Add() skeleton:         ...           public double Add(double operand1, double operand2)         {             throw new NotImplementedException();         }       } // class Calculator As we have stated in the interface definition (which actually serves as our requirement document!), the operands are not allowed to be negative. So let’s start implementing that. Here’s the test: [Test] [Row(-0.5, 2)] public void AddThrowsOnNegativeOperands(double operand1, double operand2) {     ICalculator calculator = container.GetService<ICalculator>();       Assert.Throws<ArgumentException>(() => calculator.Add(operand1, operand2)); } As you can see, I’m using a data-driven unit test method here, mainly for these two reasons: Because I know that I will have to do the same test for the second operand in a few seconds, I save myself from implementing another test method for this purpose. Rather, I only will have to add another Row attribute to the existing one. From the test report below, you can see that the argument values are explicitly printed out. This can be a valuable documentation feature even when everything is green: One can quickly review what values were tested exactly - the complete Gallio HTML-report (as it will be produced by the Continuous Integration runs) shows these values in a quite clear format (see below for an example). Back to our Calculator development again, this is what the test result tells us at the moment: So we’re red again, because there is not yet an implementation… Next we go on and implement the necessary parameter verification to become green again, and then we do the same thing for the second operand. To make a long story short, here’s the test and the method implementation at the end of the second cycle: // in CalculatorTest:   [Test] [Row(-0.5, 2)] [Row(295, -123)] public void AddThrowsOnNegativeOperands(double operand1, double operand2) {     ICalculator calculator = container.GetService<ICalculator>();       Assert.Throws<ArgumentException>(() => calculator.Add(operand1, operand2)); }   // in Calculator: public double Add(double operand1, double operand2) {     if (operand1 < 0.0)     {         throw new ArgumentException("Value must not be negative.", "operand1");     }     if (operand2 < 0.0)     {         throw new ArgumentException("Value must not be negative.", "operand2");     }     throw new NotImplementedException(); } So far, we have sheltered our method from unwanted input, and now we can safely operate on the parameters without further caring about their validity (this is my interpretation of the Fail Fast principle, which is regarded here in more detail). Now we can think about the method’s successful outcomes. First let’s write another test for that: [Test] [Row(1, 1, 2)] public void TestAdd(double operand1, double operand2, double expectedResult) {     ICalculator calculator = container.GetService<ICalculator>();       double result = calculator.Add(operand1, operand2);       Assert.AreEqual(expectedResult, result); } Again, I’m regularly using row based test methods for these kinds of unit tests. The above shown pattern proved to be extremely helpful for my development work, I call it the Defined-Input/Expected-Output test idiom: You define your input arguments together with the expected method result. There are two major benefits from that way of testing: In the course of refining a method, it’s very likely to come up with additional test cases. In our case, we might add tests for some edge cases like ‘one of the operands is zero’ or ‘the sum of the two operands causes an overflow’, or maybe there’s an external test protocol that has to be fulfilled (e.g. an ISO norm for medical software), and this results in the need of testing against additional values. In all these scenarios we only have to add another Row attribute to the test. Remember that the argument values are written to the test report, so as a side-effect this produces valuable documentation. (This can become especially important if the fulfillment of some sort of external requirements has to be proven). So your test method might look something like that in the end: [Test, Description("Arguments: operand1, operand2, expectedResult")] [Row(1, 1, 2)] [Row(0, 999999999, 999999999)] [Row(0, 0, 0)] [Row(0, double.MaxValue, double.MaxValue)] [Row(4, double.MaxValue - 2.5, double.MaxValue)] public void TestAdd(double operand1, double operand2, double expectedResult) {     ICalculator calculator = container.GetService<ICalculator>();       double result = calculator.Add(operand1, operand2);       Assert.AreEqual(expectedResult, result); } And this will produce the following HTML report (with Gallio):   Not bad for the amount of work we invested in it, huh? - There might be scenarios where reports like that can be useful for demonstration purposes during a Scrum sprint review… The last requirement to fulfill is that the LastResult property is expected to store the result of the last operation. I don’t show this here, it’s trivial enough and brings nothing new… And finally: Refactor (for the right reasons) To demonstrate my way of going through the refactoring portion of the red-green-refactor cycle, I added another method to our Calculator component, namely Subtract(). Here’s the code (tests and production): // CalculatorTest.cs:   [Test, Description("Arguments: operand1, operand2, expectedResult")] [Row(1, 1, 0)] [Row(0, 999999999, -999999999)] [Row(0, 0, 0)] [Row(0, double.MaxValue, -double.MaxValue)] [Row(4, double.MaxValue - 2.5, -double.MaxValue)] public void TestSubtract(double operand1, double operand2, double expectedResult) {     ICalculator calculator = container.GetService<ICalculator>();       double result = calculator.Subtract(operand1, operand2);       Assert.AreEqual(expectedResult, result); }   [Test, Description("Arguments: operand1, operand2, expectedResult")] [Row(1, 1, 0)] [Row(0, 999999999, -999999999)] [Row(0, 0, 0)] [Row(0, double.MaxValue, -double.MaxValue)] [Row(4, double.MaxValue - 2.5, -double.MaxValue)] public void TestSubtractGivesExpectedLastResult(double operand1, double operand2, double expectedResult) {     ICalculator calculator = container.GetService<ICalculator>();       calculator.Subtract(operand1, operand2);       Assert.AreEqual(expectedResult, calculator.LastResult); }   ...   // ICalculator.cs: /// <summary> /// Subtracts the specified operands. /// </summary> /// <param name="operand1">The operand1.</param> /// <param name="operand2">The operand2.</param> /// <returns>The result of the subtraction.</returns> /// <exception cref="ArgumentException"> /// Argument <paramref name="operand1"/> is &lt; 0.<br/> /// -- or --<br/> /// Argument <paramref name="operand2"/> is &lt; 0. /// </exception> double Subtract(double operand1, double operand2);   ...   // Calculator.cs:   public double Subtract(double operand1, double operand2) {     if (operand1 < 0.0)     {         throw new ArgumentException("Value must not be negative.", "operand1");     }       if (operand2 < 0.0)     {         throw new ArgumentException("Value must not be negative.", "operand2");     }       return (this.LastResult = operand1 - operand2).Value; }   Obviously, the argument validation stuff that was produced during the red-green part of our cycle duplicates the code from the previous Add() method. So, to avoid code duplication and minimize the number of code lines of the production code, we do an Extract Method refactoring. One more time, this is only a matter of a few mouse clicks (and giving the new method a name) with R#: Having done that, our production code finally looks like that: using System; using LinFu.IoC.Configuration;   namespace Calculator {     [Implements(typeof(ICalculator))]     internal class Calculator : ICalculator     {         #region ICalculator           public double? LastResult { get; private set; }           public double Add(double operand1, double operand2)         {             ThrowIfOneOperandIsInvalid(operand1, operand2);               return (this.LastResult = operand1 + operand2).Value;         }           public double Subtract(double operand1, double operand2)         {             ThrowIfOneOperandIsInvalid(operand1, operand2);               return (this.LastResult = operand1 - operand2).Value;         }           #endregion // ICalculator           #region Implementation (Helper)           private static void ThrowIfOneOperandIsInvalid(double operand1, double operand2)         {             if (operand1 < 0.0)             {                 throw new ArgumentException("Value must not be negative.", "operand1");             }               if (operand2 < 0.0)             {                 throw new ArgumentException("Value must not be negative.", "operand2");             }         }           #endregion // Implementation (Helper)       } // class Calculator   } // namespace Calculator But is the above worth the effort at all? It’s obviously trivial and not very impressive. All our tests were green (for the right reasons), and refactoring the code did not change anything. It’s not immediately clear how this refactoring work adds value to the project. Derick puts it like this: STOP! Hold on a second… before you go any further and before you even think about refactoring what you just wrote to make your test pass, you need to understand something: if your done with your requirements after making the test green, you are not required to refactor the code. I know… I’m speaking heresy, here. Toss me to the wolves, I’ve gone over to the dark side! Seriously, though… if your test is passing for the right reasons, and you do not need to write any test or any more code for you class at this point, what value does refactoring add? Derick immediately answers his own question: So why should you follow the refactor portion of red/green/refactor? When you have added code that makes the system less readable, less understandable, less expressive of the domain or concern’s intentions, less architecturally sound, less DRY, etc, then you should refactor it. I couldn’t state it more precise. From my personal perspective, I’d add the following: You have to keep in mind that real-world software systems are usually quite large and there are dozens or even hundreds of occasions where micro-refactorings like the above can be applied. It’s the sum of them all that counts. And to have a good overall quality of the system (e.g. in terms of the Code Duplication Percentage metric) you have to be pedantic on the individual, seemingly trivial cases. My job regularly requires the reading and understanding of ‘foreign’ code. So code quality/readability really makes a HUGE difference for me – sometimes it can be even the difference between project success and failure… Conclusions The above described development process emerged over the years, and there were mainly two things that guided its evolution (you might call it eternal principles, personal beliefs, or anything in between): Test-driven development is the normal, natural way of writing software, code-first is exceptional. So ‘doing TDD or not’ is not a question. And good, stable code can only reliably be produced by doing TDD (yes, I know: many will strongly disagree here again, but I’ve never seen high-quality code – and high-quality code is code that stood the test of time and causes low maintenance costs – that was produced code-first…) It’s the production code that pays our bills in the end. (Though I have seen customers these days who demand an acceptance test battery as part of the final delivery. Things seem to go into the right direction…). The test code serves ‘only’ to make the production code work. But it’s the number of delivered features which solely counts at the end of the day - no matter how much test code you wrote or how good it is. With these two things in mind, I tried to optimize my coding process for coding speed – or, in business terms: productivity - without sacrificing the principles of TDD (more than I’d do either way…).  As a result, I consider a ratio of about 3-5/1 for test code vs. production code as normal and desirable. In other words: roughly 60-80% of my code is test code (This might sound heavy, but that is mainly due to the fact that software development standards only begin to evolve. The entire software development profession is very young, historically seen; only at the very beginning, and there are no viable standards yet. If you think about software development as a kind of casting process, where the test code is the mold and the resulting production code is the final product, then the above ratio sounds no longer extraordinary…) Although the above might look like very much unnecessary work at first sight, it’s not. With the aid of the mentioned add-ins, doing all the above is a matter of minutes, sometimes seconds (while writing this post took hours and days…). The most important thing is to have the right tools at hand. Slow developer machines or the lack of a tool or something like that - for ‘saving’ a few 100 bucks -  is just not acceptable and a very bad decision in business terms (though I quite some times have seen and heard that…). Production of high-quality products needs the usage of high-quality tools. This is a platitude that every craftsman knows… The here described round-trip will take me about five to ten minutes in my real-world development practice. I guess it’s about 30% more time compared to developing the ‘traditional’ (code-first) way. But the so manufactured ‘product’ is of much higher quality and massively reduces maintenance costs, which is by far the single biggest cost factor, as I showed in this previous post: It's the maintenance, stupid! (or: Something is rotten in developerland.). In the end, this is a highly cost-effective way of software development… But on the other hand, there clearly is a trade-off here: coding speed vs. code quality/later maintenance costs. The here described development method might be a perfect fit for the overwhelming majority of software projects, but there certainly are some scenarios where it’s not - e.g. if time-to-market is crucial for a software project. So this is a business decision in the end. It’s just that you have to know what you’re doing and what consequences this might have… Some last words First, I’d like to thank Derick Bailey again. His two aforementioned posts (which I strongly recommend for reading) inspired me to think deeply about my own personal way of doing TDD and to clarify my thoughts about it. I wouldn’t have done that without this inspiration. I really enjoy that kind of discussions… I agree with him in all respects. But I don’t know (yet?) how to bring his insights into the described production process without slowing things down. The above described method proved to be very “good enough” in my practical experience. But of course, I’m open to suggestions here… My rationale for now is: If the test is initially red during the red-green-refactor cycle, the ‘right reason’ is: it actually calls the right method, but this method is not yet operational. Later on, when the cycle is finished and the tests become part of the regular, automated Continuous Integration process, ‘red’ certainly must occur for the ‘right reason’: in this phase, ‘red’ MUST mean nothing but an unfulfilled assertion - Fail By Assertion, Not By Anything Else!

    Read the article

  • Why should you choose Oracle WebLogic 12c instead of JBoss EAP 6?

    - by Ricardo Ferreira
    In this post, I will cover some technical differences between Oracle WebLogic 12c and JBoss EAP 6, which was released a couple days ago from Red Hat. This article claims to help you in the evaluation of key points that you should consider when choosing for an Java EE application server. In the following sections, I will present to you some important aspects that most customers ask us when they are seriously evaluating for an middleware infrastructure, specially if you are considering JBoss for some reason. I would suggest that you keep the following question in mind while you are reading the points: "Why should I choose JBoss instead of WebLogic?" 1) Multi Datacenter Deployment and Clustering - D/R ("Disaster & Recovery") architecture support is embedded on the WebLogic Server 12c product. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no direct D/R support included, Red Hat relies on third-part tools with higher prices. When you consider a middleware solution to host your business critical application, you should worry with every architectural aspect that are related with the solution. Fail-over support is one little aspect of a truly reliable solution. If you do not worry about D/R, your solution will not be reliable. Having said that, with Red Hat and JBoss EAP 6, you have this extra cost that will increase considerably the total cost of ownership of the solution. As we commonly hear from analysts, open-source are not so cheaper when you start seeing the big picture. - WebLogic Server 12c supports advanced LAN clustering, detection of death servers and have a common alert framework. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has limited LAN clustering support with no server death detection. They do not generate any alerts when servers goes down (only if you buy JBoss ON which is a separated technology, but until now does not support JBoss EAP 6) and manual intervention are required when servers goes down. In most cases, admin people must rely on "kill -9", "tail -f someFile.log" and "ps ax | grep java" commands to manage failures and clustering anomalies. - WebLogic Server 12c supports the concept of Node Manager, which is a separated process that runs on the physical | virtual servers that allows extend the administration of the cluster to WebLogic managed servers that are often distributed across multiple machines and geographic locations. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no equivalent technology. Whole server instances must be managed individually. - WebLogic Server 12c Node Manager supports Coherence to boost performance when managing servers. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no similar technology. There is no way to coordinate JBoss and infiniband instances provided by JBoss using high throughput and low latency protocols like InfiniBand. The Node Manager feature also allows another very important feature that JBoss EAP lacks: secure the administration. When using WebLogic Node Manager, all the administration tasks are sent to the managed servers in a secure tunel protected by a certificate, which means that the transport layer that separates the WebLogic administration console from the managed servers are secured by SSL. - WebLogic Server 12c are now integrated with OTD ("Oracle Traffic Director") which is a web server technology derived from the former Sun iPlanet Web Server. This software complements the web server support offered by OHS ("Oracle HTTP Server"). Using OTD, WebLogic instances are load-balanced by a high powerful software that knows how to handle SDP ("Socket Direct Protocol") over InfiniBand, which boost performance when used with engineered systems technologies like Oracle Exalogic Elastic Cloud. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand only offers support to Apache Web Server with custom modules created to deal with JBoss clusters, but only across standard TCP/IP networks.  2) Application and Runtime Diagnostics - WebLogic Server 12c have diagnostics capabilities embedded on the server called WLDF ("WebLogic Diagnostic Framework") so there is no need to rely on third-part tools. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no diagnostics capabilities. Their only diagnostics tool is the log generated by the application server. Admin people are encouraged to analyse thousands of log lines to find out what is going on. - WebLogic Server 12c complement WLDF with JRockit MC ("Mission Control"), which provides to administrators and developers a complete insight about the JVM performance, behavior and possible bottlenecks. WebLogic Server 12c also have an classloader analysis tool embedded, and even a log analyzer tool that enables administrators and developers to view logs of multiple servers at the same time. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand relies on third-part tools to do something similar. Again, only log searching are offered to find out whats going on. - WebLogic Server 12c offers end-to-end traceability and monitoring available through Oracle EM ("Enterprise Manager"), including monitoring of business transactions that flows through web servers, ESBs, application servers and database servers, all of this with high deep JVM analysis and diagnostics. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand, even using JBoss ON ("Operations Network"), which is a separated technology, does not support those features. Red Hat relies on third-part tools to provide direct Oracle database traceability across JVMs. One of those tools are Oracle EM for non-Oracle middleware that manage JBoss, Tomcat, Websphere and IIS transparently. - WebLogic Server 12c with their JRockit support offers a tool called JRockit Flight Recorder, which can give developers a complete visibility of a certain period of application production monitoring with zero extra overhead. This automatic recording allows you to deep analyse threads latency, memory leaks, thread contention, resource utilization, stack overflow damages and GC ("Garbage Collection") cycles, to observe in real time stop-the-world phenomenons, generational, reference count and parallel collects and mutator threads analysis. JBoss EAP 6 don't even dream to support something similar, even because they don't have their own JVM. 3) Application Server Administration - WebLogic Server 12c offers a complete administration console complemented with scripting and macro-like recording capabilities. A single WebLogic console can managed up to hundreds of WebLogic servers belonging to the same domain. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has a limited console and provides a XML centric administration. JBoss, after ten years, started the development of a rudimentary centralized administration that still leave a lot of administration tasks aside, so admin people and developers must touch scripts and XML configuration files for most advanced and even simple administration tasks. This lead applications to error prone and risky deployments. Even using JBoss ON, JBoss EAP are not able to offer decent administration features for admin people which must be high skilled in JBoss internal architecture and its managing capabilities. - Oracle EM is available to manage multiple domains, databases, application servers, operating systems and virtualization, with a complete end-to-end visibility. JBoss ON does not provide management capabilities across the complete architecture, only basic monitoring. Even deployment must be done aside JBoss ON which does no integrate well with others softwares than JBoss. Until now, JBoss ON does not supports JBoss EAP 6, so even their minimal support for JBoss are not available for JBoss EAP 6 leaving customers uncovered and subject to high skilled JBoss admin people. - WebLogic Server 12c has the same administration model whatever is the topology selected by the customer. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand differentiates between two operational models: standalone-mode and domain-mode, that are not consistent with each other. Depending on the mode used, the administration skill is different. - WebLogic Server 12c has no point-of-failures processes, and it does not need to define any specialized server. Domain model in WebLogic is available for years (at least ten years or more) and is production proven. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand needs special processes to garantee JBoss integrity, the PC ("Process-Controller") and the HC ("Host-Controller"). Different from WebLogic, the domain model in JBoss is quite new (one year at tops) of maturity, and need to mature considerably until start doing things like WebLogic domain model does. - WebLogic Server 12c supports parallel deployment model which enables some artifacts being deployed at the same time. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand does not have any similar feature. Every deployment are done atomically in the containers. This means that if you have a huge EAR (an EAR of 120 MB of size for instance) and deploy onto JBoss EAP 6, this EAR will take some minutes in order to starting accept thread requests. The same EAR deployed onto WebLogic Server 12c will reduce the deployment time at least in 2X compared to JBoss. 4) Support and Upgrades - WebLogic Server 12c has patch management available. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no patch management available, each JBoss EAP instance should be patched manually. To achieve such feature, you need to buy a separated technology called JBoss ON ("Operations Network") that manage this type of stuff. But until now, JBoss ON does not support JBoss EAP 6 so, in practice, JBoss EAP 6 does not have this feature. - WebLogic Server 12c supports previuous WebLogic domains without any reconfiguration since its kernel is robust and mature since its creation in 1995. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has a proven lack of supportability between JBoss AS 4, 5, 6 and 7. Different kernels and messaging engines were implemented in JBoss stack in the last five years reveling their incapacity to create a well architected and proven middleware technology. - WebLogic Server 12c has patch prescription based on customer configuration. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no such capability. People need to create ticket supports and have their installations revised by Red Hat support guys to gain some patch prescription from them. - Oracle WebLogic Server independent of the version has 8 years of support of new patches and has lifetime release of existing patches beyond that. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand provides patches for a specific application server version up to 5 years after the release date. JBoss EAP 4 and previous versions had only 4 years. A good question that Red Hat will argue to answer is: "what happens when you find issues after year 5"?  5) RAC ("Real Application Clusters") Support - WebLogic Server 12c ships with a specific JDBC driver to leverage Oracle RAC clustering capabilities (Fast-Application-Notification, Transaction Affinity, Fast-Connection-Failover, etc). Oracle JDBC thin driver are also available. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand ships only the standard Oracle JDBC thin driver. Load balancing with Oracle RAC are not supported. Manual intervention in case of planned or unplanned RAC downtime are necessary. In JBoss EAP 6, situation does not reestablish automatically after downtime. - WebLogic Server 12c has a feature called Active GridLink for Oracle RAC which provides up to 3X performance on OLTP applications. This seamless integration between WebLogic and Oracle database enable more value added to critical business applications leveraging their investments in Oracle database technology and Oracle middleware. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no performance gains at all, even when admin people implement some kind of connection-pooling tuning. - WebLogic Server 12c also supports transaction and web session affinity to the Oracle RAC, which provides aditional gains of performance. This is particularly interesting if you are creating a reliable solution that are distributed not only in an LAN cluster, but into a different data center. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no such support. 6) Standards and Technology Support - WebLogic Server 12c is fully Java EE 6 compatible and production ready since december of 2011. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand became fully compatible with Java EE 6 only in the community version after three months, and production ready only in a few days considering that this article was written in June of 2012. Red Hat says that they are the masters of innovation and technology proliferation, but compared with Oracle and even other proprietary vendors like IBM, they historically speaking are lazy to deliver the most newest technologies and standards adherence. - Oracle is the steward of Java, driving innovation into the platform from commercial and open-source vendors. Red Hat on the other hand does not have its own JVM and relies on third-part JVMs to complete their application server offer. 95% of Red Hat customers are using Oracle HotSpot as JVM, which means that without Oracle involvement, their support are limited exclusively to the application server layer and we all know that most problems are happens in the JVM layer. - WebLogic Server 12c supports natively JDK 7, which empower developers to explore the maximum of the Java platform productivity when writing code. This feature differentiate WebLogic from others application servers (except GlassFish that are also managed by Oracle) because the usage of JDK 7 introduce such remarkable productivity features like the "try-with-resources" enhancement, catching multiple exceptions with one try block, Strings in the switch statements, JVM improvements in terms of JDBC, I/O, networking, security, concurrency and of course, the most important feature of Java 7: native support for multiple non-Java languages. More features regarding JDK 7 can be found here. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand does not support JDK 7 officially, they comment in their community version that "Java SE 7 can be used with JBoss 7" which does not gives you any guarantees of enterprise support for JDK 7. - Oracle WebLogic Server 12c supports integration with Spring framework allowing Spring applications to use WebLogic special transaction manager, exposing bean interfaces to WebLogic MBeans to take advantage of all WebLogic monitoring and administration advantages. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no special integration with Spring. In fact, Red Hat offers a suspicious package called "JBoss Web Platform" that in theory supports Spring, but in practice this package does not offers any special integration. It is just a facility for Red Hat customers to have support from both JBoss and Spring technology using the same customer support. 7) Lightweight Development - Oracle WebLogic Server 12c and Oracle GlassFish are completely integrated and can share applications without any modifications. Starting with the 12c version, WebLogic now understands natively GlassFish deployment descriptors and specific configurations in order to offer you a truly and reliable migration path from a community Java EE application server to a enterprise middleware product like WebLogic. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no support to natively reuse an existing (or still in development) application from JBoss AS community server. Users of JBoss suffer of critical issues during deployment time that includes: changing the libraries and dependencies of the application, patching the DTD or XSD deployment descriptors, refactoring of the application layers due classloading issues and anomalies, rebuilding of persistence, business and web layers due issues with "usage of the certified version of an certain dependency" or "frameworks that Red Hat potentially does not recommend" etc. If you have the culture or enterprise IT directive of developing Java EE applications using community middleware to in a certain future, transition to enterprise (supported by a vendor) middleware, Oracle WebLogic plus Oracle GlassFish offers you a more sustainable solution. - WebLogic Server 12c has a very light ZIP distribution (less than 165 MB). JBoss EAP 6 ZIP size is around 130 MB, together with JBoss ON you have more 100 MB resulting in a higher download footprint. This is particularly interesting if you plan to use automated setup of application server instances (for example, to rapidly setup a development or staging environment) using Maven or Hudson. - WebLogic Server 12c has a complete integration with Maven allowing developers to setup WebLogic domains with few commands. Tasks like downloading WebLogic, installation, domain creation, data sources deployment are completely integrated. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has a limited offer integration with those tools.  - WebLogic Server 12c has a startup mode called WLX that turns-off EJB, JMS and JCA containers leaving enabled only the web container with Java EE 6 web profile. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no such feature, you need to disable manually the containers that you do not want to use. - WebLogic Server 12c supports fastswap, which enables you to change classes without redeployment. This is particularly interesting if you are developing patches for the application that is already deployed and you do not want to redeploy the entire application. This is the same behavior that most application servers offers to JSP pages, but with WebLogic Server 12c, you have the same feature for Java classes in general. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no such support. Even JBoss EAP 5 does not support this until now. 8) JMS and Messaging - WebLogic Server 12c has a proven and high scalable JMS implementation since its initial release in 1995. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has a still immature technology called HornetQ, which was introduced in JBoss EAP 5 replacing everything that was implemented in the previous versions. Red Hat loves to introduce new technologies across JBoss versions, playing around with customers and their investments. And when they are asked about why they have changed the implementation and caused such a mess, their answer is always: "the previous implementation was inadequate and not aligned with the community strategy so we are creating a new a improved one". This Red Hat practice leads to uncomfortable investments that in a near future (sometimes less than a year) will be affected in someway. - WebLogic Server 12c has troubleshooting and monitoring features included on the WebLogic console and WLDF. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no direct monitoring on the console, activity is reflected only on the logs, no debug logs available in case of JMS issues. - WebLogic Server 12c has extremely good performance and scalability. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has a JMS storage mechanism relying on Oracle database or MySQL. This means that if an issue in production happens and Red Hat affirms that an performance issue is happening due to database problems, they will not support you on the performance issue. They will orient you to call Oracle instead. - WebLogic Server 12c supports messaging enterprise features like SAF ("Store and Forward"), Distributed Queues/Topics and Foreign JMS providers support that leverage JMS implementations without compromise developer code making things completely transparent. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand do not even dream to support such features. 9) Caching and Grid - Coherence, which is the leading and most mature data grid technology from Oracle, is available since early 2000 and was integrated with WebLogic in 2009. Coherence and WebLogic clusters can be both managed from WebLogic administrative console. Even Node Manager supports Coherence. JBoss on the other hand discontinued JBoss Cache, which was their caching implementation just like they did with the messaging implementation (JBossMQ) which was a issue for long term customers. JBoss EAP 6 ships InfiniSpan version 1.0 which is immature and lack a proven record of successful cases and reliability. - WebLogic Server 12c has a feature called ActiveCache which uses Coherence to, without any code changes, replicate HTTP sessions from both WebLogic and other application servers like JBoss, Tomcat, Websphere, GlassFish and even Microsoft IIS. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand does have such support and even when they do in the future, they probably will support only their own application server. - Coherence can be used to manage both L1 and L2 cache levels, providing support to Oracle TopLink and others JPA compliant implementations, even Hibernate. JBoss EAP 6 and Infinispan on the other hand supports only Hibernate. And most important of all: Infinispan does not have any successful case of L1 or L2 caching level support using Hibernate, which lead us to reflect about its viability. 10) Performance - WebLogic Server 12c is certified with Oracle Exalogic Elastic Cloud and can run unchanged applications at this engineered system. This approach can benefit customers from Exalogic optimization's of both kernel and JVM layers to boost performance in terms of 10X for web, OLTP, JMS and grid applications. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no investment on engineered systems: customers do not have the choice to deploy on a Java ultra fast system if their project becomes relevant and performance issues are detected. - WebLogic Server 12c maintains a performance gain across each new release: starting on WebLogic 5.1, the overall performance gain has been close to 4X, which close to a 20% gain release by release. JBoss on the other hand does not provide SPECJAppServer or SPECJEnterprise performance benchmarks. Their so called "performance gains" remains hidden in their customer environments, which lead us to think if it is true or not since we will never get access to those environments. - WebLogic Server 12c has industry performance benchmarks with submissions across platforms and configurations leading SPECJ. Oracle WebLogic leads SPECJAppServer performance in multiple categories, fitting all customer topologies like: dual-node, single-node, multi-node and multi-node with RAC. JBoss... again, does not provide any SPECJAppServer performance benchmarks. - WebLogic Server 12c has a feature called work manager which allows your application to embrace new performance levels based on critical resource utilization of the CPUs usage. Work managers prioritizes work and allocates threads based on an execution model that takes into account administrator-defined parameters and actual run-time performance and throughput. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no compared feature and probably they never will. Not supporting such feature like work managers, JBoss EAP 6 forces admin people and specially developers to uncover performance gains in a intrusive way, rewriting the code and doing performance refactorings. 11) Professional Services Support - WebLogic Server 12c and any other technology sold by Oracle give customers the possibility of hire OCS ("Oracle Consulting Services") to manage critical scenarios, deployment assistance of new applications, high skilled consultancy of architecture, best practices and people allocation together with customer teams. All OCS services are available without any restrictions, having the customer bought software from Oracle or just starting their implementation before any acquisition. JBoss EAP 6 or Red Hat to be more specifically, only offers professional services if you buy subscriptions from them. If you are developing a new critical application for your business and need the help of Red Hat for a serious issue or architecture decision, they will probably say: "OK... I can help you but after you buy subscriptions from me". Red Hat also does not allows their professional services consultants to manage environments that uses community based software. They will probably force you to first buy a subscription, download their "enterprise" version and them, optionally hire their consultants. - Oracle provides you our university to educate your team into our technologies, including of course specialized trainings of WebLogic application server. At any time and location, you can hire Oracle to train your team so you get trustful knowledge according to your specific needs. Certifications for the products are also available if your technical people desire to differentiate themselves as professionals. Red Hat on the other hand have a limited pool of resources to train your team in their technologies. Basically they are selling training and certification for RHEL ("Red Hat Enterprise Linux") but if you demand more specialized training in JBoss middleware, they will probably connect you to some "certified" partner localized training since they are apparently discontinuing their education center, at least here in Brazil. They were not able to reproduce their success with RHEL education to their middleware division since they need first sell the subscriptions to after gives you specialized training. And again, they only offer you specialized training based on their enterprise version (EAP in the case of JBoss) which means that the courses will be a quite outdated. There are reports of developers that took official training's from Red Hat at this year (2012) and in a certain JBoss advanced course, Red Hat supposedly covered JBossMQ as the messaging subsystem, and even the printed material provided was based on JBossMQ since the training was created for JBoss EAP 4.3. 12) Encouraging Transparency without Ulterior Motives - WebLogic Server 12c like any other software from Oracle can be downloaded any time from anywhere, you should only possess an OTN ("Oracle Technology Network") credential and you can download any enterprise software how many times you want. And is not some kind of "trial" version. It is the official binaries that will be running for ever in your data center. Oracle does not encourages the usage of "specific versions" of our software. The binaries you buy from Oracle are the same binaries anyone in the world could download and use for testing and personal education. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand are not available for download unless you buy a subscription and get access to the Red Hat enterprise repositories. If you need to test, learn or just start creating your application using Red Hat's middleware software, you should download it from the community website. You are not allowed to download the enterprise version that, according to Red Hat are more secure, reliable and robust. But no one of us want to start the development of a software with an unsecured, unreliable and not scalable middleware right? So what you do? You are "invited" by Red Hat to buy subscriptions from them to get access to the "cool" version of the software. - WebLogic Server 12c prices are publicly available in the Oracle website. If you want to know right now how much WebLogic will cost to your organization, just click here and get access to our price list. In the case of WebLogic, check out the "US Oracle Technology Commercial Price List". Oracle also encourages you to get in touch with a sales representative to discuss discounts that would make possible the investment into our technology. But you are not required to do this, only if you are interested in buying our technology or maybe you want to discuss some discount scenarios. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand does not have its cost publicly available in Red Hat's website or in any other media, at least is not so easy to get such information. The only link you will possibly find in their website is a "Contact a Sales Representative" link. This is not a very good relationship between an customer and an vendor. This is not an example of transparency, mainly when the software are sold as open. In this situations, customers expects to see the software prices publicly available, so they can have the chance to decide, based on the existing features of the software, if the cost is fair or not. Conclusion Oracle WebLogic is the most mature, secure, reliable and scalable Java EE application server of the market, and have a proven record of success around the globe to prove it's majority. Don't lose the chance to discover today how WebLogic could fit your needs and sustain your global IT middleware strategy, no matter if your strategy are completely based on the Cloud or not.

    Read the article

  • Setting up Mono/ASP.NET 4.0 on Apache2/Ubuntu: Virtual hosts?

    - by Dave
    I'm attempting to setup Mono/ASP.NET 4.0 on my Apache server (which is running on Ubuntu). Thus far, I've been following a few tutorials/scripts supplied here, and here. As of now: Apache 2.2 is installed (accessible via 'localhost') Mono 2.10.5 is installed However, I'm struggling to configure Apache correctly... apparently the Virtual Host setting isn't doing its job and invoking the mod_mono plugin, nor is it even pulling source from the proper directory. While the Virtual Host setting points to '\srv\www\localhost', it clearly is pulling content instead from 'var/www/', which I've found is the default DocumentRoot for virtual hosts. I can confirm: "/opt/mono-2.10/bin/mod-mono-server4" exists. Virtual hosts file is being read, since undoing the comment in the main httpd.conf changed the root directory from 'htdocs' to 'var/www/' The Mono installation is at least semi-capable of running ASP 4.0, as evidenced by running XSP, navigating to 0.0.0.0:8080/ and getting an ASP.NET style error page with "Mono ASP 4.0.x" at the bottom. Can anyone point out how to fix these configurations and get Mono linked up with Apache? Here are my configs and relevant information: /usr/local/apache2/conf/httpd.conf: # # This is the main Apache HTTP server configuration file. It contains the # configuration directives that give the server its instructions. # See <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2> for detailed information. # In particular, see # <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/directives.html> # for a discussion of each configuration directive. # # Do NOT simply read the instructions in here without understanding # what they do. They're here only as hints or reminders. If you are unsure # consult the online docs. You have been warned. # # Configuration and logfile names: If the filenames you specify for many # of the server's control files begin with "/" (or "drive:/" for Win32), the # server will use that explicit path. If the filenames do *not* begin # with "/", the value of ServerRoot is prepended -- so "logs/foo_log" # with ServerRoot set to "/usr/local/apache2" will be interpreted by the # server as "/usr/local/apache2/logs/foo_log". # # ServerRoot: The top of the directory tree under which the server's # configuration, error, and log files are kept. # # Do not add a slash at the end of the directory path. If you point # ServerRoot at a non-local disk, be sure to point the LockFile directive # at a local disk. If you wish to share the same ServerRoot for multiple # httpd daemons, you will need to change at least LockFile and PidFile. # ServerRoot "/usr/local/apache2" # # Listen: Allows you to bind Apache to specific IP addresses and/or # ports, instead of the default. See also the <VirtualHost> # directive. # # Change this to Listen on specific IP addresses as shown below to # prevent Apache from glomming onto all bound IP addresses. # #Listen 12.34.56.78:80 Listen 80 # # Dynamic Shared Object (DSO) Support # # To be able to use the functionality of a module which was built as a DSO you # have to place corresponding `LoadModule' lines at this location so the # directives contained in it are actually available _before_ they are used. # Statically compiled modules (those listed by `httpd -l') do not need # to be loaded here. # # Example: # LoadModule foo_module modules/mod_foo.so # <IfModule !mpm_netware_module> <IfModule !mpm_winnt_module> # # If you wish httpd to run as a different user or group, you must run # httpd as root initially and it will switch. # # User/Group: The name (or #number) of the user/group to run httpd as. # It is usually good practice to create a dedicated user and group for # running httpd, as with most system services. # User daemon Group daemon </IfModule> </IfModule> # 'Main' server configuration # # The directives in this section set up the values used by the 'main' # server, which responds to any requests that aren't handled by a # <VirtualHost> definition. These values also provide defaults for # any <VirtualHost> containers you may define later in the file. # # All of these directives may appear inside <VirtualHost> containers, # in which case these default settings will be overridden for the # virtual host being defined. # # # ServerAdmin: Your address, where problems with the server should be # e-mailed. This address appears on some server-generated pages, such # as error documents. e.g. [email protected] # ServerAdmin david@localhost # # ServerName gives the name and port that the server uses to identify itself. # This can often be determined automatically, but we recommend you specify # it explicitly to prevent problems during startup. # # If your host doesn't have a registered DNS name, enter its IP address here. # ServerName localhost:80 # # DocumentRoot: The directory out of which you will serve your # documents. By default, all requests are taken from this directory, but # symbolic links and aliases may be used to point to other locations. # DocumentRoot "/usr/local/apache2/htdocs" # # Each directory to which Apache has access can be configured with respect # to which services and features are allowed and/or disabled in that # directory (and its subdirectories). # # First, we configure the "default" to be a very restrictive set of # features. # <Directory /> Options FollowSymLinks AllowOverride None Order deny,allow Deny from all </Directory> # # Note that from this point forward you must specifically allow # particular features to be enabled - so if something's not working as # you might expect, make sure that you have specifically enabled it # below. # # # This should be changed to whatever you set DocumentRoot to. # <Directory "/usr/local/apache2/htdocs"> # # Possible values for the Options directive are "None", "All", # or any combination of: # Indexes Includes FollowSymLinks SymLinksifOwnerMatch ExecCGI MultiViews # # Note that "MultiViews" must be named *explicitly* --- "Options All" # doesn't give it to you. # # The Options directive is both complicated and important. Please see # http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/core.html#options # for more information. # Options Indexes FollowSymLinks # # AllowOverride controls what directives may be placed in .htaccess files. # It can be "All", "None", or any combination of the keywords: # Options FileInfo AuthConfig Limit # AllowOverride None # # Controls who can get stuff from this server. # Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> # # DirectoryIndex: sets the file that Apache will serve if a directory # is requested. # <IfModule dir_module> DirectoryIndex index.html </IfModule> # # The following lines prevent .htaccess and .htpasswd files from being # viewed by Web clients. # <FilesMatch "^\.ht"> Order allow,deny Deny from all Satisfy All </FilesMatch> # # ErrorLog: The location of the error log file. # If you do not specify an ErrorLog directive within a <VirtualHost> # container, error messages relating to that virtual host will be # logged here. If you *do* define an error logfile for a <VirtualHost> # container, that host's errors will be logged there and not here. # ErrorLog "logs/error_log" # # LogLevel: Control the number of messages logged to the error_log. # Possible values include: debug, info, notice, warn, error, crit, # alert, emerg. # LogLevel warn <IfModule log_config_module> # # The following directives define some format nicknames for use with # a CustomLog directive (see below). # LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\"" combined LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b" common <IfModule logio_module> # You need to enable mod_logio.c to use %I and %O LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\" %I %O" combinedio </IfModule> # # The location and format of the access logfile (Common Logfile Format). # If you do not define any access logfiles within a <VirtualHost> # container, they will be logged here. Contrariwise, if you *do* # define per-<VirtualHost> access logfiles, transactions will be # logged therein and *not* in this file. # CustomLog "logs/access_log" common # # If you prefer a logfile with access, agent, and referer information # (Combined Logfile Format) you can use the following directive. # #CustomLog "logs/access_log" combined </IfModule> <IfModule alias_module> # # Redirect: Allows you to tell clients about documents that used to # exist in your server's namespace, but do not anymore. The client # will make a new request for the document at its new location. # Example: # Redirect permanent /foo http://www.example.com/bar # # Alias: Maps web paths into filesystem paths and is used to # access content that does not live under the DocumentRoot. # Example: # Alias /webpath /full/filesystem/path # # If you include a trailing / on /webpath then the server will # require it to be present in the URL. You will also likely # need to provide a <Directory> section to allow access to # the filesystem path. # # ScriptAlias: This controls which directories contain server scripts. # ScriptAliases are essentially the same as Aliases, except that # documents in the target directory are treated as applications and # run by the server when requested rather than as documents sent to the # client. The same rules about trailing "/" apply to ScriptAlias # directives as to Alias. # ScriptAlias /cgi-bin/ "/usr/local/apache2/cgi-bin/" </IfModule> <IfModule cgid_module> # # ScriptSock: On threaded servers, designate the path to the UNIX # socket used to communicate with the CGI daemon of mod_cgid. # #Scriptsock logs/cgisock </IfModule> # # "/usr/local/apache2/cgi-bin" should be changed to whatever your ScriptAliased # CGI directory exists, if you have that configured. # <Directory "/usr/local/apache2/cgi-bin"> AllowOverride None Options None Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> # # DefaultType: the default MIME type the server will use for a document # if it cannot otherwise determine one, such as from filename extensions. # If your server contains mostly text or HTML documents, "text/plain" is # a good value. If most of your content is binary, such as applications # or images, you may want to use "application/octet-stream" instead to # keep browsers from trying to display binary files as though they are # text. # DefaultType text/plain <IfModule mime_module> # # TypesConfig points to the file containing the list of mappings from # filename extension to MIME-type. # TypesConfig conf/mime.types # # AddType allows you to add to or override the MIME configuration # file specified in TypesConfig for specific file types. # #AddType application/x-gzip .tgz # # AddEncoding allows you to have certain browsers uncompress # information on the fly. Note: Not all browsers support this. # #AddEncoding x-compress .Z #AddEncoding x-gzip .gz .tgz # # If the AddEncoding directives above are commented-out, then you # probably should define those extensions to indicate media types: # AddType application/x-compress .Z AddType application/x-gzip .gz .tgz # # AddHandler allows you to map certain file extensions to "handlers": # actions unrelated to filetype. These can be either built into the server # or added with the Action directive (see below) # # To use CGI scripts outside of ScriptAliased directories: # (You will also need to add "ExecCGI" to the "Options" directive.) # #AddHandler cgi-script .cgi # For type maps (negotiated resources): #AddHandler type-map var # # Filters allow you to process content before it is sent to the client. # # To parse .shtml files for server-side includes (SSI): # (You will also need to add "Includes" to the "Options" directive.) # #AddType text/html .shtml #AddOutputFilter INCLUDES .shtml </IfModule> # # The mod_mime_magic module allows the server to use various hints from the # contents of the file itself to determine its type. The MIMEMagicFile # directive tells the module where the hint definitions are located. # #MIMEMagicFile conf/magic # # Customizable error responses come in three flavors: # 1) plain text 2) local redirects 3) external redirects # # Some examples: #ErrorDocument 500 "The server made a boo boo." #ErrorDocument 404 /missing.html #ErrorDocument 404 "/cgi-bin/missing_handler.pl" #ErrorDocument 402 http://www.example.com/subscription_info.html # # # MaxRanges: Maximum number of Ranges in a request before # returning the entire resource, or 0 for unlimited # Default setting is to accept 200 Ranges #MaxRanges 0 # # EnableMMAP and EnableSendfile: On systems that support it, # memory-mapping or the sendfile syscall is used to deliver # files. This usually improves server performance, but must # be turned off when serving from networked-mounted # filesystems or if support for these functions is otherwise # broken on your system. # #EnableMMAP off #EnableSendfile off # Supplemental configuration # # The configuration files in the conf/extra/ directory can be # included to add extra features or to modify the default configuration of # the server, or you may simply copy their contents here and change as # necessary. # Server-pool management (MPM specific) #Include conf/extra/httpd-mpm.conf # Multi-language error messages #Include conf/extra/httpd-multilang-errordoc.conf # Fancy directory listings #Include conf/extra/httpd-autoindex.conf # Language settings #Include conf/extra/httpd-languages.conf # User home directories #Include conf/extra/httpd-userdir.conf # Real-time info on requests and configuration #Include conf/extra/httpd-info.conf # Virtual hosts Include conf/extra/httpd-vhosts.conf # Local access to the Apache HTTP Server Manual #Include conf/extra/httpd-manual.conf # Distributed authoring and versioning (WebDAV) #Include conf/extra/httpd-dav.conf # Various default settings #Include conf/extra/httpd-default.conf # Secure (SSL/TLS) connections #Include conf/extra/httpd-ssl.conf # # Note: The following must must be present to support # starting without SSL on platforms with no /dev/random equivalent # but a statically compiled-in mod_ssl. # <IfModule ssl_module> SSLRandomSeed startup builtin SSLRandomSeed connect builtin </IfModule> * /usr/local/apache2/conf/extra/httpd-vhosts.conf * # # Virtual Hosts # # If you want to maintain multiple domains/hostnames on your # machine you can setup VirtualHost containers for them. Most configurations # use only name-based virtual hosts so the server doesn't need to worry about # IP addresses. This is indicated by the asterisks in the directives below. # # Please see the documentation at # <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/vhosts/> # for further details before you try to setup virtual hosts. # # You may use the command line option '-S' to verify your virtual host # configuration. # # Use name-based virtual hosting. # NameVirtualHost *:80 # # VirtualHost example: # Almost any Apache directive may go into a VirtualHost container. # The first VirtualHost section is used for all requests that do not # match a ServerName or ServerAlias in any <VirtualHost> block. # <VirtualHost *:80> ServerName localhost ServerAdmin david@localhost DocumentRoot "/srv/www/localhost" # MonoServerPath can be changed to specify which version of ASP.NET is hosted # mod-mono-server1 = ASP.NET 1.1 / mod-mono-server2 = ASP.NET 2.0 # For SUSE Linux Enterprise Mono Extension, uncomment the line below: # MonoServerPath localhost "/opt/novell/mono/bin/mod-mono-server2" # For Mono on openSUSE, uncomment the line below instead: MonoServerPath localhost "/opt/mono-2.10/bin/mod-mono-server4" # To obtain line numbers in stack traces you need to do two things: # 1) Enable Debug code generation in your page by using the Debug="true" # page directive, or by setting <compilation debug="true" /> in the # application's Web.config # 2) Uncomment the MonoDebug true directive below to enable mod_mono debugging MonoDebug localhost true # The MONO_IOMAP environment variable can be configured to provide platform abstraction # for file access in Linux. Valid values for MONO_IOMAP are: # case # drive # all # Uncomment the line below to alter file access behavior for the configured application MonoSetEnv localhost PATH=/opt/mono-2.10/bin:$PATH;LD_LIBRARY_PATH=/opt/mono-2.10/lib:$LD_LIBRARY_PATH; # # Additional environtment variables can be set for this server instance using # the MonoSetEnv directive. MonoSetEnv takes a string of 'name=value' pairs # separated by semicolons. For instance, to enable platform abstraction *and* # use Mono's old regular expression interpreter (which is slower, but has a # shorter setup time), uncomment the line below instead: # MonoSetEnv localhost MONO_IOMAP=all;MONO_OLD_RX=1 MonoApplications localhost "/:/srv/www/localhost" <Location "/"> Allow from all Order allow,deny MonoSetServerAlias localhost SetHandler mono SetOutputFilter DEFLATE SetEnvIfNoCase Request_URI "\.(?:gif|jpe?g|png)$" no-gzip dont-vary </Location> <IfModule mod_deflate.c> AddOutputFilterByType DEFLATE text/html text/plain text/xml text/javascript </IfModule> </VirtualHost> <VirtualHost *:80> ServerAdmin [email protected] DocumentRoot "/usr/local/apache2/docs/dummy-host.example.com" ServerName dummy-host.example.com ServerAlias www.dummy-host.example.com ErrorLog "logs/dummy-host.example.com-error_log" CustomLog "logs/dummy-host.example.com-access_log" common </VirtualHost> <VirtualHost *:80> ServerAdmin [email protected] DocumentRoot "/usr/local/apache2/docs/dummy-host2.example.com" ServerName dummy-host2.example.com ErrorLog "logs/dummy-host2.example.com-error_log" CustomLog "logs/dummy-host2.example.com-access_log" common </VirtualHost> mono -V output: root@david-ubuntu:~# mono -V Mono JIT compiler version 2.6.7 (Debian 2.6.7-5ubuntu3) Copyright (C) 2002-2010 Novell, Inc and Contributors. www.mono-project.com TLS: __thread GC: Included Boehm (with typed GC and Parallel Mark) SIGSEGV: altstack Notifications: epoll Architecture: amd64 Disabled: none

    Read the article

  • Automating Solaris 11 Zones Installation Using The Automated Install Server

    - by Orgad Kimchi
    Introduction How to use the Oracle Solaris 11 Automated install server in order to automate the Solaris 11 Zones installation. In this document I will demonstrate how to setup the Automated Install server in order to provide hands off installation process for the Global Zone and two Non Global Zones located on the same system. Architecture layout: Figure 1. Architecture layout Prerequisite Setup the Automated install server (AI) using the following instructions “How to Set Up Automated Installation Services for Oracle Solaris 11” The first step in this setup will be creating two Solaris 11 Zones configuration files. Step 1: Create the Solaris 11 Zones configuration files  The Solaris Zones configuration files should be in the format of the zonecfg export command. # zonecfg -z zone1 export > /var/tmp/zone1# cat /var/tmp/zone1 create -b set brand=solaris set zonepath=/rpool/zones/zone1 set autoboot=true set ip-type=exclusive add anet set linkname=net0 set lower-link=auto set configure-allowed-address=true set link-protection=mac-nospoof set mac-address=random end  Create a backup copy of this file under a different name, for example, zone2. # cp /var/tmp/zone1 /var/tmp/zone2 Modify the second configuration file with the zone2 configuration information You should change the zonepath for example: set zonepath=/rpool/zones/zone2 Step2: Copy and share the Zones configuration files  Create the NFS directory for the Zones configuration files # mkdir /export/zone_config Share the directory for the Zones configuration file # share –o ro /export/zone_config Copy the Zones configuration files into the NFS shared directory # cp /var/tmp/zone1 /var/tmp/zone2  /export/zone_config Verify that the NFS share has been created using the following command # share export_zone_config      /export/zone_config     nfs     sec=sys,ro Step 3: Add the Global Zone as client to the Install Service Use the installadm create-client command to associate client (Global Zone) with the install service To find the MAC address of a system, use the dladm command as described in the dladm(1M) man page. The following command adds the client (Global Zone) with MAC address 0:14:4f:2:a:19 to the s11x86service install service. # installadm create-client -e “0:14:4f:2:a:19" -n s11x86service You can verify the client creation using the following command # installadm list –c Service Name  Client Address     Arch   Image Path ------------  --------------     ----   ---------- s11x86service 00:14:4F:02:0A:19  i386   /export/auto_install/s11x86service We can see the client install service name (s11x86service), MAC address (00:14:4F:02:0A:19 and Architecture (i386). Step 4: Global Zone manifest setup  First, get a list of the installation services and the manifests associated with them: # installadm list -m Service Name   Manifest        Status ------------   --------        ------ default-i386   orig_default   Default s11x86service  orig_default   Default Then probe the s11x86service and the default manifest associated with it. The -m switch reflects the name of the manifest associated with a service. Since we want to capture that output into a file, we redirect the output of the command as follows: # installadm export -n s11x86service -m orig_default >  /var/tmp/orig_default.xml Create a backup copy of this file under a different name, for example, orig-default2.xml, and edit the copy. # cp /var/tmp/orig_default.xml /var/tmp/orig_default2.xml Use the configuration element in the AI manifest for the client system to specify non-global zones. Use the name attribute of the configuration element to specify the name of the zone. Use the source attribute to specify the location of the config file for the zone.The source location can be any http:// or file:// location that the client can access during installation. The following sample AI manifest specifies two Non-Global Zones: zone1 and zone2 You should replace the server_ip with the ip address of the NFS server. <!DOCTYPE auto_install SYSTEM "file:///usr/share/install/ai.dtd.1"> <auto_install>   <ai_instance>     <target>       <logical>         <zpool name="rpool" is_root="true">           <filesystem name="export" mountpoint="/export"/>           <filesystem name="export/home"/>           <be name="solaris"/>         </zpool>       </logical>     </target>     <software type="IPS">       <source>         <publisher name="solaris">           <origin name="http://pkg.oracle.com/solaris/release"/>         </publisher>       </source>       <software_data action="install">         <name>pkg:/entire@latest</name>         <name>pkg:/group/system/solaris-large-server</name>       </software_data>     </software>     <configuration type="zone" name="zone1" source="file:///net/server_ip/export/zone_config/zone1"/>     <configuration type="zone" name="zone2" source="file:///net/server_ip/export/zone_config/zone2"/>   </ai_instance> </auto_install> The following example adds the /var/tmp/orig_default2.xml AI manifest to the s11x86service install service # installadm create-manifest -n s11x86service -f /var/tmp/orig_default2.xml -m gzmanifest You can verify the manifest creation using the following command # installadm list -n s11x86service  -m Service/Manifest Name  Status   Criteria ---------------------  ------   -------- s11x86service    orig_default        Default  None    gzmanifest          Inactive None We can see from the command output that the new manifest named gzmanifest has been created and associated with the s11x86service install service. Step 5: Non Global Zone manifest setup The AI manifest for non-global zone installation is similar to the AI manifest for installing the global zone. If you do not provide a custom AI manifest for a non-global zone, the default AI manifest for Zones is used The default AI manifest for Zones is available at /usr/share/auto_install/manifest/zone_default.xml. In this example we should use the default AI manifest for zones The following sample default AI manifest for zones # cat /usr/share/auto_install/manifest/zone_default.xml <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <!--  Copyright (c) 2011, 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. --> <!DOCTYPE auto_install SYSTEM "file:///usr/share/install/ai.dtd.1"> <auto_install>     <ai_instance name="zone_default">         <target>             <logical>                 <zpool name="rpool">                     <!--                       Subsequent <filesystem> entries instruct an installer                       to create following ZFS datasets:                           <root_pool>/export         (mounted on /export)                           <root_pool>/export/home    (mounted on /export/home)                       Those datasets are part of standard environment                       and should be always created.                       In rare cases, if there is a need to deploy a zone                       without these datasets, either comment out or remove                       <filesystem> entries. In such scenario, it has to be also                       assured that in case of non-interactive post-install                       configuration, creation of initial user account is                       disabled in related system configuration profile.                       Otherwise the installed zone would fail to boot.                     -->                     <filesystem name="export" mountpoint="/export"/>                     <filesystem name="export/home"/>                     <be name="solaris">                         <options>                             <option name="compression" value="on"/>                         </options>                     </be>                 </zpool>             </logical>         </target>         <software type="IPS">             <destination>                 <image>                     <!-- Specify locales to install -->                     <facet set="false">facet.locale.*</facet>                     <facet set="true">facet.locale.de</facet>                     <facet set="true">facet.locale.de_DE</facet>                     <facet set="true">facet.locale.en</facet>                     <facet set="true">facet.locale.en_US</facet>                     <facet set="true">facet.locale.es</facet>                     <facet set="true">facet.locale.es_ES</facet>                     <facet set="true">facet.locale.fr</facet>                     <facet set="true">facet.locale.fr_FR</facet>                     <facet set="true">facet.locale.it</facet>                     <facet set="true">facet.locale.it_IT</facet>                     <facet set="true">facet.locale.ja</facet>                     <facet set="true">facet.locale.ja_*</facet>                     <facet set="true">facet.locale.ko</facet>                     <facet set="true">facet.locale.ko_*</facet>                     <facet set="true">facet.locale.pt</facet>                     <facet set="true">facet.locale.pt_BR</facet>                     <facet set="true">facet.locale.zh</facet>                     <facet set="true">facet.locale.zh_CN</facet>                     <facet set="true">facet.locale.zh_TW</facet>                 </image>             </destination>             <software_data action="install">                 <name>pkg:/group/system/solaris-small-server</name>             </software_data>         </software>     </ai_instance> </auto_install> (optional) We can customize the default AI manifest for Zones Create a backup copy of this file under a different name, for example, zone_default2.xml and edit the copy # cp /usr/share/auto_install/manifest/zone_default.xml /var/tmp/zone_default2.xml Edit the copy (/var/tmp/zone_default2.xml) The following example adds the /var/tmp/zone_default2.xml AI manifest to the s11x86service install service and specifies that zone1 and zone2 should use this manifest. # installadm create-manifest -n s11x86service -f /var/tmp/zone_default2.xml -m zones_manifest -c zonename="zone1 zone2" Note: Do not use the following elements or attributes in a non-global zone AI manifest:     The auto_reboot attribute of the ai_instance element     The http_proxy attribute of the ai_instance element     The disk child element of the target element     The noswap attribute of the logical element     The nodump attribute of the logical element     The configuration element Step 6: Global Zone profile setup We are going to create a global zone configuration profile which includes the host information for example: host name, ip address name services etc… # sysconfig create-profile –o /var/tmp/gz_profile.xml You need to provide the host information for example:     Default router     Root password     DNS information The output should eventually disappear and be replaced by the initial screen of the System Configuration Tool (see Figure 2), where you can do the final configuration. Figure 2. Profile creation menu You can validate the profile using the following command # installadm validate -n s11x86service –P /var/tmp/gz_profile.xml Validating static profile gz_profile.xml...  Passed Next, instantiate a profile with the install service. In our case, use the following syntax for doing this # installadm create-profile -n s11x86service  -f /var/tmp/gz_profile.xml -p  gz_profile You can verify profile creation using the following command # installadm list –n s11x86service  -p Service/Profile Name  Criteria --------------------  -------- s11x86service    gz_profile         None We can see that the gz_profie has been created and associated with the s11x86service Install service. Step 7: Setup the Solaris Zones configuration profiles The step should be similar to the Global zone profile creation on step 6 # sysconfig create-profile –o /var/tmp/zone1_profile.xml # sysconfig create-profile –o /var/tmp/zone2_profile.xml You can validate the profiles using the following command # installadm validate -n s11x86service -P /var/tmp/zone1_profile.xml Validating static profile zone1_profile.xml...  Passed # installadm validate -n s11x86service -P /var/tmp/zone2_profile.xml Validating static profile zone2_profile.xml...  Passed Next, associate the profiles with the install service The following example adds the zone1_profile.xml configuration profile to the s11x86service  install service and specifies that zone1 should use this profile. # installadm create-profile -n s11x86service  -f  /var/tmp/zone1_profile.xml -p zone1_profile -c zonename=zone1 The following example adds the zone2_profile.xml configuration profile to the s11x86service  install service and specifies that zone2 should use this profile. # installadm create-profile -n s11x86service  -f  /var/tmp/zone2_profile.xml -p zone2_profile -c zonename=zone2 You can verify the profiles creation using the following command # installadm list -n s11x86service -p Service/Profile Name  Criteria --------------------  -------- s11x86service    zone1_profile      zonename = zone1    zone2_profile      zonename = zone2    gz_profile         None We can see that we have three profiles in the s11x86service  install service     Global Zone  gz_profile     zone1            zone1_profile     zone2            zone2_profile. Step 8: Global Zone setup Associate the global zone client with the manifest and the profile that we create in the previous steps The following example adds the manifest and profile to the client (global zone), where: gzmanifest  is the name of the manifest. gz_profile  is the name of the configuration profile. mac="0:14:4f:2:a:19" is the client (global zone) mac address s11x86service is the install service name. # installadm set-criteria -m  gzmanifest  –p  gz_profile  -c mac="0:14:4f:2:a:19" -n s11x86service You can verify the manifest and profile association using the following command # installadm list -n s11x86service -p  -m Service/Manifest Name  Status   Criteria ---------------------  ------   -------- s11x86service    gzmanifest                   mac  = 00:14:4F:02:0A:19    orig_default        Default  None Service/Profile Name  Criteria --------------------  -------- s11x86service    gz_profile         mac      = 00:14:4F:02:0A:19    zone2_profile      zonename = zone2    zone1_profile      zonename = zone1 Step 9: Provision the host with the Non-Global Zones The next step is to boot the client system off the network and provision it using the Automated Install service that we just set up. First, boot the client system. Figure 3 shows the network boot attempt (when done on an x86 system): Figure 3. Network Boot Then you will be prompted by a GRUB menu, with a timer, as shown in Figure 4. The default selection (the "Text Installer and command line" option) is highlighted.  Press the down arrow to highlight the second option labeled Automated Install, and then press Enter. The reason we need to do this is because we want to prevent a system from being automatically re-installed if it were to be booted from the network accidentally. Figure 4. GRUB Menu What follows is the continuation of a networked boot from the Automated Install server,. The client downloads a mini-root (a small set of files in which to successfully run the installer), identifies the location of the Automated Install manifest on the network, retrieves that manifest, and then processes it to identify the address of the IPS repository from which to obtain the desired software payload. Non-Global Zones are installed and configured on the first reboot after the Global Zone is installed. You can list all the Solaris Zones status using the following command # zoneadm list -civ Once the Zones are in running state you can login into the Zone using the following command # zlogin –z zone1 Troubleshooting Automated Installations If an installation to a client system failed, you can find the client log at /system/volatile/install_log. NOTE: Zones are not installed if any of the following errors occurs:     A zone config file is not syntactically correct.     A collision exists among zone names, zone paths, or delegated ZFS datasets in the set of zones to be installed     Required datasets are not configured in the global zone. For more troubleshooting information see “Installing Oracle Solaris 11 Systems” Conclusion This paper demonstrated the benefits of using the Automated Install server to simplify the Non Global Zones setup, including the creation and configuration of the global zone manifest and the Solaris Zones profiles.

    Read the article

  • 256 Windows Azure Worker Roles, Windows Kinect and a 90's Text-Based Ray-Tracer

    - by Alan Smith
    For a couple of years I have been demoing a simple render farm hosted in Windows Azure using worker roles and the Azure Storage service. At the start of the presentation I deploy an Azure application that uses 16 worker roles to render a 1,500 frame 3D ray-traced animation. At the end of the presentation, when the animation was complete, I would play the animation delete the Azure deployment. The standing joke with the audience was that it was that it was a “$2 demo”, as the compute charges for running the 16 instances for an hour was $1.92, factor in the bandwidth charges and it’s a couple of dollars. The point of the demo is that it highlights one of the great benefits of cloud computing, you pay for what you use, and if you need massive compute power for a short period of time using Windows Azure can work out very cost effective. The “$2 demo” was great for presenting at user groups and conferences in that it could be deployed to Azure, used to render an animation, and then removed in a one hour session. I have always had the idea of doing something a bit more impressive with the demo, and scaling it from a “$2 demo” to a “$30 demo”. The challenge was to create a visually appealing animation in high definition format and keep the demo time down to one hour.  This article will take a run through how I achieved this. Ray Tracing Ray tracing, a technique for generating high quality photorealistic images, gained popularity in the 90’s with companies like Pixar creating feature length computer animations, and also the emergence of shareware text-based ray tracers that could run on a home PC. In order to render a ray traced image, the ray of light that would pass from the view point must be tracked until it intersects with an object. At the intersection, the color, reflectiveness, transparency, and refractive index of the object are used to calculate if the ray will be reflected or refracted. Each pixel may require thousands of calculations to determine what color it will be in the rendered image. Pin-Board Toys Having very little artistic talent and a basic understanding of maths I decided to focus on an animation that could be modeled fairly easily and would look visually impressive. I’ve always liked the pin-board desktop toys that become popular in the 80’s and when I was working as a 3D animator back in the 90’s I always had the idea of creating a 3D ray-traced animation of a pin-board, but never found the energy to do it. Even if I had a go at it, the render time to produce an animation that would look respectable on a 486 would have been measured in months. PolyRay Back in 1995 I landed my first real job, after spending three years being a beach-ski-climbing-paragliding-bum, and was employed to create 3D ray-traced animations for a CD-ROM that school kids would use to learn physics. I had got into the strange and wonderful world of text-based ray tracing, and was using a shareware ray-tracer called PolyRay. PolyRay takes a text file describing a scene as input and, after a few hours processing on a 486, produced a high quality ray-traced image. The following is an example of a basic PolyRay scene file. background Midnight_Blue   static define matte surface { ambient 0.1 diffuse 0.7 } define matte_white texture { matte { color white } } define matte_black texture { matte { color dark_slate_gray } } define position_cylindrical 3 define lookup_sawtooth 1 define light_wood <0.6, 0.24, 0.1> define median_wood <0.3, 0.12, 0.03> define dark_wood <0.05, 0.01, 0.005>     define wooden texture { noise surface { ambient 0.2  diffuse 0.7  specular white, 0.5 microfacet Reitz 10 position_fn position_cylindrical position_scale 1  lookup_fn lookup_sawtooth octaves 1 turbulence 1 color_map( [0.0, 0.2, light_wood, light_wood] [0.2, 0.3, light_wood, median_wood] [0.3, 0.4, median_wood, light_wood] [0.4, 0.7, light_wood, light_wood] [0.7, 0.8, light_wood, median_wood] [0.8, 0.9, median_wood, light_wood] [0.9, 1.0, light_wood, dark_wood]) } } define glass texture { surface { ambient 0 diffuse 0 specular 0.2 reflection white, 0.1 transmission white, 1, 1.5 }} define shiny surface { ambient 0.1 diffuse 0.6 specular white, 0.6 microfacet Phong 7  } define steely_blue texture { shiny { color black } } define chrome texture { surface { color white ambient 0.0 diffuse 0.2 specular 0.4 microfacet Phong 10 reflection 0.8 } }   viewpoint {     from <4.000, -1.000, 1.000> at <0.000, 0.000, 0.000> up <0, 1, 0> angle 60     resolution 640, 480 aspect 1.6 image_format 0 }       light <-10, 30, 20> light <-10, 30, -20>   object { disc <0, -2, 0>, <0, 1, 0>, 30 wooden }   object { sphere <0.000, 0.000, 0.000>, 1.00 chrome } object { cylinder <0.000, 0.000, 0.000>, <0.000, 0.000, -4.000>, 0.50 chrome }   After setting up the background and defining colors and textures, the viewpoint is specified. The “camera” is located at a point in 3D space, and it looks towards another point. The angle, image resolution, and aspect ratio are specified. Two lights are present in the image at defined coordinates. The three objects in the image are a wooden disc to represent a table top, and a sphere and cylinder that intersect to form a pin that will be used for the pin board toy in the final animation. When the image is rendered, the following image is produced. The pins are modeled with a chrome surface, so they reflect the environment around them. Note that the scale of the pin shaft is not correct, this will be fixed later. Modeling the Pin Board The frame of the pin-board is made up of three boxes, and six cylinders, the front box is modeled using a clear, slightly reflective solid, with the same refractive index of glass. The other shapes are modeled as metal. object { box <-5.5, -1.5, 1>, <5.5, 5.5, 1.2> glass } object { box <-5.5, -1.5, -0.04>, <5.5, 5.5, -0.09> steely_blue } object { box <-5.5, -1.5, -0.52>, <5.5, 5.5, -0.59> steely_blue } object { cylinder <-5.2, -1.2, 1.4>, <-5.2, -1.2, -0.74>, 0.2 steely_blue } object { cylinder <5.2, -1.2, 1.4>, <5.2, -1.2, -0.74>, 0.2 steely_blue } object { cylinder <-5.2, 5.2, 1.4>, <-5.2, 5.2, -0.74>, 0.2 steely_blue } object { cylinder <5.2, 5.2, 1.4>, <5.2, 5.2, -0.74>, 0.2 steely_blue } object { cylinder <0, -1.2, 1.4>, <0, -1.2, -0.74>, 0.2 steely_blue } object { cylinder <0, 5.2, 1.4>, <0, 5.2, -0.74>, 0.2 steely_blue }   In order to create the matrix of pins that make up the pin board I used a basic console application with a few nested loops to create two intersecting matrixes of pins, which models the layout used in the pin boards. The resulting image is shown below. The pin board contains 11,481 pins, with the scene file containing 23,709 lines of code. For the complete animation 2,000 scene files will be created, which is over 47 million lines of code. Each pin in the pin-board will slide out a specific distance when an object is pressed into the back of the board. This is easily modeled by setting the Z coordinate of the pin to a specific value. In order to set all of the pins in the pin-board to the correct position, a bitmap image can be used. The position of the pin can be set based on the color of the pixel at the appropriate position in the image. When the Windows Azure logo is used to set the Z coordinate of the pins, the following image is generated. The challenge now was to make a cool animation. The Azure Logo is fine, but it is static. Using a normal video to animate the pins would not work; the colors in the video would not be the same as the depth of the objects from the camera. In order to simulate the pin board accurately a series of frames from a depth camera could be used. Windows Kinect The Kenect controllers for the X-Box 360 and Windows feature a depth camera. The Kinect SDK for Windows provides a programming interface for Kenect, providing easy access for .NET developers to the Kinect sensors. The Kinect Explorer provided with the Kinect SDK is a great starting point for exploring Kinect from a developers perspective. Both the X-Box 360 Kinect and the Windows Kinect will work with the Kinect SDK, the Windows Kinect is required for commercial applications, but the X-Box Kinect can be used for hobby projects. The Windows Kinect has the advantage of providing a mode to allow depth capture with objects closer to the camera, which makes for a more accurate depth image for setting the pin positions. Creating a Depth Field Animation The depth field animation used to set the positions of the pin in the pin board was created using a modified version of the Kinect Explorer sample application. In order to simulate the pin board accurately, a small section of the depth range from the depth sensor will be used. Any part of the object in front of the depth range will result in a white pixel; anything behind the depth range will be black. Within the depth range the pixels in the image will be set to RGB values from 0,0,0 to 255,255,255. A screen shot of the modified Kinect Explorer application is shown below. The Kinect Explorer sample application was modified to include slider controls that are used to set the depth range that forms the image from the depth stream. This allows the fine tuning of the depth image that is required for simulating the position of the pins in the pin board. The Kinect Explorer was also modified to record a series of images from the depth camera and save them as a sequence JPEG files that will be used to animate the pins in the animation the Start and Stop buttons are used to start and stop the image recording. En example of one of the depth images is shown below. Once a series of 2,000 depth images has been captured, the task of creating the animation can begin. Rendering a Test Frame In order to test the creation of frames and get an approximation of the time required to render each frame a test frame was rendered on-premise using PolyRay. The output of the rendering process is shown below. The test frame contained 23,629 primitive shapes, most of which are the spheres and cylinders that are used for the 11,800 or so pins in the pin board. The 1280x720 image contains 921,600 pixels, but as anti-aliasing was used the number of rays that were calculated was 4,235,777, with 3,478,754,073 object boundaries checked. The test frame of the pin board with the depth field image applied is shown below. The tracing time for the test frame was 4 minutes 27 seconds, which means rendering the2,000 frames in the animation would take over 148 hours, or a little over 6 days. Although this is much faster that an old 486, waiting almost a week to see the results of an animation would make it challenging for animators to create, view, and refine their animations. It would be much better if the animation could be rendered in less than one hour. Windows Azure Worker Roles The cost of creating an on-premise render farm to render animations increases in proportion to the number of servers. The table below shows the cost of servers for creating a render farm, assuming a cost of $500 per server. Number of Servers Cost 1 $500 16 $8,000 256 $128,000   As well as the cost of the servers, there would be additional costs for networking, racks etc. Hosting an environment of 256 servers on-premise would require a server room with cooling, and some pretty hefty power cabling. The Windows Azure compute services provide worker roles, which are ideal for performing processor intensive compute tasks. With the scalability available in Windows Azure a job that takes 256 hours to complete could be perfumed using different numbers of worker roles. The time and cost of using 1, 16 or 256 worker roles is shown below. Number of Worker Roles Render Time Cost 1 256 hours $30.72 16 16 hours $30.72 256 1 hour $30.72   Using worker roles in Windows Azure provides the same cost for the 256 hour job, irrespective of the number of worker roles used. Provided the compute task can be broken down into many small units, and the worker role compute power can be used effectively, it makes sense to scale the application so that the task is completed quickly, making the results available in a timely fashion. The task of rendering 2,000 frames in an animation is one that can easily be broken down into 2,000 individual pieces, which can be performed by a number of worker roles. Creating a Render Farm in Windows Azure The architecture of the render farm is shown in the following diagram. The render farm is a hybrid application with the following components: ·         On-Premise o   Windows Kinect – Used combined with the Kinect Explorer to create a stream of depth images. o   Animation Creator – This application uses the depth images from the Kinect sensor to create scene description files for PolyRay. These files are then uploaded to the jobs blob container, and job messages added to the jobs queue. o   Process Monitor – This application queries the role instance lifecycle table and displays statistics about the render farm environment and render process. o   Image Downloader – This application polls the image queue and downloads the rendered animation files once they are complete. ·         Windows Azure o   Azure Storage – Queues and blobs are used for the scene description files and completed frames. A table is used to store the statistics about the rendering environment.   The architecture of each worker role is shown below.   The worker role is configured to use local storage, which provides file storage on the worker role instance that can be use by the applications to render the image and transform the format of the image. The service definition for the worker role with the local storage configuration highlighted is shown below. <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> <ServiceDefinition name="CloudRay" >   <WorkerRole name="CloudRayWorkerRole" vmsize="Small">     <Imports>     </Imports>     <ConfigurationSettings>       <Setting name="DataConnectionString" />     </ConfigurationSettings>     <LocalResources>       <LocalStorage name="RayFolder" cleanOnRoleRecycle="true" />     </LocalResources>   </WorkerRole> </ServiceDefinition>     The two executable programs, PolyRay.exe and DTA.exe are included in the Azure project, with Copy Always set as the property. PolyRay will take the scene description file and render it to a Truevision TGA file. As the TGA format has not seen much use since the mid 90’s it is converted to a JPG image using Dave's Targa Animator, another shareware application from the 90’s. Each worker roll will use the following process to render the animation frames. 1.       The worker process polls the job queue, if a job is available the scene description file is downloaded from blob storage to local storage. 2.       PolyRay.exe is started in a process with the appropriate command line arguments to render the image as a TGA file. 3.       DTA.exe is started in a process with the appropriate command line arguments convert the TGA file to a JPG file. 4.       The JPG file is uploaded from local storage to the images blob container. 5.       A message is placed on the images queue to indicate a new image is available for download. 6.       The job message is deleted from the job queue. 7.       The role instance lifecycle table is updated with statistics on the number of frames rendered by the worker role instance, and the CPU time used. The code for this is shown below. public override void Run() {     // Set environment variables     string polyRayPath = Path.Combine(Environment.GetEnvironmentVariable("RoleRoot"), PolyRayLocation);     string dtaPath = Path.Combine(Environment.GetEnvironmentVariable("RoleRoot"), DTALocation);       LocalResource rayStorage = RoleEnvironment.GetLocalResource("RayFolder");     string localStorageRootPath = rayStorage.RootPath;       JobQueue jobQueue = new JobQueue("renderjobs");     JobQueue downloadQueue = new JobQueue("renderimagedownloadjobs");     CloudRayBlob sceneBlob = new CloudRayBlob("scenes");     CloudRayBlob imageBlob = new CloudRayBlob("images");     RoleLifecycleDataSource roleLifecycleDataSource = new RoleLifecycleDataSource();       Frames = 0;       while (true)     {         // Get the render job from the queue         CloudQueueMessage jobMsg = jobQueue.Get();           if (jobMsg != null)         {             // Get the file details             string sceneFile = jobMsg.AsString;             string tgaFile = sceneFile.Replace(".pi", ".tga");             string jpgFile = sceneFile.Replace(".pi", ".jpg");               string sceneFilePath = Path.Combine(localStorageRootPath, sceneFile);             string tgaFilePath = Path.Combine(localStorageRootPath, tgaFile);             string jpgFilePath = Path.Combine(localStorageRootPath, jpgFile);               // Copy the scene file to local storage             sceneBlob.DownloadFile(sceneFilePath);               // Run the ray tracer.             string polyrayArguments =                 string.Format("\"{0}\" -o \"{1}\" -a 2", sceneFilePath, tgaFilePath);             Process polyRayProcess = new Process();             polyRayProcess.StartInfo.FileName =                 Path.Combine(Environment.GetEnvironmentVariable("RoleRoot"), polyRayPath);             polyRayProcess.StartInfo.Arguments = polyrayArguments;             polyRayProcess.Start();             polyRayProcess.WaitForExit();               // Convert the image             string dtaArguments =                 string.Format(" {0} /FJ /P{1}", tgaFilePath, Path.GetDirectoryName (jpgFilePath));             Process dtaProcess = new Process();             dtaProcess.StartInfo.FileName =                 Path.Combine(Environment.GetEnvironmentVariable("RoleRoot"), dtaPath);             dtaProcess.StartInfo.Arguments = dtaArguments;             dtaProcess.Start();             dtaProcess.WaitForExit();               // Upload the image to blob storage             imageBlob.UploadFile(jpgFilePath);               // Add a download job.             downloadQueue.Add(jpgFile);               // Delete the render job message             jobQueue.Delete(jobMsg);               Frames++;         }         else         {             Thread.Sleep(1000);         }           // Log the worker role activity.         roleLifecycleDataSource.Alive             ("CloudRayWorker", RoleLifecycleDataSource.RoleLifecycleId, Frames);     } }     Monitoring Worker Role Instance Lifecycle In order to get more accurate statistics about the lifecycle of the worker role instances used to render the animation data was tracked in an Azure storage table. The following class was used to track the worker role lifecycles in Azure storage.   public class RoleLifecycle : TableServiceEntity {     public string ServerName { get; set; }     public string Status { get; set; }     public DateTime StartTime { get; set; }     public DateTime EndTime { get; set; }     public long SecondsRunning { get; set; }     public DateTime LastActiveTime { get; set; }     public int Frames { get; set; }     public string Comment { get; set; }       public RoleLifecycle()     {     }       public RoleLifecycle(string roleName)     {         PartitionKey = roleName;         RowKey = Utils.GetAscendingRowKey();         Status = "Started";         StartTime = DateTime.UtcNow;         LastActiveTime = StartTime;         EndTime = StartTime;         SecondsRunning = 0;         Frames = 0;     } }     A new instance of this class is created and added to the storage table when the role starts. It is then updated each time the worker renders a frame to record the total number of frames rendered and the total processing time. These statistics are used be the monitoring application to determine the effectiveness of use of resources in the render farm. Rendering the Animation The Azure solution was deployed to Windows Azure with the service configuration set to 16 worker role instances. This allows for the application to be tested in the cloud environment, and the performance of the application determined. When I demo the application at conferences and user groups I often start with 16 instances, and then scale up the application to the full 256 instances. The configuration to run 16 instances is shown below. <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> <ServiceConfiguration serviceName="CloudRay" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/ServiceHosting/2008/10/ServiceConfiguration" osFamily="1" osVersion="*">   <Role name="CloudRayWorkerRole">     <Instances count="16" />     <ConfigurationSettings>       <Setting name="DataConnectionString"         value="DefaultEndpointsProtocol=https;AccountName=cloudraydata;AccountKey=..." />     </ConfigurationSettings>   </Role> </ServiceConfiguration>     About six minutes after deploying the application the first worker roles become active and start to render the first frames of the animation. The CloudRay Monitor application displays an icon for each worker role instance, with a number indicating the number of frames that the worker role has rendered. The statistics on the left show the number of active worker roles and statistics about the render process. The render time is the time since the first worker role became active; the CPU time is the total amount of processing time used by all worker role instances to render the frames.   Five minutes after the first worker role became active the last of the 16 worker roles activated. By this time the first seven worker roles had each rendered one frame of the animation.   With 16 worker roles u and running it can be seen that one hour and 45 minutes CPU time has been used to render 32 frames with a render time of just under 10 minutes.     At this rate it would take over 10 hours to render the 2,000 frames of the full animation. In order to complete the animation in under an hour more processing power will be required. Scaling the render farm from 16 instances to 256 instances is easy using the new management portal. The slider is set to 256 instances, and the configuration saved. We do not need to re-deploy the application, and the 16 instances that are up and running will not be affected. Alternatively, the configuration file for the Azure service could be modified to specify 256 instances.   <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> <ServiceConfiguration serviceName="CloudRay" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/ServiceHosting/2008/10/ServiceConfiguration" osFamily="1" osVersion="*">   <Role name="CloudRayWorkerRole">     <Instances count="256" />     <ConfigurationSettings>       <Setting name="DataConnectionString"         value="DefaultEndpointsProtocol=https;AccountName=cloudraydata;AccountKey=..." />     </ConfigurationSettings>   </Role> </ServiceConfiguration>     Six minutes after the new configuration has been applied 75 new worker roles have activated and are processing their first frames.   Five minutes later the full configuration of 256 worker roles is up and running. We can see that the average rate of frame rendering has increased from 3 to 12 frames per minute, and that over 17 hours of CPU time has been utilized in 23 minutes. In this test the time to provision 140 worker roles was about 11 minutes, which works out at about one every five seconds.   We are now half way through the rendering, with 1,000 frames complete. This has utilized just under three days of CPU time in a little over 35 minutes.   The animation is now complete, with 2,000 frames rendered in a little over 52 minutes. The CPU time used by the 256 worker roles is 6 days, 7 hours and 22 minutes with an average frame rate of 38 frames per minute. The rendering of the last 1,000 frames took 16 minutes 27 seconds, which works out at a rendering rate of 60 frames per minute. The frame counts in the server instances indicate that the use of a queue to distribute the workload has been very effective in distributing the load across the 256 worker role instances. The first 16 instances that were deployed first have rendered between 11 and 13 frames each, whilst the 240 instances that were added when the application was scaled have rendered between 6 and 9 frames each.   Completed Animation I’ve uploaded the completed animation to YouTube, a low resolution preview is shown below. Pin Board Animation Created using Windows Kinect and 256 Windows Azure Worker Roles   The animation can be viewed in 1280x720 resolution at the following link: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=n5jy6bvSxWc Effective Use of Resources According to the CloudRay monitor statistics the animation took 6 days, 7 hours and 22 minutes CPU to render, this works out at 152 hours of compute time, rounded up to the nearest hour. As the usage for the worker role instances are billed for the full hour, it may have been possible to render the animation using fewer than 256 worker roles. When deciding the optimal usage of resources, the time required to provision and start the worker roles must also be considered. In the demo I started with 16 worker roles, and then scaled the application to 256 worker roles. It would have been more optimal to start the application with maybe 200 worker roles, and utilized the full hour that I was being billed for. This would, however, have prevented showing the ease of scalability of the application. The new management portal displays the CPU usage across the worker roles in the deployment. The average CPU usage across all instances is 93.27%, with over 99% used when all the instances are up and running. This shows that the worker role resources are being used very effectively. Grid Computing Scenarios Although I am using this scenario for a hobby project, there are many scenarios where a large amount of compute power is required for a short period of time. Windows Azure provides a great platform for developing these types of grid computing applications, and can work out very cost effective. ·         Windows Azure can provide massive compute power, on demand, in a matter of minutes. ·         The use of queues to manage the load balancing of jobs between role instances is a simple and effective solution. ·         Using a cloud-computing platform like Windows Azure allows proof-of-concept scenarios to be tested and evaluated on a very low budget. ·         No charges for inbound data transfer makes the uploading of large data sets to Windows Azure Storage services cost effective. (Transaction charges still apply.) Tips for using Windows Azure for Grid Computing Scenarios I found the implementation of a render farm using Windows Azure a fairly simple scenario to implement. I was impressed by ease of scalability that Azure provides, and by the short time that the application took to scale from 16 to 256 worker role instances. In this case it was around 13 minutes, in other tests it took between 10 and 20 minutes. The following tips may be useful when implementing a grid computing project in Windows Azure. ·         Using an Azure Storage queue to load-balance the units of work across multiple worker roles is simple and very effective. The design I have used in this scenario could easily scale to many thousands of worker role instances. ·         Windows Azure accounts are typically limited to 20 cores. If you need to use more than this, a call to support and a credit card check will be required. ·         Be aware of how the billing model works. You will be charged for worker role instances for the full clock our in which the instance is deployed. Schedule the workload to start just after the clock hour has started. ·         Monitor the utilization of the resources you are provisioning, ensure that you are not paying for worker roles that are idle. ·         If you are deploying third party applications to worker roles, you may well run into licensing issues. Purchasing software licenses on a per-processor basis when using hundreds of processors for a short time period would not be cost effective. ·         Third party software may also require installation onto the worker roles, which can be accomplished using start-up tasks. Bear in mind that adding a startup task and possible re-boot will add to the time required for the worker role instance to start and activate. An alternative may be to use a prepared VM and use VM roles. ·         Consider using the Windows Azure Autoscaling Application Block (WASABi) to autoscale the worker roles in your application. When using a large number of worker roles, the utilization must be carefully monitored, if the scaling algorithms are not optimal it could get very expensive!

    Read the article

  • Part 2&ndash;Load Testing In The Cloud

    - by Tarun Arora
    Welcome to Part 2, In Part 1 we discussed the advantages of creating a Test Rig in the cloud, the Azure edge and the Test Rig Topology we want to get to. In Part 2, Let’s start by understanding the components of Azure we’ll be making use of followed by manually putting them together to create the test rig, so… let’s get down dirty start setting up the Test Rig.  What Components of Azure will I be using for building the Test Rig in the Cloud? To run the Test Agents we’ll make use of Windows Azure Compute and to enable communication between Test Controller and Test Agents we’ll make use of Windows Azure Connect.  Azure Connect The Test Controller is on premise and the Test Agents are in the cloud (How will they talk?). To enable communication between the two, we’ll make use of Windows Azure Connect. With Windows Azure Connect, you can use a simple user interface to configure IPsec protected connections between computers or virtual machines (VMs) in your organization’s network, and roles running in Windows Azure. With this you can now join Windows Azure role instances to your domain, so that you can use your existing methods for domain authentication, name resolution, or other domain-wide maintenance actions. For more details refer to an overview of Windows Azure connect. A very useful video explaining everything you wanted to know about Windows Azure connect.  Azure Compute Windows Azure compute provides developers a platform to host and manage applications in Microsoft’s data centres across the globe. A Windows Azure application is built from one or more components called ‘roles.’ Roles come in three different types: Web role, Worker role, and Virtual Machine (VM) role, we’ll be using the Worker role to set up the Test Agents. A very nice blog post discussing the difference between the 3 role types. Developers are free to use the .NET framework or other software that runs on Windows with the Worker role or Web role. Developers can also create applications using languages such as PHP and Java. More on Windows Azure Compute. Each Windows Azure compute instance represents a virtual server... Virtual Machine Size CPU Cores Memory Cost Per Hour Extra Small Shared 768 MB $0.04 Small 1 1.75 GB $0.12 Medium 2 3.50 GB $0.24 Large 4 7.00 GB $0.48 Extra Large 8 14.00 GB $0.96   You might want to review the Windows Azure Pricing FAQ. Let’s Get Started building the Test Rig… Configuration Machine Role Comments VM – 1 Domain Controller for Playpit.com On Premise VM – 2 TFS, Test Controller On Premise VM – 3 Test Agent Cloud   In this blog post I would assume that you have the domain, Team Foundation Server and Test Controller Installed and set up already. If not, please refer to the TFS 2010 Installation Guide and this walkthrough on MSDN to set up your Test Controller. You can also download a preconfigured TFS 2010 VM from Brian Keller's blog, Brian also has some great hands on Labs on TFS 2010 that you may want to explore. I. Lets start building VM – 3: The Test Agent Download the Windows Azure SDK and Tools Open Visual Studio and create a new Windows Azure Project using the Cloud Template                   Choose the Worker Role for reasons explained in the earlier post         The WorkerRole.cs implements the Run() and OnStart() methods, no code changes required. You should be able to compile the project and run it in the compute emulator (The compute emulator should have been installed as part of the Windows Azure Toolkit) on your local machine.                   We will only be making changes to WindowsAzureProject, open ServiceDefinition.csdef. Ensure that the vmsize is small (remember the cost chart above). Import the “Connect” module. I am importing the Connect module because I need to join the Worker role VM to the Playpit domain. <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> <ServiceDefinition name="WindowsAzureProject2" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/ServiceHosting/2008/10/ServiceDefinition"> <WorkerRole name="WorkerRole1" vmsize="Small"> <Imports> <Import moduleName="Diagnostics" /> <Import moduleName="Connect"/> </Imports> </WorkerRole> </ServiceDefinition> Go to the ServiceConfiguration.Cloud.cscfg and note that settings with key ‘Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.%%%%’ have been added to the configuration file. This is because you decided to import the connect module. See the config below. <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> <ServiceConfiguration serviceName="WindowsAzureProject2" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/ServiceHosting/2008/10/ServiceConfiguration" osFamily="1" osVersion="*"> <Role name="WorkerRole1"> <Instances count="1" /> <ConfigurationSettings> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Diagnostics.ConnectionString" value="UseDevelopmentStorage=true" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.ActivationToken" value="" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.Refresh" value="" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.WaitForConnectivity" value="" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.Upgrade" value="" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.EnableDomainJoin" value="" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.DomainFQDN" value="" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.DomainControllerFQDN" value="" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.DomainAccountName" value="" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.DomainPassword" value="" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.DomainOU" value="" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.Administrators" value="" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.DomainSiteName" value="" /> </ConfigurationSettings> </Role> </ServiceConfiguration>             Let’s go step by step and understand all the highlighted parameters and where you can find the values for them.       osFamily – By default this is set to 1 (Windows Server 2008 SP2). Change this to 2 if you want the Windows Server 2008 R2 operating system. The Advantage of using osFamily = “2” is that you get Powershell 2.0 rather than Powershell 1.0. In Powershell 2.0 you could simply use “powershell -ExecutionPolicy Unrestricted ./myscript.ps1” and it will work while in Powershell 1.0 you will have to change the registry key by including the following in your command file “reg add HKLM\Software\Microsoft\PowerShell\1\ShellIds\Microsoft.PowerShell /v ExecutionPolicy /d Unrestricted /f” before you can execute any power shell. The other reason you might want to move to os2 is if you wanted IIS 7.5.       Activation Token – To enable communication between the on premise machine and the Windows Azure Worker role VM both need to have the same token. Log on to Windows Azure Management Portal, click on Connect, click on Get Activation Token, this should give you the activation token, copy the activation token to the clipboard and paste it in the configuration file. Note – Later in the blog I’ll be showing you how to install connect on the on premise machine.                       EnableDomainJoin – Set the value to true, ofcourse we want to join the on windows azure worker role VM to the domain.       DomainFQDN, DomainControllerFQDN, DomainAccountName, DomainPassword, DomainOU, Administrators – This information is specific to your domain. I have extracted this information from the ‘service manager’ and ‘Active Directory Users and Computers’. Also, i created a new Domain-OU namely ‘CloudInstances’ so all my cloud instances joined to my domain show up here, this is optional. You can encrypt the DomainPassword – refer to the instructions here. Or hold fire, I’ll be covering that when i come to certificates and encryption in the coming section.       Now once you have filled all this information up, the configuration file should look something like below, <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> <ServiceConfiguration serviceName="WindowsAzureProject2" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/ServiceHosting/2008/10/ServiceConfiguration" osFamily="2" osVersion="*"> <Role name="WorkerRole1"> <Instances count="1" /> <ConfigurationSettings> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Diagnostics.ConnectionString" value="UseDevelopmentStorage=true" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.ActivationToken" value="45f55fea-f194-4fbc-b36e-25604faac784" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.Refresh" value="" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.WaitForConnectivity" value="" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.Upgrade" value="" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.EnableDomainJoin" value="true" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.DomainFQDN" value="play.pit.com" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.DomainControllerFQDN" value="WIN-KUDQMQFGQOL.play.pit.com" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.DomainAccountName" value="playpit\Administrator" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.DomainPassword" value="************************" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.DomainOU" value="OU=CloudInstances, DC=Play, DC=Pit, DC=com" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.Administrators" value="Playpit\Administrator" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.DomainSiteName" value="" /> </ConfigurationSettings> </Role> </ServiceConfiguration> Next we will be enabling the Remote Desktop module in to the ServiceDefinition.csdef, we could make changes manually or allow a beautiful wizard to help us make changes. I prefer the second option. So right click on the Windows Azure project and choose Publish       Now once you get the publish wizard, if you haven’t already you would be asked to import your Windows Azure subscription, this is simply the Msdn subscription activation key xml. Once you have done click Next to go to the Settings page and check ‘Enable Remote Desktop for all roles’.       As soon as you do that you get another pop up asking you the details for the user that you would be logging in with (make sure you enter a reasonable expiry date, you do not want the user account to expire today). Notice the more information tag at the bottom, click that to get access to the certificate section. See screen shot below.       From the drop down select the option to create a new certificate        In the pop up window enter the friendly name for your certificate. In my case I entered ‘WAC – Test Rig’ and click ok. This will create a new certificate for you. Click on the view button to see the certificate details. Do you see the Thumbprint, this is the value that will go in the config file (very important). Now click on the Copy to File button to copy the certificate, we will need to import the certificate to the windows Azure Management portal later. So, make sure you save it a safe location.                                Click Finish and enter details of the user you would like to create with permissions for remote desktop access, once you have entered the details on the ‘Remote desktop configuration’ screen click on Ok. From the Publish Windows Azure Wizard screen press Cancel. Cancel because we don’t want to publish the role just yet and Yes because we want to save all the changes in the config file.       Now if you go to the ServiceDefinition.csdef file you will see that the RemoteAccess and RemoteForwarder roles have been imported for you. <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> <ServiceDefinition name="WindowsAzureProject2" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/ServiceHosting/2008/10/ServiceDefinition"> <WorkerRole name="WorkerRole1" vmsize="Small"> <Imports> <Import moduleName="Diagnostics" /> <Import moduleName="Connect" /> <Import moduleName="RemoteAccess" /> <Import moduleName="RemoteForwarder" /> </Imports> </WorkerRole> </ServiceDefinition> Now go to the ServiceConfiguration.Cloud.cscfg file and you see a whole bunch for setting “Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.RemoteAccess.%%%” values added for you. <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> <ServiceConfiguration serviceName="WindowsAzureProject2" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/ServiceHosting/2008/10/ServiceConfiguration" osFamily="2" osVersion="*"> <Role name="WorkerRole1"> <Instances count="1" /> <ConfigurationSettings> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Diagnostics.ConnectionString" value="UseDevelopmentStorage=true" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.ActivationToken" value="45f55fea-f194-4fbc-b36e-25604faac784" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.Refresh" value="" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.WaitForConnectivity" value="" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.Upgrade" value="" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.EnableDomainJoin" value="true" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.DomainFQDN" value="play.pit.com" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.DomainControllerFQDN" value="WIN-KUDQMQFGQOL.play.pit.com" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.DomainAccountName" value="playpit\Administrator" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.DomainPassword" value="************************" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.DomainOU" value="OU=CloudInstances, DC=Play, DC=Pit, DC=com" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.Administrators" value="Playpit\Administrator" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.Connect.DomainSiteName" value="" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.RemoteAccess.Enabled" value="true" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.RemoteAccess.AccountUsername" value="Administrator" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.RemoteAccess.AccountEncryptedPassword" value="MIIBnQYJKoZIhvcNAQcDoIIBjjCCAYoCAQAxggFOMIIBSgIBADAyMB4xHDAaBgNVBAMME1dpbmRvd 3MgQXp1cmUgVG9vbHMCEGa+B46voeO5T305N7TSG9QwDQYJKoZIhvcNAQEBBQAEggEABg4ol5Xol66Ip6QKLbAPWdmD4ae ADZ7aKj6fg4D+ATr0DXBllZHG5Umwf+84Sj2nsPeCyrg3ZDQuxrfhSbdnJwuChKV6ukXdGjX0hlowJu/4dfH4jTJC7sBWS AKaEFU7CxvqYEAL1Hf9VPL5fW6HZVmq1z+qmm4ecGKSTOJ20Fptb463wcXgR8CWGa+1w9xqJ7UmmfGeGeCHQ4QGW0IDSBU6ccg vzF2ug8/FY60K1vrWaCYOhKkxD3YBs8U9X/kOB0yQm2Git0d5tFlIPCBT2AC57bgsAYncXfHvPesI0qs7VZyghk8LVa9g5IqaM Cp6cQ7rmY/dLsKBMkDcdBHuCTAzBgkqhkiG9w0BBwEwFAYIKoZIhvcNAwcECDRVifSXbA43gBApNrp40L1VTVZ1iGag+3O1" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.RemoteAccess.AccountExpiration" value="2012-11-27T23:59:59.0000000+00:00" /> <Setting name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.RemoteForwarder.Enabled" value="true" /> </ConfigurationSettings> <Certificates> <Certificate name="Microsoft.WindowsAzure.Plugins.RemoteAccess.PasswordEncryption" thumbprint="AA23016CF0BDFC344400B5B82706B608B92E4217" thumbprintAlgorithm="sha1" /> </Certificates> </Role> </ServiceConfiguration>          Okay let’s look at them one at a time,       Enabled - Yes, we would like to enable Remote Access.       AccountUserName – This is the user name you entered while you were on the publish windows azure role screen, as detailed above.       AccountEncrytedPassword – Try and decode that, the certificate is used to encrypt the password you specified for the user account. Remember earlier i said, either use the instructions or wait and i’ll be showing you encryption, now the user account i am using for rdp has the same password as my domain password, so i can simply copy the value of the AccountEncryptedPassword to the DomainPassword as well.       AccountExpiration – This is the expiration as you specified in the wizard earlier, make sure your account does not expire today.       Remote Forwarder – Check out the documentation, below is how I understand it, -- One role in an application that implements a remote desktop connection must import the RemoteForwarder module. The two modules work together to enable the remote desktop connections to role instances. -- If you have multiple roles defined in the service model, it does not matter which role you add the RemoteForwarder module to, but you must add it to only one of the role definitions.       Certificate – Remember the certificate thumbprint from the wizard, the on premise machine and windows azure role machine that need to speak to each other must have the same thumbprint. More on that when we install Windows Azure connect Endpoints on the on premise machine. As i said earlier, in this blog post, I’ll be showing you the manual process so i won’t be scripting any star up tasks to install the test agent or register the test agent with the TFS Server. I’ll be showing you all this cool stuff in the next blog post, that’s because it’s important to understand the manual side of it, it becomes easier for you to troubleshoot in case something fails. Having said that, the changes we have made are sufficient to spin up the Windows Azure Worker Role aka Test Agent VM, have it connected with the play.pit.com domain and have remote access enabled on it. Before we deploy the Test Agent VM we need to set up Windows Azure Connect on the TFS Server. II. Windows Azure Connect: Setting up Connect on VM – 2 i.e. TFS & Test Controller Glad you made it so far, now to enable communication between the on premise TFS/Test Controller and Azure-ed Test Agent we need to enable communication. We have set up the Azure connect module in the Test Agent configuration, now the connect end points need to be enabled on the on premise machines, let’s have a look at how we can do this. Log on to VM – 2 running the TFS Server and Test Controller Log on to the Windows Azure Management Portal and click on Virtual Network Click on Virtual Network, if you already have a subscription you should see the below screen shot, if not, you would be asked to complete the subscription first        Click on Install Local Endpoints from the top left on the panel and you get a url appended with a token id in it, remember the token i showed you earlier, in theory the token you get here should match the token you added to the Test Agent config file.        Copy the url to the clip board and paste it in IE explorer (important, the installation at present only works out of IE and you need to have cookies enabled in order to complete the installation). As stated in the pop up, you can NOT download and run the software later, you need to run it as is, since it contains a token. Once the installation completes you should see the Windows Azure connect icon in the system tray.                         Right click the Azure Connect icon, choose Diagnostics and refer to this link for diagnostic detail terminology. NOTE – Unfortunately I could not see the Windows Azure connect icon in the system tray, a bit of binging with Google revealed that the azure connect icon is only shown when the ‘Windows Azure Connect Endpoint’ Service is started. So go to services.msc and make sure that the service is started, if not start it, unfortunately again, the service did not start for me on a manual start and i realised that one of the dependant services was disabled, you can look at the service dependencies and start them and then start windows azure connect. Bottom line, you need to start Windows Azure connect service before you can proceed. Please refer here on MSDN for more on Troubleshooting Windows Azure connect. (Follow the next step as well)   Now go back to the Windows Azure Management Portal and from Groups and Roles create a new group, lets call it ‘Test Rig’. Make sure you add the VM – 2 (the TFS Server VM where you just installed the endpoint).       Now if you go back to the Azure Connect icon in the system tray and click ‘Refresh Policy’ you will notice that the disconnected status of the icon should change to ready for connection. III. Importing Certificate in to Windows Azure Management Portal But before that you need to import the certificate you created in Step I in to the Windows Azure Management Portal. Log on to the Windows Azure Management Portal and click on ‘Hosted Services, Storage Accounts & CDN’ and then ‘Management Certificates’ followed by Add Certificates as shown in the screen shot below        Browse to the location where you saved the certificate earlier, remember… Refer to Step I in case you forgot.        Now you should be able to see the imported certificate here, make sure the thumbprint of the certificate matches the one you inserted in the config files        IV. Publish Windows Azure Worker Role aka Test Agent Having completed I, II and III, you are ready to publish the Test Agent VM – 3 to the cloud. Go to Visual Studio and right click the Windows Azure project and select Publish. Verify the infomration in the wizard, from the advanced settings tab, you can also enabled capture of intellitrace or profiling information.         Click Next and Click Publish! From the view menu bar select the Windows Azure Activity Log window.       Now you should be able to see the deployment progress in real time.             In the Windows Azure Management Portal, you should also be able to see the progress of creation of a new Worker Role.       Once the deployment is complete you should be able to RDP (go to run prompt type mstsc and in the pop up the machine name) in to the Test Agent Worker Role VM from the Playpit network using the domain admin user account. In case you are unable to log in to the Test Agent using the domain admin user account it means the process of joining the Test Agent to the domain has failed! But the good news is, because you imported the connect module, you can connect to the Test Agent machine using Windows Azure Management Portal and troubleshoot the reason for failure, you will be able to log in with the user name and password you specified in the config file for the keys ‘RemoteAccess.AccountUsername, RemoteAccess.EncryptedPassword (just that enter the password unencrypted)’, fix it or manually join the machine to the domain. Once you have managed to Join the Test Agent VM to the Domain move to the next step.      So, log in to the Test Agent Worker Role VM with the Playpit Domain Administrator and verify that you can log in, the machine is connected to the domain and the connect service is successfully running. If yes, give your self a pat on the back, you are 80% mission accomplished!         Go to the Windows Azure Management Portal and click on Virtual Network, click on Groups and Roles and click on Test Rig, click Edit Group, the edit the Test Rig group you created earlier. In the Connect to section, click on Add to select the worker role you have just deployed. Also, check the ‘Allow connections between endpoints in the group’ with this you will enable to communication between test controller and test agents and test agents/test agents. Click Save.      Now, you are ready to deploy the Test Agent software on the Worker Role Test Agent VM and configure it to work with the Test Controller. V. Configuring VM – 3: Installing Test Agent and Associating Test Agent to Controller Log in to the Worker Role Test Agent VM that you have just successfully deployed, make sure you log in with the domain administrator account. Download the All Agents software from MSDN, ‘en_visual_studio_agents_2010_x86_x64_dvd_509679.iso’, extract the iso and navigate to where you have extracted the iso. In my case, i have extracted the iso to “C:\Resources\Temp\VsAgentSetup”. Open the Test Agent folder and double click on setup.exe. Once you have installed the Test Agent you should reach the configuration window. If you face any issues installing TFS Test Agent on the VM, refer to the walkthrough on MSDN.       Once you have successfully installed the Test Agent software you will need to configure the test agent. Right click the test agent configuration tool and run as a different user. i.e. an Administrator. This is really to run the configuration wizard with elevated privileges (you might have UAC block something's otherwise).        In the run options, you can select ‘service’ you do not need to run the agent as interactive un less you are running coded UI tests. I have specified the domain administrator to connect to the TFS Test Controller. In real life, i would never do that, i would create a separate test user service account for this purpose. But for the blog post, we are using the most powerful user so that any policies or restrictions don’t block you.        Click the Apply Settings button and you should be all green! If not, the summary usually gives helpful error messages that you can resolve and proceed. As per my experience, you may run in to either a permission or a firewall blocking communication issue.        And now the moment of truth! Go to VM –2 open up Visual Studio and from the Test Menu select Manage Test Controller       Mission Accomplished! You should be able to see the Test Agent that you have just configured here,         VI. Creating and Running Load Tests on your brand new Azure-ed Test Rig I have various blog posts on Performance Testing with Visual Studio Ultimate, you can follow the links and videos below, Blog Posts: - Part 1 – Performance Testing using Visual Studio 2010 Ultimate - Part 2 – Performance Testing using Visual Studio 2010 Ultimate - Part 3 – Performance Testing using Visual Studio 2010 Ultimate Videos: - Test Tools Configuration & Settings in Visual Studio - Why & How to Record Web Performance Tests in Visual Studio Ultimate - Goal Driven Load Testing using Visual Studio Ultimate Now that you have created your load tests, there is one last change you need to make before you can run the tests on your Azure Test Rig, create a new Test settings file, and change the Test Execution method to ‘Remote Execution’ and select the test controller you have configured the Worker Role Test Agent against in our case VM – 2 So, go on, fire off a test run and see the results of the test being executed on the Azur-ed Test Rig. Review and What’s next? A quick recap of the benefits of running the Test Rig in the cloud and what i will be covering in the next blog post AND I would love to hear your feedback! Advantages Utilizing the power of Azure compute to run a heavy virtual user load. Benefiting from the Azure flexibility, destroy Test Agents when not in use, takes < 25 minutes to spin up a new Test Agent. Most important test Network Latency, (network latency and speed of connection are two different things – usually network latency is very hard to test), by placing the Test Agents in Microsoft Data centres around the globe, one can actually test the lag in transferring the bytes not because of a slow connection but because the page has been requested from the other side of the globe. Next Steps The process of spinning up the Test Agents in windows Azure is not 100% automated. I am working on the Worker process and power shell scripts to make the role deployment, unattended install of test agent software and registration of the test agent to the test controller automated. In the next blog post I will show you how to make the complete process unattended and automated. Remember to subscribe to http://feeds.feedburner.com/TarunArora. Hope you enjoyed this post, I would love to hear your feedback! If you have any recommendations on things that I should consider or any questions or feedback, feel free to leave a comment. See you in Part III.   Share this post : CodeProject

    Read the article

  • OpenVPN - Windows 8 to Windows 2008 Server, not connecting

    - by niico
    I have followed this tutorial about setting up an OpenVPN Server on Windows Server - and a client on Windows (in this case Windows 8). The server appears to be running fine - but it is not connecting with this error: Mon Jul 22 19:09:04 2013 Warning: cannot open --log file: C:\Program Files\OpenVPN\log\my-laptop.log: Access is denied. (errno=5) Mon Jul 22 19:09:04 2013 OpenVPN 2.3.2 x86_64-w64-mingw32 [SSL (OpenSSL)] [LZO] [PKCS11] [eurephia] [IPv6] built on Jun 3 2013 Mon Jul 22 19:09:04 2013 MANAGEMENT: TCP Socket listening on [AF_INET]127.0.0.1:25340 Mon Jul 22 19:09:04 2013 Need hold release from management interface, waiting... Mon Jul 22 19:09:05 2013 MANAGEMENT: Client connected from [AF_INET]127.0.0.1:25340 Mon Jul 22 19:09:05 2013 MANAGEMENT: CMD 'state on' Mon Jul 22 19:09:05 2013 MANAGEMENT: CMD 'log all on' Mon Jul 22 19:09:05 2013 MANAGEMENT: CMD 'hold off' Mon Jul 22 19:09:05 2013 MANAGEMENT: CMD 'hold release' Mon Jul 22 19:09:05 2013 Socket Buffers: R=[65536->65536] S=[65536->65536] Mon Jul 22 19:09:05 2013 UDPv4 link local: [undef] Mon Jul 22 19:09:05 2013 UDPv4 link remote: [AF_INET]66.666.66.666:9999 Mon Jul 22 19:09:05 2013 MANAGEMENT: >STATE:1374494945,WAIT,,, Mon Jul 22 19:10:05 2013 TLS Error: TLS key negotiation failed to occur within 60 seconds (check your network connectivity) Mon Jul 22 19:10:05 2013 TLS Error: TLS handshake failed Mon Jul 22 19:10:05 2013 SIGUSR1[soft,tls-error] received, process restarting Mon Jul 22 19:10:05 2013 MANAGEMENT: >STATE:1374495005,RECONNECTING,tls-error,, Mon Jul 22 19:10:05 2013 Restart pause, 2 second(s) Note I have changed the IP and port no (it uses a non-standard port for security reasons). That port is open on the hardware firewall. The server logs are showing a connection attempt from my client: TLS: Initial packet from [AF_INET]118.68.xx.xx:65011, sid=081af4ed xxxxxxxx Mon Jul 22 14:19:15 2013 118.68.xx.xx:65011 TLS Error: TLS key negotiation failed to occur within 60 seconds (check your network connectivity) How can I problem solve this & find the problem? Thx Update - Client config file: ############################################## # Sample client-side OpenVPN 2.0 config file # # for connecting to multi-client server. # # # # This configuration can be used by multiple # # clients, however each client should have # # its own cert and key files. # # # # On Windows, you might want to rename this # # file so it has a .ovpn extension # ############################################## # Specify that we are a client and that we # will be pulling certain config file directives # from the server. client # Use the same setting as you are using on # the server. # On most systems, the VPN will not function # unless you partially or fully disable # the firewall for the TUN/TAP interface. ;dev tap dev tun # Windows needs the TAP-Win32 adapter name # from the Network Connections panel # if you have more than one. On XP SP2, # you may need to disable the firewall # for the TAP adapter. ;dev-node MyTap # Are we connecting to a TCP or # UDP server? Use the same setting as # on the server. ;proto tcp proto udp # The hostname/IP and port of the server. # You can have multiple remote entries # to load balance between the servers. remote 00.00.00.00 1194 ;remote 00.00.00.00 9999 ;remote my-server-2 1194 # Choose a random host from the remote # list for load-balancing. Otherwise # try hosts in the order specified. ;remote-random # Keep trying indefinitely to resolve the # host name of the OpenVPN server. Very useful # on machines which are not permanently connected # to the internet such as laptops. resolv-retry infinite # Most clients don't need to bind to # a specific local port number. nobind # Downgrade privileges after initialization (non-Windows only) ;user nobody ;group nobody # Try to preserve some state across restarts. persist-key persist-tun # If you are connecting through an # HTTP proxy to reach the actual OpenVPN # server, put the proxy server/IP and # port number here. See the man page # if your proxy server requires # authentication. ;http-proxy-retry # retry on connection failures ;http-proxy [proxy server] [proxy port #] # Wireless networks often produce a lot # of duplicate packets. Set this flag # to silence duplicate packet warnings. ;mute-replay-warnings # SSL/TLS parms. # See the server config file for more # description. It's best to use # a separate .crt/.key file pair # for each client. A single ca # file can be used for all clients. ca "C:\\Program Files\\OpenVPN\\config\\ca.crt" cert "C:\\Program Files\\OpenVPN\\config\\my-laptop.crt" key "C:\\Program Files\\OpenVPN\\config\\my-laptop.key" # Verify server certificate by checking # that the certicate has the nsCertType # field set to "server". This is an # important precaution to protect against # a potential attack discussed here: # http://openvpn.net/howto.html#mitm # # To use this feature, you will need to generate # your server certificates with the nsCertType # field set to "server". The build-key-server # script in the easy-rsa folder will do this. ns-cert-type server # If a tls-auth key is used on the server # then every client must also have the key. ;tls-auth ta.key 1 # Select a cryptographic cipher. # If the cipher option is used on the server # then you must also specify it here. ;cipher x # Enable compression on the VPN link. # Don't enable this unless it is also # enabled in the server config file. comp-lzo # Set log file verbosity. verb 3 # Silence repeating messages ;mute 20 Server config file: ################################################# # Sample OpenVPN 2.0 config file for # # multi-client server. # # # # This file is for the server side # # of a many-clients <-> one-server # # OpenVPN configuration. # # # # OpenVPN also supports # # single-machine <-> single-machine # # configurations (See the Examples page # # on the web site for more info). # # # # This config should work on Windows # # or Linux/BSD systems. Remember on # # Windows to quote pathnames and use # # double backslashes, e.g.: # # "C:\\Program Files\\OpenVPN\\config\\foo.key" # # # # Comments are preceded with '#' or ';' # ################################################# # Which local IP address should OpenVPN # listen on? (optional) ;local 00.00.00.00 # Which TCP/UDP port should OpenVPN listen on? # If you want to run multiple OpenVPN instances # on the same machine, use a different port # number for each one. You will need to # open up this port on your firewall. std 1194 port 1194 # TCP or UDP server? ;proto tcp proto udp # "dev tun" will create a routed IP tunnel, # "dev tap" will create an ethernet tunnel. # Use "dev tap0" if you are ethernet bridging # and have precreated a tap0 virtual interface # and bridged it with your ethernet interface. # If you want to control access policies # over the VPN, you must create firewall # rules for the the TUN/TAP interface. # On non-Windows systems, you can give # an explicit unit number, such as tun0. # On Windows, use "dev-node" for this. # On most systems, the VPN will not function # unless you partially or fully disable # the firewall for the TUN/TAP interface. ;dev tap dev tun # Windows needs the TAP-Win32 adapter name # from the Network Connections panel if you # have more than one. On XP SP2 or higher, # you may need to selectively disable the # Windows firewall for the TAP adapter. # Non-Windows systems usually don't need this. ;dev-node MyTap # SSL/TLS root certificate (ca), certificate # (cert), and private key (key). Each client # and the server must have their own cert and # key file. The server and all clients will # use the same ca file. # # See the "easy-rsa" directory for a series # of scripts for generating RSA certificates # and private keys. Remember to use # a unique Common Name for the server # and each of the client certificates. # # Any X509 key management system can be used. # OpenVPN can also use a PKCS #12 formatted key file # (see "pkcs12" directive in man page). ca "C:\\Program Files\\OpenVPN\\config\\ca.crt" cert "C:\\Program Files\\OpenVPN\\config\\server.crt" key "C:\\Program Files\\OpenVPN\\config\\server.key" # Diffie hellman parameters. # Generate your own with: # openssl dhparam -out dh1024.pem 1024 # Substitute 2048 for 1024 if you are using # 2048 bit keys. dh "C:\\Program Files\\OpenVPN\\config\\dh2048.pem" # Configure server mode and supply a VPN subnet # for OpenVPN to draw client addresses from. # The server will take 10.8.0.1 for itself, # the rest will be made available to clients. # Each client will be able to reach the server # on 10.8.0.1. Comment this line out if you are # ethernet bridging. See the man page for more info. server 10.8.0.0 255.255.255.0 # Maintain a record of client <-> virtual IP address # associations in this file. If OpenVPN goes down or # is restarted, reconnecting clients can be assigned # the same virtual IP address from the pool that was # previously assigned. ifconfig-pool-persist ipp.txt # Configure server mode for ethernet bridging. # You must first use your OS's bridging capability # to bridge the TAP interface with the ethernet # NIC interface. Then you must manually set the # IP/netmask on the bridge interface, here we # assume 10.8.0.4/255.255.255.0. Finally we # must set aside an IP range in this subnet # (start=10.8.0.50 end=10.8.0.100) to allocate # to connecting clients. Leave this line commented # out unless you are ethernet bridging. ;server-bridge 10.8.0.4 255.255.255.0 10.8.0.50 10.8.0.100 # Configure server mode for ethernet bridging # using a DHCP-proxy, where clients talk # to the OpenVPN server-side DHCP server # to receive their IP address allocation # and DNS server addresses. You must first use # your OS's bridging capability to bridge the TAP # interface with the ethernet NIC interface. # Note: this mode only works on clients (such as # Windows), where the client-side TAP adapter is # bound to a DHCP client. ;server-bridge # Push routes to the client to allow it # to reach other private subnets behind # the server. Remember that these # private subnets will also need # to know to route the OpenVPN client # address pool (10.8.0.0/255.255.255.0) # back to the OpenVPN server. ;push "route 192.168.10.0 255.255.255.0" ;push "route 192.168.20.0 255.255.255.0" # To assign specific IP addresses to specific # clients or if a connecting client has a private # subnet behind it that should also have VPN access, # use the subdirectory "ccd" for client-specific # configuration files (see man page for more info). # EXAMPLE: Suppose the client # having the certificate common name "Thelonious" # also has a small subnet behind his connecting # machine, such as 192.168.40.128/255.255.255.248. # First, uncomment out these lines: ;client-config-dir ccd ;route 192.168.40.128 255.255.255.248 # Then create a file ccd/Thelonious with this line: # iroute 192.168.40.128 255.255.255.248 # This will allow Thelonious' private subnet to # access the VPN. This example will only work # if you are routing, not bridging, i.e. you are # using "dev tun" and "server" directives. # EXAMPLE: Suppose you want to give # Thelonious a fixed VPN IP address of 10.9.0.1. # First uncomment out these lines: ;client-config-dir ccd ;route 10.9.0.0 255.255.255.252 # Then add this line to ccd/Thelonious: # ifconfig-push 10.9.0.1 10.9.0.2 # Suppose that you want to enable different # firewall access policies for different groups # of clients. There are two methods: # (1) Run multiple OpenVPN daemons, one for each # group, and firewall the TUN/TAP interface # for each group/daemon appropriately. # (2) (Advanced) Create a script to dynamically # modify the firewall in response to access # from different clients. See man # page for more info on learn-address script. ;learn-address ./script # If enabled, this directive will configure # all clients to redirect their default # network gateway through the VPN, causing # all IP traffic such as web browsing and # and DNS lookups to go through the VPN # (The OpenVPN server machine may need to NAT # or bridge the TUN/TAP interface to the internet # in order for this to work properly). ;push "redirect-gateway def1 bypass-dhcp" # Certain Windows-specific network settings # can be pushed to clients, such as DNS # or WINS server addresses. CAVEAT: # http://openvpn.net/faq.html#dhcpcaveats # The addresses below refer to the public # DNS servers provided by opendns.com. ;push "dhcp-option DNS 208.67.222.222" ;push "dhcp-option DNS 208.67.220.220" # Uncomment this directive to allow differenta # clients to be able to "see" each other. # By default, clients will only see the server. # To force clients to only see the server, you # will also need to appropriately firewall the # server's TUN/TAP interface. ;client-to-client # Uncomment this directive if multiple clients # might connect with the same certificate/key # files or common names. This is recommended # only for testing purposes. For production use, # each client should have its own certificate/key # pair. # # IF YOU HAVE NOT GENERATED INDIVIDUAL # CERTIFICATE/KEY PAIRS FOR EACH CLIENT, # EACH HAVING ITS OWN UNIQUE "COMMON NAME", # UNCOMMENT THIS LINE OUT. ;duplicate-cn # The keepalive directive causes ping-like # messages to be sent back and forth over # the link so that each side knows when # the other side has gone down. # Ping every 10 seconds, assume that remote # peer is down if no ping received during # a 120 second time period. keepalive 10 120 # For extra security beyond that provided # by SSL/TLS, create an "HMAC firewall" # to help block DoS attacks and UDP port flooding. # # Generate with: # openvpn --genkey --secret ta.key # # The server and each client must have # a copy of this key. # The second parameter should be '0' # on the server and '1' on the clients. ;tls-auth ta.key 0 # This file is secret # Select a cryptographic cipher. # This config item must be copied to # the client config file as well. ;cipher BF-CBC # Blowfish (default) ;cipher AES-128-CBC # AES ;cipher DES-EDE3-CBC # Triple-DES # Enable compression on the VPN link. # If you enable it here, you must also # enable it in the client config file. comp-lzo # The maximum number of concurrently connected # clients we want to allow. ;max-clients 100 # It's a good idea to reduce the OpenVPN # daemon's privileges after initialization. # # You can uncomment this out on # non-Windows systems. ;user nobody ;group nobody # The persist options will try to avoid # accessing certain resources on restart # that may no longer be accessible because # of the privilege downgrade. persist-key persist-tun # Output a short status file showing # current connections, truncated # and rewritten every minute. status openvpn-status.log # By default, log messages will go to the syslog (or # on Windows, if running as a service, they will go to # the "\Program Files\OpenVPN\log" directory). # Use log or log-append to override this default. # "log" will truncate the log file on OpenVPN startup, # while "log-append" will append to it. Use one # or the other (but not both). ;log openvpn.log ;log-append openvpn.log # Set the appropriate level of log # file verbosity. # # 0 is silent, except for fatal errors # 4 is reasonable for general usage # 5 and 6 can help to debug connection problems # 9 is extremely verbose verb 3 # Silence repeating messages. At most 20 # sequential messages of the same message # category will be output to the log. ;mute 20 I have changed IP's for security

    Read the article

  • Parsing concatenated, non-delimited XML messages from TCP-stream using C#

    - by thaller
    I am trying to parse XML messages which are send to my C# application over TCP. Unfortunately, the protocol can not be changed and the XML messages are not delimited and no length prefix is used. Moreover the character encoding is not fixed but each message starts with an XML declaration <?xml>. The question is, how can i read one XML message at a time, using C#. Up to now, I tried to read the data from the TCP stream into a byte array and use it through a MemoryStream. The problem is, the buffer might contain more than one XML messages or the first message may be incomplete. In these cases, I get an exception when trying to parse it with XmlReader.Read or XmlDocument.Load, but unfortunately the XmlException does not really allow me to distinguish the problem (except parsing the localized error string). I tried using XmlReader.Read and count the number of Element and EndElement nodes. That way I know when I am finished reading the first, entire XML message. However, there are several problems. If the buffer does not yet contain the entire message, how can I distinguish the XmlException from an actually invalid, non-well-formed message? In other words, if an exception is thrown before reading the first root EndElement, how can I decide whether to abort the connection with error, or to collect more bytes from the TCP stream? If no exception occurs, the XmlReader is positioned at the start of the root EndElement. Casting the XmlReader to IXmlLineInfo gives me the current LineNumber and LinePosition, however it is not straight forward to get the byte position where the EndElement really ends. In order to do that, I would have to convert the byte array into a string (with the encoding specified in the XML declaration), seek to LineNumber,LinePosition and convert that back to the byte offset. I try to do that with StreamReader.ReadLine, but the stream reader gives no public access to the current byte position. All this seams very inelegant and non robust. I wonder if you have ideas for a better solution. Thank you. EDIT: I looked around and think that the situation is as follows (I might be wrong, corrections are welcome): I found no method so that the XmlReader can continue parsing a second XML message (at least not, if the second message has an XmlDeclaration). XmlTextReader.ResetState could do something similar, but for that I would have to assume the same encoding for all messages. Therefor I could not connect the XmlReader directly to the TcpStream. After closing the XmlReader, the buffer is not positioned at the readers last position. So it is not possible to close the reader and use a new one to continue with the next message. I guess the reason for this is, that the reader could not successfully seek on every possible input stream. When XmlReader throws an exception it can not be determined whether it happened because of an premature EOF or because of a non-wellformed XML. XmlReader.EOF is not set in case of an exception. As workaround I derived my own MemoryBuffer, which returns the very last byte as a single byte. This way I know that the XmlReader was really interested in the last byte and the following exception is likely due to a truncated message (this is kinda sloppy, in that it might not detect every non-wellformed message. However, after appending more bytes to the buffer, sooner or later the error will be detected. I could cast my XmlReader to the IXmlLineInfo interface, which gives access to the LineNumber and the LinePosition of the current node. So after reading the first message I remember these positions and use it to truncate the buffer. Here comes the really sloppy part, because I have to use the character encoding to get the byte position. I am sure you could find test cases for the code below where it breaks (e.g. internal elements with mixed encoding). But up to now it worked for all my tests. The parser class follows here -- may it be useful (I know, its very far from perfect...) class XmlParser { private byte[] buffer = new byte[0]; public int Length { get { return buffer.Length; } } // Append new binary data to the internal data buffer... public XmlParser Append(byte[] buffer2) { if (buffer2 != null && buffer2.Length > 0) { // I know, its not an efficient way to do this. // The EofMemoryStream should handle a List<byte[]> ... byte[] new_buffer = new byte[buffer.Length + buffer2.Length]; buffer.CopyTo(new_buffer, 0); buffer2.CopyTo(new_buffer, buffer.Length); buffer = new_buffer; } return this; } // MemoryStream which returns the last byte of the buffer individually, // so that we know that the buffering XmlReader really locked at the last // byte of the stream. // Moreover there is an EOF marker. private class EofMemoryStream: Stream { public bool EOF { get; private set; } private MemoryStream mem_; public override bool CanSeek { get { return false; } } public override bool CanWrite { get { return false; } } public override bool CanRead { get { return true; } } public override long Length { get { return mem_.Length; } } public override long Position { get { return mem_.Position; } set { throw new NotSupportedException(); } } public override void Flush() { mem_.Flush(); } public override long Seek(long offset, SeekOrigin origin) { throw new NotSupportedException(); } public override void SetLength(long value) { throw new NotSupportedException(); } public override void Write(byte[] buffer, int offset, int count) { throw new NotSupportedException(); } public override int Read(byte[] buffer, int offset, int count) { count = Math.Min(count, Math.Max(1, (int)(Length - Position - 1))); int nread = mem_.Read(buffer, offset, count); if (nread == 0) { EOF = true; } return nread; } public EofMemoryStream(byte[] buffer) { mem_ = new MemoryStream(buffer, false); EOF = false; } protected override void Dispose(bool disposing) { mem_.Dispose(); } } // Parses the first xml message from the stream. // If the first message is not yet complete, it returns null. // If the buffer contains non-wellformed xml, it ~should~ throw an exception. // After reading an xml message, it pops the data from the byte array. public Message deserialize() { if (buffer.Length == 0) { return null; } Message message = null; Encoding encoding = Message.default_encoding; //string xml = encoding.GetString(buffer); using (EofMemoryStream sbuffer = new EofMemoryStream (buffer)) { XmlDocument xmlDocument = null; XmlReaderSettings settings = new XmlReaderSettings(); int LineNumber = -1; int LinePosition = -1; bool truncate_buffer = false; using (XmlReader xmlReader = XmlReader.Create(sbuffer, settings)) { try { // Read to the first node (skipping over some element-types. // Don't use MoveToContent here, because it would skip the // XmlDeclaration too... while (xmlReader.Read() && (xmlReader.NodeType==XmlNodeType.Whitespace || xmlReader.NodeType==XmlNodeType.Comment)) { }; // Check for XML declaration. // If the message has an XmlDeclaration, extract the encoding. switch (xmlReader.NodeType) { case XmlNodeType.XmlDeclaration: while (xmlReader.MoveToNextAttribute()) { if (xmlReader.Name == "encoding") { encoding = Encoding.GetEncoding(xmlReader.Value); } } xmlReader.MoveToContent(); xmlReader.Read(); break; } // Move to the first element. xmlReader.MoveToContent(); // Read the entire document. xmlDocument = new XmlDocument(); xmlDocument.Load(xmlReader.ReadSubtree()); } catch (XmlException e) { // The parsing of the xml failed. If the XmlReader did // not yet look at the last byte, it is assumed that the // XML is invalid and the exception is re-thrown. if (sbuffer.EOF) { return null; } throw e; } { // Try to serialize an internal data structure using XmlSerializer. Type type = null; try { type = Type.GetType("my.namespace." + xmlDocument.DocumentElement.Name); } catch (Exception e) { // No specialized data container for this class found... } if (type == null) { message = new Message(); } else { // TODO: reuse the serializer... System.Xml.Serialization.XmlSerializer ser = new System.Xml.Serialization.XmlSerializer(type); message = (Message)ser.Deserialize(new XmlNodeReader(xmlDocument)); } message.doc = xmlDocument; } // At this point, the first XML message was sucessfully parsed. // Remember the lineposition of the current end element. IXmlLineInfo xmlLineInfo = xmlReader as IXmlLineInfo; if (xmlLineInfo != null && xmlLineInfo.HasLineInfo()) { LineNumber = xmlLineInfo.LineNumber; LinePosition = xmlLineInfo.LinePosition; } // Try to read the rest of the buffer. // If an exception is thrown, another xml message appears. // This way the xml parser could tell us that the message is finished here. // This would be prefered as truncating the buffer using the line info is sloppy. try { while (xmlReader.Read()) { } } catch { // There comes a second message. Needs workaround for trunkating. truncate_buffer = true; } } if (truncate_buffer) { if (LineNumber < 0) { throw new Exception("LineNumber not given. Cannot truncate xml buffer"); } // Convert the buffer to a string using the encoding found before // (or the default encoding). string s = encoding.GetString(buffer); // Seek to the line. int char_index = 0; while (--LineNumber > 0) { // Recognize \r , \n , \r\n as newlines... char_index = s.IndexOfAny(new char[] {'\r', '\n'}, char_index); // char_index should not be -1 because LineNumber>0, otherwise an RangeException is // thrown, which is appropriate. char_index++; if (s[char_index-1]=='\r' && s.Length>char_index && s[char_index]=='\n') { char_index++; } } char_index += LinePosition - 1; var rgx = new System.Text.RegularExpressions.Regex(xmlDocument.DocumentElement.Name + "[ \r\n\t]*\\>"); System.Text.RegularExpressions.Match match = rgx.Match(s, char_index); if (!match.Success || match.Index != char_index) { throw new Exception("could not find EndElement to truncate the xml buffer."); } char_index += match.Value.Length; // Convert the character offset back to the byte offset (for the given encoding). int line1_boffset = encoding.GetByteCount(s.Substring(0, char_index)); // remove the bytes from the buffer. buffer = buffer.Skip(line1_boffset).ToArray(); } else { buffer = new byte[0]; } } return message; } }

    Read the article

  • iphone twitter posting

    - by user313100
    I have some twitter code I modified from: http://amanpages.com/sample-iphone-example-project/twitteragent-tutorial-tweet-from-iphone-app-in-one-line-code-with-auto-tinyurl/ His code used view alerts to login and post to twitter but I wanted to change mine to use windows. It is mostly working and I can login and post to Twitter. However, when I try to post a second time, the program crashes with a: Terminating app due to uncaught exception 'NSInvalidArgumentException', reason: '* -[NSCFString text]: unrecognized selector sent to instance 0xc2d560' I'm a bit of a coding newbie so any help would be appreciated. If I need to post more code, ask. #import "TwitterController.h" #import "xmacros.h" #define XAGENTS_TWITTER_CONFIG_FILE DOC_PATH(@"xagents_twitter_conifg_file.plist") static TwitterController* agent; @implementation TwitterController BOOL isLoggedIn; @synthesize parentsv, sharedLink; -(id)init { self = [super init]; maxCharLength = 140; parentsv = nil; isLogged = NO; isLoggedIn = NO; txtMessage = [[UITextView alloc] initWithFrame:CGRectMake(30, 225, 250, 60)]; UIImageView* bg = [[UIImageView alloc] initWithImage:[UIImage imageNamed:@"fb_message_bg.png"]]; bg.frame = txtMessage.frame; lblCharLeft = [[UILabel alloc] initWithFrame:CGRectMake(15, 142, 250, 20)]; lblCharLeft.font = [UIFont systemFontOfSize:10.0f]; lblCharLeft.textAlignment = UITextAlignmentRight; lblCharLeft.textColor = [UIColor whiteColor]; lblCharLeft.backgroundColor = [UIColor colorWithRed:0 green:0 blue:0 alpha:0]; txtUsername = [[UITextField alloc]initWithFrame:CGRectMake(125, 190, 150, 30)]; txtPassword = [[UITextField alloc]initWithFrame:CGRectMake(125, 225, 150, 30)]; txtPassword.secureTextEntry = YES; lblId = [[UILabel alloc]initWithFrame:CGRectMake(15, 190, 100, 30)]; lblPassword = [[UILabel alloc]initWithFrame:CGRectMake(15, 225, 100, 30)]; lblTitle = [[UILabel alloc]initWithFrame:CGRectMake(80, 170, 190, 30)]; lblId.backgroundColor = [UIColor colorWithRed:0 green:0 blue:0 alpha:0]; lblPassword.backgroundColor = [UIColor colorWithRed:0 green:0 blue:0 alpha:0]; lblTitle.backgroundColor = [UIColor colorWithRed:0 green:0 blue:0 alpha:0]; lblId.textColor = [UIColor whiteColor]; lblPassword.textColor = [UIColor whiteColor]; lblTitle.textColor = [UIColor whiteColor]; txtMessage.backgroundColor = [UIColor colorWithRed:0 green:0 blue:0 alpha:0]; lblId.text = @"Username:"; lblPassword.text =@"Password:"; lblTitle.text = @"Tweet This Message"; lblId.textAlignment = UITextAlignmentRight; lblPassword.textAlignment = UITextAlignmentRight; lblTitle.textAlignment = UITextAlignmentCenter; txtUsername.borderStyle = UITextBorderStyleRoundedRect; txtPassword.borderStyle = UITextBorderStyleRoundedRect; txtMessage.delegate = self; txtUsername.delegate = self; txtPassword.delegate = self; login = [[UIButton alloc] init]; login = [UIButton buttonWithType:UIButtonTypeRoundedRect]; login.frame = CGRectMake(165, 300, 100, 30); [login setTitle:@"Login" forState:UIControlStateNormal]; [login addTarget:self action:@selector(onLogin) forControlEvents:UIControlEventTouchUpInside]; cancel = [[UIButton alloc] init]; cancel = [UIButton buttonWithType:UIButtonTypeRoundedRect]; cancel.frame = CGRectMake(45, 300, 100, 30); [cancel setTitle:@"Back" forState:UIControlStateNormal]; [cancel addTarget:self action:@selector(onCancel) forControlEvents:UIControlEventTouchUpInside]; post = [[UIButton alloc] init]; post = [UIButton buttonWithType:UIButtonTypeRoundedRect]; post.frame = CGRectMake(165, 300, 100, 30); [post setTitle:@"Post" forState:UIControlStateNormal]; [post addTarget:self action:@selector(onPost) forControlEvents:UIControlEventTouchUpInside]; back = [[UIButton alloc] init]; back = [UIButton buttonWithType:UIButtonTypeRoundedRect]; back.frame = CGRectMake(45, 300, 100, 30); [back setTitle:@"Back" forState:UIControlStateNormal]; [back addTarget:self action:@selector(onCancel) forControlEvents:UIControlEventTouchUpInside]; loading1 = [[UIActivityIndicatorView alloc] initWithActivityIndicatorStyle:UIActivityIndicatorViewStyleGray]; loading1.frame = CGRectMake(140, 375, 40, 40); loading1.hidesWhenStopped = YES; [loading1 stopAnimating]; loading2 = [[UIActivityIndicatorView alloc] initWithActivityIndicatorStyle:UIActivityIndicatorViewStyleGray]; loading2.frame = CGRectMake(140, 375, 40, 40); loading2.hidesWhenStopped = YES; [loading2 stopAnimating]; twitterWindow = [[UIWindow alloc] initWithFrame:[[UIScreen mainScreen] bounds]]; [twitterWindow addSubview:txtUsername]; [twitterWindow addSubview:txtPassword]; [twitterWindow addSubview:lblId]; [twitterWindow addSubview:lblPassword]; [twitterWindow addSubview:login]; [twitterWindow addSubview:cancel]; [twitterWindow addSubview:loading1]; UIImageView* logo = [[UIImageView alloc] initWithFrame:CGRectMake(35, 165, 48, 48)]; logo.image = [UIImage imageNamed:@"Twitter_logo.png"]; [twitterWindow addSubview:logo]; [logo release]; twitterWindow2 = [[UIWindow alloc] initWithFrame:[[UIScreen mainScreen] bounds]]; [twitterWindow2 addSubview:lblTitle]; [twitterWindow2 addSubview:lblCharLeft]; [twitterWindow2 addSubview:bg]; [twitterWindow2 addSubview:txtMessage]; [twitterWindow2 addSubview:lblURL]; [twitterWindow2 addSubview:post]; [twitterWindow2 addSubview:back]; [twitterWindow2 addSubview:loading2]; [twitterWindow2 bringSubviewToFront:txtMessage]; UIImageView* logo1 = [[UIImageView alloc] initWithFrame:CGRectMake(35, 155, 42, 42)]; logo1.image = [UIImage imageNamed:@"twitter-logo-twit.png"]; [twitterWindow2 addSubview:logo1]; [logo1 release]; twitterWindow.hidden = YES; twitterWindow2.hidden = YES; return self; } -(void) onStart { [[UIApplication sharedApplication]setStatusBarOrientation:UIInterfaceOrientationPortrait]; twitterWindow.hidden = NO; [twitterWindow makeKeyWindow]; [self refresh]; if(isLogged) { twitterWindow.hidden = YES; twitterWindow2.hidden = NO; [twitterWindow2 makeKeyWindow]; } } - (void)textFieldDidBeginEditing:(UITextField *)textField { [textField becomeFirstResponder]; } - (BOOL)textFieldShouldReturn:(UITextField *)textField { [textField resignFirstResponder]; return NO; } - (BOOL)textView:(UITextView *)textView shouldChangeTextInRange:(NSRange)range replacementText:(NSString *)text{ const char* str = [text UTF8String]; int s = str[0]; if(s!=0) if((range.location + range.length) > maxCharLength){ return NO; }else{ int left = 139 - ([sharedLink length] + [textView.text length]); lblCharLeft.text= [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%d",left]; // this fix was done by Jackie //http://amanpages.com/sample-iphone-example-project/twitteragent-tutorial-tweet-from-iphone-app-in-one-line-code-with-auto-tinyurl/#comment-38026299 if([text isEqualToString:@"\n"]){ [textView resignFirstResponder]; return FALSE; }else{ return YES; } } int left = 139 - ([sharedLink length] + [textView.text length]); lblCharLeft.text= [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%d",left]; return YES; } -(void) onLogin { [loading1 startAnimating]; NSString *postURL = @"http://twitter.com/statuses/update.xml"; NSString *myRequestString = [NSString stringWithFormat:@""]; NSData *myRequestData = [ NSData dataWithBytes: [ myRequestString UTF8String ] length: [ myRequestString length ] ]; NSMutableURLRequest *request = [ [ NSMutableURLRequest alloc ] initWithURL: [ NSURL URLWithString:postURL ] ]; [ request setHTTPMethod: @"POST" ]; [ request setHTTPBody: myRequestData ]; NSURLConnection *theConnection=[[NSURLConnection alloc] initWithRequest:request delegate:self]; if (!theConnection) { UIAlertView* aler = [[UIAlertView alloc] initWithTitle:@"Network Error" message:@"Failed to Connect to twitter" delegate:nil cancelButtonTitle:@"Close" otherButtonTitles:nil]; [aler show]; [aler release]; } [request release]; } -(void) onCancel { [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setValue:@"NotActive" forKey:@"Twitter"]; twitterWindow.hidden = YES; [[UIApplication sharedApplication]setStatusBarOrientation:UIInterfaceOrientationLandscapeRight]; } -(void) onPost { [loading2 startAnimating]; NSString *postURL = @"http://twitter.com/statuses/update.xml"; NSString *myRequestString; if(sharedLink){ myRequestString = [NSString stringWithFormat:@"&status=%@",[NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@\n%@",txtMessage.text,sharedLink]]; }else{ myRequestString = [NSString stringWithFormat:@"&status=%@",[NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@",txtMessage.text]]; } NSData *myRequestData = [ NSData dataWithBytes: [ myRequestString UTF8String ] length: [ myRequestString length ] ]; NSMutableURLRequest *request = [ [ NSMutableURLRequest alloc ] initWithURL: [ NSURL URLWithString:postURL ] ]; [ request setHTTPMethod: @"POST" ]; [ request setHTTPBody: myRequestData ]; NSURLConnection *theConnection=[[NSURLConnection alloc] initWithRequest:request delegate:self]; if (!theConnection) { UIAlertView* aler = [[UIAlertView alloc] initWithTitle:@"Network Error" message:@"Failed to Connect to twitter" delegate:nil cancelButtonTitle:@"Close" otherButtonTitles:nil]; [aler show]; [aler release]; } [request release]; } - (void)connection:(NSURLConnection *)connection didFailWithError:(NSError *)error { // release the connection, and the data object [connection release]; if(isAuthFailed){ UIAlertView* aler = [[UIAlertView alloc] initWithTitle:@"Login Failed" message:@"Invalid ID/Password" delegate:nil cancelButtonTitle:@"Close" otherButtonTitles:nil]; [aler show]; [aler release]; }else{ UIAlertView* aler = [[UIAlertView alloc] initWithTitle:@"Connection Failed" message:@"Failed to connect to Twitter" delegate:nil cancelButtonTitle:@"Close" otherButtonTitles:nil]; [aler show]; [aler release]; } isAuthFailed = NO; } - (void)connectionDidFinishLoading:(NSURLConnection *)connection { isAuthFailed = NO; [loading1 stopAnimating]; [loading2 stopAnimating]; if(isLogged) { UIAlertView* aler = [[UIAlertView alloc] initWithTitle:@"Twitter" message:@"Tweet Posted!" delegate:nil cancelButtonTitle:@"Close" otherButtonTitles:nil]; [aler show]; [aler release]; txtMessage = @""; [self refresh]; } else { twitterWindow.hidden = YES; twitterWindow2.hidden = NO; [[NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter] postNotificationName:@"notifyTwitterLoggedIn" object:nil userInfo:nil]; } isLogged = YES; isLoggedIn = YES; } -(void)connection:(NSURLConnection *)connection didReceiveAuthenticationChallenge:(NSURLAuthenticationChallenge *)challenge { NSDictionary* config = [NSDictionary dictionaryWithObjectsAndKeys:txtUsername.text,@"username",txtPassword.text,@"password",nil]; [config writeToFile:XAGENTS_TWITTER_CONFIG_FILE atomically:YES]; if ([challenge previousFailureCount] == 0) { NSURLCredential *newCredential; newCredential=[NSURLCredential credentialWithUser:txtUsername.text password:txtPassword.text persistence:NSURLCredentialPersistenceNone]; [[challenge sender] useCredential:newCredential forAuthenticationChallenge:challenge]; } else { isAuthFailed = YES; [[challenge sender] cancelAuthenticationChallenge:challenge]; } } -(void) refresh { NSDictionary* config = [NSDictionary dictionaryWithContentsOfFile:XAGENTS_TWITTER_CONFIG_FILE]; if(config){ NSString* uname = [config valueForKey:@"username"]; if(uname){ txtUsername.text = uname; } NSString* pw = [config valueForKey:@"password"]; if(pw){ txtPassword.text = pw; } } } + (TwitterController*)defaultAgent{ if(!agent){ agent = [TwitterController new]; } return agent; } -(void)dealloc { [super dealloc]; [txtMessage release]; [txtUsername release]; [txtPassword release]; [lblId release]; [lblPassword release]; [lblURL release]; [twitterWindow2 release]; [twitterWindow release]; } @end

    Read the article

  • php security holes POCs

    - by Flavius
    Hi Please provide examples for all of these: XSS, CSRF, SQL injection with both the source code and the attack steps for each. Other attack vectors are welcome. The most complete answer gets a accepted. The configuration is a fairly standard one, as of PHP 5.3.2, core settings: allow_call_time_pass_reference => Off => Off allow_url_fopen => On => On allow_url_include => Off => Off always_populate_raw_post_data => Off => Off arg_separator.input => & => & arg_separator.output => & => & asp_tags => Off => Off auto_append_file => no value => no value auto_globals_jit => On => On auto_prepend_file => no value => no value browscap => no value => no value default_charset => no value => no value default_mimetype => text/html => text/html define_syslog_variables => Off => Off disable_classes => no value => no value disable_functions => no value => no value display_errors => STDOUT => STDOUT display_startup_errors => On => On doc_root => no value => no value docref_ext => no value => no value docref_root => no value => no value enable_dl => Off => Off error_append_string => no value => no value error_log => syslog => syslog error_prepend_string => no value => no value error_reporting => 32767 => 32767 exit_on_timeout => Off => Off expose_php => On => On extension_dir => /usr/lib/php/modules/ => /usr/lib/php/modules/ file_uploads => On => On highlight.bg => <font style="color: #FFFFFF">#FFFFFF</font> => <font style="color: #FFFFFF">#FFFFFF</font> highlight.comment => <font style="color: #FF8000">#FF8000</font> => <font style="color: #FF8000">#FF8000</font> highlight.default => <font style="color: #0000BB">#0000BB</font> => <font style="color: #0000BB">#0000BB</font> highlight.html => <font style="color: #000000">#000000</font> => <font style="color: #000000">#000000</font> highlight.keyword => <font style="color: #007700">#007700</font> => <font style="color: #007700">#007700</font> highlight.string => <font style="color: #DD0000">#DD0000</font> => <font style="color: #DD0000">#DD0000</font> html_errors => Off => Off ignore_repeated_errors => Off => Off ignore_repeated_source => Off => Off ignore_user_abort => Off => Off implicit_flush => On => On include_path => .:/usr/share/pear => .:/usr/share/pear log_errors => On => On log_errors_max_len => 1024 => 1024 magic_quotes_gpc => Off => Off magic_quotes_runtime => Off => Off magic_quotes_sybase => Off => Off mail.add_x_header => On => On mail.force_extra_parameters => no value => no value mail.log => no value => no value max_execution_time => 0 => 0 max_file_uploads => 20 => 20 max_input_nesting_level => 64 => 64 max_input_time => -1 => -1 memory_limit => 128M => 128M open_basedir => no value => no value output_buffering => 0 => 0 output_handler => no value => no value post_max_size => 8M => 8M precision => 14 => 14 realpath_cache_size => 16K => 16K realpath_cache_ttl => 120 => 120 register_argc_argv => On => On register_globals => Off => Off register_long_arrays => Off => Off report_memleaks => On => On report_zend_debug => Off => Off request_order => GP => GP safe_mode => Off => Off safe_mode_exec_dir => no value => no value safe_mode_gid => Off => Off safe_mode_include_dir => no value => no value sendmail_from => no value => no value sendmail_path => /usr/sbin/sendmail -t -i => /usr/sbin/sendmail -t -i serialize_precision => 100 => 100 short_open_tag => Off => Off SMTP => localhost => localhost smtp_port => 25 => 25 sql.safe_mode => Off => Off track_errors => Off => Off unserialize_callback_func => no value => no value upload_max_filesize => 2M => 2M upload_tmp_dir => no value => no value user_dir => no value => no value user_ini.cache_ttl => 300 => 300 user_ini.filename => .user.ini => .user.ini variables_order => GPCS => GPCS xmlrpc_error_number => 0 => 0 xmlrpc_errors => Off => Off y2k_compliance => On => On zend.enable_gc => On => On

    Read the article

  • How do I send automated e-mails from Drupal using Messaging and Notifications?

    - by Adrian
    I am working on a Notifications plugin, and after starting to write my notes down about how to do this, decided to just post them here. Please feel free to come make modifications and changes. Eventually I hope to post this on the Drupal handbook as well. Thanks. --Adrian Sending automated e-mails from Drupal using Messaging and Notifications To implement a notifications plugin, you must implement the following functions: Use hook_messaging, hook_token_list and hook_token_values to create the messages that will be sent. Use hook_notifications to create the subscription types Add code to fire events (eg in hook_nodeapi) Add all UI elements to allow users to subscribe/unsubscribe Understanding Messaging The Messaging module is used to compose messages that can be delivered using various formats, such as simple mail, HTML mail, Twitter updates, etc. These formats are called "send methods." The backend details do not concern us here; what is important are the following concepts: TOKENS: tokens are provided by the "tokens" module. They allow you to write keywords in square brackets, [like-this], that can be replaced by any arbitrary value. Note: the token groups you create must match the keys you add to the $events-objects[$key] array. MESSAGE KEYS: A key is a part of a message, such as the greetings line. Keys can be different for each send method. For example, a plaintext mail's greeting might be "Hi, [user]," while an HTML greeing might be "Hi, [user]," and Twitter's might just be "[user-firstname]: ". Keys can have any arbitrary name. Keys are very simple and only have a machine-readable name and a user-readable description, the latter of which is only seen by admins. MESSAGE GROUPS: A group is a bunch of keys that often, but not always, might be used together to make up a complete message. For example, a generic group might include keys for a greeting, body, closing and footer. Groups can also be "subclassed" by selecting a "fallback" group that will supply any keys that are missing. Groups are also associated with modules; I'm not sure what these are used for. Understanding Notifications The Notifications module revolves around the following concepts: SUBSCRIPTIONS: Notifications plugins may define one or more types of subscriptions. For example, notifications_content defines subscriptions for: Threads (users are notified whenever a node or its comments change) Content types (users are notified whenever a node of a certain type is created or is changed) Users (users are notified whenever another user is changed) Subscriptions refer to both the user who's subscribed, how often they wish to be notified, the send method (for Messaging) and what's being subscribed to. This last part is defined in two steps. Firstly, a plugin defines several "subscription fields" (through a hook_notifications op of the same name), and secondly, "subscription types" (also an op) defines which fields apply to each type of subscription. For example, notifications_content defines the fields "nid," "author" and "type," and the subscriptions "thread" (nid), "nodetype" (type), "author" (author) and "typeauthor" (type and author), the latter referring to something like "any STORY by JOE." Fields are used to link events to subscriptions; an event must match all fields of a subscription (for all normal subscriptions) to be delivered to the recipient. The $subscriptions object is defined in subsequent sections. Notifications prefers that you don't create these objects yourself, preferring you to call the notifications_get_link() function to create a link that users may click on, but you can also use notifications_save_subscription and notifications_delete_subscription to do it yourself. EVENTS: An event is something that users may be notified about. Plugins create the $event object then call notifications_event($event). This either sends out notifications immediately, queues them to send out later, or both. Events include the type of thing that's changed (eg 'node', 'user'), the ID of the thing that's changed (eg $node-nid, $user-uid) and what's happened to it (eg 'create'). These are, respectively, $event-type, $event-oid (object ID) and $event-action. Warning: notifications_content_nodeapi also adds a $event-node field, referring to the node itself and not just $event-oid = $node-nid. This is not used anywhere in the core notifications module; however, when the $event is passed back to the 'query' op (see below), we assume the node is still present. Events do not refer to the user they will be referred to; instead, Notifications makes the connection between subscriptions and events, using the subscriptions' fields. MATCHING EVENTS TO SUBSCRIPTIONS: An event matches a subscription if it has the same type as the event (eg "node") and if the event matches all the correct fields. This second step is determined by the "query" hook op, which is called with the $event object as a parameter. The query op is responsible for giving Notifications a value for all the fields defined by the plugin. For example, notifications_content defines the 'nid', 'type' and 'author' fields, so its query op looks like this (ignore the case where $event_or_user = 'user' for now): $event_or_user = $arg0; $event_type = $arg1; $event_or_object = $arg2; if ($event_or_user == 'event' && $event_type == 'node' && ($node = $event_or_object->node) || $event_or_user == 'user' && $event_type == 'node' && ($node = $event_or_object)) { $query[]['fields'] = array( 'nid' => $node->nid, 'type' => $node->type, 'author' => $node->uid, ); return $query; After extracting the $node from the $event, we set $query[]['fields'] to a dictionary defining, for this event, all the fields defined by the module. As you can tell from the presence of the $query object, there's way more you can do with this op, but they are not covered here. DIGESTING AND DEDUPING: Understanding the relationship between Messaging and Notifications Usually, the name of a message group doesn't matter, but when being used with Notifications, the names must follow very strict patterns. Firstly, they must start with the name "notifications," and then are followed by either "event" or "digest," depending on whether the message group is being used to represent either a single event or a group of events. For 'events,' the third part of the name is the "type," which we get from Notification's $event-type (eg: notifications_content uses 'node'). The last part of the name is the operation being performed, which comes from Notification's $event-action. For example: notifications-event-node-comment might refer to the message group used when someone comments on a node notifications-event-user-update to a user who's updated their profile Hyphens cannot appear anywhere other than to separate the parts of these words. For 'digest' messages, the third and fourth part of the name come from hook_notification's "event types" callback, specifically this line: $types[] = array( 'type' => 'node', 'action' => 'insert', ... 'digest' => array('node', 'type'), ); $types[] = array( 'type' => 'node', 'action' => 'update', ... 'digest' => array('node', 'nid'), ); In this case, the first event type (node insertion) will be digested with the notifications-digest-node-type message template providing the header and footer, likely saying something like "the following [type] was created." The second event type (node update) will be digested with the notifications-digest-node-nid message template. Data Structure and Callback Reference $event The $event object has the following members: $event-type: The type of event. Must match the type in hook_notification::"event types". {notifications_event} $event-action: The action the event describes. Most events are sorted by [$event-type][$event-action]. {notifications_event}. $event-object[$object_type]: All objects relevant to the event. For example, $event-object['node'] might be the node that the event describes. $object_type can come from the 'event types' hook (see below). The main purpose appears to be to be passed to token_replace_multiple as the second parameter. $event-object[$event-type] is assumed to exist in the short digest processing functions, but this doesn't appear to be used anywhere. Not saved in the database; loaded by hook_notifications::"event load" $event-oid: apparently unused. The id of the primary object relevant to this event (eg the node's nid). $event-module: apparently unused $event-params[$key]: Mainly a place for plugins to save random data. The main module will serialize the contents of this array but does not use it in any way. However, notifications_ui appears to do something weird with it, possibly by using subscriptions' fields as keys into this array. I'm not sure why though. hook_notifications op 'subscription types': returns an array of subscription types provided by the plugin, in the form $key = array(...) with the following members: event_type: this subscription can only match events whose $event-type has this value. Stored in the database as notifications.event_type for every individual subscription. Apparently, this can be overiden in code but I wouldn't try it (see notifications_save_subscription). fields: an unkeyed array of fields that must be matched by an event (in addition to the event_type) for it to match this subscription. Each element of this array must be a key of the array returned by op 'subscription fields' which in turn must be used by op 'query' to actually perform the matching. title: user-readable title for their subscriptions page (eg the 'type' column in user/%uid/notifications/subscriptions) description: a user-readable description. page callback: used to add a supplementary page at user/%uid/notifications/blah. This and the following are used by notifications_ui as a part of hook_menu_alter. Appears to be partially deprecated. user page: user/%uid/notifications/blah. op 'event types': returns an array of event types, with each event type being an array with the following members: type: this will match $event-type action: this will match $event-action digest: an array with two ordered (non-keyed) elements, "type" and "field." 'type' is used as an index into $event-objects. 'field' is also used to group events like so: $event-objects[$type]-$field. For example, 'field' might be 'nid' - if the object is a node, the digest lines will be grouped by node ID. Finally, both are used to find the correct Messaging template; see discussion above. description: used on the admin "Notifications-Events" page name: unused, use Messaging instead line: deprecated, use Messaging instead Other Stuff This is an example of the main query that inserts an event into the queue: INSERT INTO {notifications_queue} (uid, destination, sid, module, eid, send_interval, send_method, cron, created, conditions) SELECT DISTINCT s.uid, s.destination, s.sid, s.module, %d, // event ID s.send_interval, s.send_method, s.cron, %d, // time of the event s.conditions FROM {notifications} s INNER JOIN {notifications_fields} f ON s.sid = f.sid WHERE (s.status = 1) AND (s.event_type = '%s') // subscription type AND (s.send_interval >= 0) AND (s.uid <> %d) AND ( (f.field = '%s' AND f.intval IN (%d)) // everything from 'query' op OR (f.field = '%s' AND f.intval = %d) OR (f.field = '%s' AND f.value = '%s') OR (f.field = '%s' AND f.intval = %d)) GROUP BY s.uid, s.destination, s.sid, s.module, s.send_interval, s.send_method, s.cron, s.conditions HAVING s.conditions = count(f.sid)

    Read the article

  • Crash: iPhone Threading with Blocks

    - by jtbandes
    I have some convenience methods set up for threading with blocks (using PLBlocks). Then in the main portion of my code, I call the method -fetchArrivalsForLocationIDs:callback:errback:, which runs some web API calls in the background. Here's the problem: when I comment out the 2 NSAutoreleasePool-related lines in JTBlockThreading.m, of course I get lots of Object 0x6b31280 of class __NSArrayM autoreleased with no pool in place - just leaking errors. However, if I uncomment them, the app frequently crashes on the [pool release]; line, sometimes saying malloc: *** error for object 0x6e3ae10: pointer being freed was not allocated" *** set a breakpoint in malloc_error_break to debug. I assume I've made a horrible mistake/assumption in threading somewhere, but can anyone figure out what exactly the problem is? // JTBlockThreading.h #import <Foundation/Foundation.h> #import <PLBlocks/Block.h> #define JT_BLOCKTHREAD_BACKGROUND [self invokeBlockInBackground:^{ #define JT_BLOCKTHREAD_MAIN [self invokeBlockOnMainThread:^{ #define JT_BLOCKTHREAD_END }]; #define JT_BLOCKTHREAD_BACKGROUND_END_WAIT } waitUntilDone:YES]; @interface NSObject (JTBlockThreading) - (void)invokeBlockInBackground:(void (^)())block; - (void)invokeBlockOnMainThread:(void (^)())block; - (void)invokeBlockOnMainThread:(void (^)())block waitUntilDone:(BOOL)wait; - (void)invokeBlock:(void (^)())block; @end // JTBlockThreading.m #import "JTBlockThreading.h" @implementation NSObject (JTBlockThreading) - (void)invokeBlockInBackground:(void (^)())block { [self performSelectorInBackground:@selector(invokeBlock:) withObject:[block copy]]; } - (void)invokeBlockOnMainThread:(void (^)())block { [self invokeBlockOnMainThread:block waitUntilDone:NO]; } - (void)invokeBlockOnMainThread:(void (^)())block waitUntilDone:(BOOL)wait { [self performSelectorOnMainThread:@selector(invokeBlock:) withObject:[block copy] waitUntilDone:wait]; } - (void)invokeBlock:(void (^)())block { //NSAutoreleasePool *pool = [[NSAutoreleasePool alloc] init]; block(); [block release]; //[pool release]; } @end - (void)fetchArrivalsForLocationIDs:(NSString *)locIDs callback:(JTWSCallback)callback errback:(JTWSErrback)errback { JT_PUSH_NETWORK(); JT_BLOCKTHREAD_BACKGROUND NSError *error = nil; // Create API call URL NSURL *url = [NSURL URLWithString: [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@/arrivals/appID/%@/locIDs/%@", TRIMET_BASE_URL, appID, locIDs]]; if (!url) { JT_BLOCKTHREAD_MAIN errback(@"That’s not a valid Stop ID!"); JT_POP_NETWORK(); JT_BLOCKTHREAD_END return; } // Call API NSData *data = [NSData dataWithContentsOfURL:url options:0 error:&error]; if (!data) { JT_BLOCKTHREAD_MAIN errback([NSString stringWithFormat: @"Had trouble downloading the arrival data! %@", [error localizedDescription]]); JT_POP_NETWORK(); JT_BLOCKTHREAD_END return; } CXMLDocument *doc = [[CXMLDocument alloc] initWithData:data options:0 error:&error]; if (!doc) { JT_BLOCKTHREAD_MAIN // TODO: further error description // (TouchXML doesn't provide information with the error) errback(@"Had trouble reading the arrival data!"); JT_POP_NETWORK(); JT_BLOCKTHREAD_END return; } NSArray *nodes = nil; CXMLElement *resultSet = [doc rootElement]; // Begin building the response model JTWSResponseArrivalData *response = [[[JTWSResponseArrivalData alloc] init] autorelease]; response.queryTime = [NSDate JT_dateWithTriMetWSTimestamp: [[resultSet attributeValueForName:@"queryTime"] longLongValue]]; if (!response.queryTime) { // TODO: further error check? NSLog(@"Hm, query time is nil in %s... response %@, resultSet %@", __PRETTY_FUNCTION__, response, resultSet); } nodes = [resultSet nodesForXPath:@"//arrivals:errorMessage" namespaceMappings:namespaceMappings error:&error]; if ([nodes count] > 0) { NSString *message = [[nodes objectAtIndex:0] stringValue]; response.errorMessage = message; // TODO: this probably won't be used... JT_BLOCKTHREAD_MAIN errback([NSString stringWithFormat: @"TriMet error: “%@”", message]); JT_POP_NETWORK(); JT_BLOCKTHREAD_END return; } // Build location models nodes = [resultSet nodesForXPath:@"/arrivals:location" namespaceMappings:namespaceMappings error:&error]; if ([nodes count] <= 0) { NSLog(@"Hm, no locations returned in %s... xpath error %@, response %@, resultSet %@", __PRETTY_FUNCTION__, error, response, resultSet); } NSMutableArray *locations = [NSMutableArray arrayWithCapacity:[nodes count]]; for (CXMLElement *loc in nodes) { JTWSLocation *location = [[[JTWSLocation alloc] init] autorelease]; location.desc = [loc attributeValueForName:@"desc"]; location.dir = [loc attributeValueForName:@"dir"]; location.position = [[[CLLocation alloc] initWithLatitude:[[loc attributeValueForName:@"lat"] doubleValue] longitude:[[loc attributeValueForName:@"lng"] doubleValue]] autorelease]; location.locID = [[loc attributeValueForName:@"locid"] integerValue]; } // Build arrival models nodes = [resultSet nodesForXPath:@"/arrivals:arrival" namespaceMappings:namespaceMappings error:&error]; if ([nodes count] <= 0) { NSLog(@"Hm, no arrivals returned in %s... xpath error %@, response %@, resultSet %@", __PRETTY_FUNCTION__, error, response, resultSet); } NSMutableArray *arrivals = [[NSMutableArray alloc] initWithCapacity:[nodes count]]; for (CXMLElement *arv in nodes) { JTWSArrival *arrival = [[JTWSArrival alloc] init]; arrival.block = [[arv attributeValueForName:@"block"] integerValue]; arrival.piece = [[arv attributeValueForName:@"piece"] integerValue]; arrival.locID = [[arv attributeValueForName:@"locid"] integerValue]; arrival.departed = [[arv attributeValueForName:@"departed"] boolValue]; // TODO: verify arrival.detour = [[arv attributeValueForName:@"detour"] boolValue]; // TODO: verify arrival.direction = (JTWSRouteDirection)[[arv attributeValueForName:@"dir"] integerValue]; arrival.estimated = [NSDate JT_dateWithTriMetWSTimestamp: [[arv attributeValueForName:@"estimated"] longLongValue]]; arrival.scheduled = [NSDate JT_dateWithTriMetWSTimestamp: [[arv attributeValueForName:@"scheduled"] longLongValue]]; arrival.fullSign = [arv attributeValueForName:@"fullSign"]; arrival.shortSign = [arv attributeValueForName:@"shortSign"]; NSString *status = [arv attributeValueForName:@"status"]; if ([status isEqualToString:@"estimated"]) { arrival.status = JTWSArrivalStatusEstimated; } else if ([status isEqualToString:@"scheduled"]) { arrival.status = JTWSArrivalStatusScheduled; } else if ([status isEqualToString:@"delayed"]) { arrival.status = JTWSArrivalStatusDelayed; } else if ([status isEqualToString:@"canceled"]) { arrival.status = JTWSArrivalStatusCanceled; } else { NSLog(@"Unknown arrival status %s in %@... response %@, arrival %@", status, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__, response, arv); } NSArray *blockPositions = [arv nodesForXPath:@"/arrivals:blockPosition" namespaceMappings:namespaceMappings error:&error]; if ([blockPositions count] > 1) { // The schema allows for any number of blockPosition elements, // but I'm really not sure why... NSLog(@"Hm, more than one blockPosition in %s... response %@, arrival %@", __PRETTY_FUNCTION__, response, arv); } if ([blockPositions count] > 0) { CXMLElement *bpos = [blockPositions objectAtIndex:0]; JTWSBlockPosition *blockPosition = [[JTWSBlockPosition alloc] init]; blockPosition.reported = [NSDate JT_dateWithTriMetWSTimestamp: [[bpos attributeValueForName:@"at"] longLongValue]]; blockPosition.feet = [[bpos attributeValueForName:@"feet"] integerValue]; blockPosition.position = [[[CLLocation alloc] initWithLatitude:[[bpos attributeValueForName:@"lat"] doubleValue] longitude:[[bpos attributeValueForName:@"lng"] doubleValue]] autorelease]; NSString *headingStr = [bpos attributeValueForName:@"heading"]; if (headingStr) { // Valid CLLocationDirections are > 0 CLLocationDirection heading = [headingStr integerValue]; while (heading < 0) heading += 360.0; blockPosition.heading = heading; } else { blockPosition.heading = -1; // indicates invalid heading } NSArray *tripData = [bpos nodesForXPath:@"/arrivals:trip" namespaceMappings:namespaceMappings error:&error]; NSMutableArray *trips = [[NSMutableArray alloc] initWithCapacity:[tripData count]]; for (CXMLElement *tripDatum in tripData) { JTWSTrip *trip = [[JTWSTrip alloc] init]; trip.desc = [tripDatum attributeValueForName:@"desc"]; trip.destDist = [[tripDatum attributeValueForName:@"destDist"] integerValue]; trip.direction = (JTWSRouteDirection)[[tripDatum attributeValueForName:@"dir"] integerValue]; trip.pattern = [[tripDatum attributeValueForName:@"pattern"] integerValue]; trip.progress = [[tripDatum attributeValueForName:@"progress"] integerValue]; trip.route = [[tripDatum attributeValueForName:@"route"] integerValue]; [trips addObject:trip]; [trip release]; } blockPosition.trips = trips; [trips release]; NSArray *layoverData = [bpos nodesForXPath:@"/arrivals:layover" namespaceMappings:namespaceMappings error:&error]; NSMutableArray *layovers = [[NSMutableArray alloc] initWithCapacity:[layoverData count]]; for (CXMLElement *layoverDatum in layoverData) { JTWSLayover *layover = [[JTWSLayover alloc] init]; layover.start = [NSDate JT_dateWithTriMetWSTimestamp: [[layoverDatum attributeValueForName:@"start"] longLongValue]]; layover.end = [NSDate JT_dateWithTriMetWSTimestamp: [[layoverDatum attributeValueForName:@"end"] longLongValue]]; // TODO: it seems the API can send a <location> inside a layover (undocumented)... support? [layovers addObject:layover]; [layover release]; } blockPosition.layovers = layovers; [layovers release]; arrival.blockPosition = blockPosition; [blockPosition release]; } [arrivals addObject:arrival]; [arrival release]; } // Add arrivals to corresponding locations for (JTWSLocation *loc in locations) { loc.arrivals = [arrivals selectWithBlock:^BOOL (id arv) { return loc.locID == ((JTWSArrival *)arv).locID; }]; } [arrivals release]; response.locations = locations; [locations release]; // Build route status models (used in inclement weather) nodes = [resultSet nodesForXPath:@"/arrivals:routeStatus" namespaceMappings:namespaceMappings error:&error]; NSMutableArray *routeStatuses = [NSMutableArray arrayWithCapacity:[nodes count]]; for (CXMLElement *stat in nodes) { JTWSRouteStatus *status = [[JTWSRouteStatus alloc] init]; status.route = [[stat attributeValueForName:@"route"] integerValue]; NSString *statusStr = [stat attributeValueForName:@"status"]; if ([statusStr isEqualToString:@"estimatedOnly"]) { status.status = JTWSRouteStatusTypeEstimatedOnly; } else if ([statusStr isEqualToString:@"off"]) { status.status = JTWSRouteStatusTypeOff; } else { NSLog(@"Unknown route status type %s in %@... response %@, routeStatus %@", status, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__, response, stat); } [routeStatuses addObject:status]; [status release]; } response.routeStatuses = routeStatuses; [routeStatuses release]; JT_BLOCKTHREAD_MAIN callback(response); JT_POP_NETWORK(); JT_BLOCKTHREAD_END JT_BLOCKTHREAD_END }

    Read the article

  • Why can't HTC Droid running OTA 2.1 communicate with RFCOMM?

    - by Brad Hein
    Yesterday we received OTA Android 2.1 on my wife's HTC Droid - HOORAY!!! I am finally able to load my carputer app on her phone. Well we loaded it, but it doesn't work. Specifically, it connects but sees no I/O!!! I paired, re-paired, and re-paired again, every time its the same problem: connect() says we connected successfully, but any attempt to send or receive data appears to work but no data ever arrives in the input buffer. The device I'm connecting to uses AT commands. ATI should respond with a device ID. That works fine when I run the app on my Moto Droid, but on the HTC droid, no data is ever present in the inputstream/buffer. Personally, I'm feeling pretty sure it's a bug or limitation in this release for the HTC (because the app works great on my Moto A855 Droid). Can anybody comment on the issue? Obligatory code snippets: Member variable defining my RFCOMM UUID static final UUID UUID_RFCOMM_GENERIC = UUID.fromString("00001101-0000-1000-8000-00805F9B34FB"); Parts of my connect() // make sure peer is defined as a valid device based on their MAC. If not then do it. if (mBTDevice == null) mBTDevice = mBTAdapter.getRemoteDevice(mPeerMAC); // Make an RFCOMM binding. try {mBTSocket = mBTDevice.createRfcommSocketToServiceRecord(UUID_RFCOMM_GENERIC); } catch (Exception e1) { msg ("connect(): Failed to bind to RFCOMM by UUID. msg=" + e1.getMessage()); return false; } msg ("connect(): Try to connect."); try { mBTSocket.connect(); } catch (Exception e) { msg ("connect(): Exception thrown during connect: " + e.getMessage()); return false; // there was a problem connecting... make a note of the particulars and move on. } msg ("connect(): CONNECTED!"); try { mBTOutputStream = mBTSocket.getOutputStream(); mBTInputStream = new BufferedInputStream (mBTSocket.getInputStream(),INPUT_BUFFER_SIZE); //msg ("Connecting non-buffered input stream..."); //mBTInputStream = mBTSocket.getInputStream(); } catch (Exception e) { msg ("connect(): Error attaching i/o streams to socket. msg=" + e.getMessage()); return false; } resetErrorCounters(); setConnected(true); return true; } Then I send "ATI\r" and expect something like "CAN OBD II" but I get nothing. mBTInputStream.available(), it seems, is ALWAYS zero, even when data should be in the input buffer. There are GOBS of trace messages being generated by the OS as viewed with adb logcat -v time Some of the more interesting ones: 05-17 19:44:21.447 D/BluetoothSppPort( 5809): connected to device service! 05-17 19:44:21.447 D/BluetoothSppPort( 5809): Creating a BluetoothSpp proxy object 05-17 19:44:21.467 D/BluetoothSppService( 74): createPort called! 05-17 19:44:21.467 D/BluetoothSppService( 74): createPort checking uuid 05-17 19:44:21.467 D/BluetoothSppService( 74): createPort UUID=00001101-0000-1000-8000-00805f9b34fb auth=true encrypt=true 05-17 19:44:21.467 D/BluetoothSppService( 74): createPort enforcing bluetooth perm 05-17 19:44:21.467 D/BluetoothSppService( 74): createPort creating a jbtlspp object 05-17 19:44:21.467 D/BluetoothSppService( 74): createPort checking if the btl spp object is valid 05-17 19:44:21.467 D/BluetoothSppService( 74): createPort try to create an spp container 05-17 19:44:21.467 D/BluetoothSppService( 74): createPort try to create security params 05-17 19:44:21.467 D/BluetoothSppService( 74): createPort Set Security L2 05-17 19:44:21.467 D/BluetoothSppService( 74): createPort spp port create 05-17 19:44:21.467 D/JBtlSpp ( 74): create: Entered 05-17 19:44:21.467 D/JBtlSpp ( 74): Calling NativeJBtlSpp_Create 05-17 19:44:21.467 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): NativeJBtlSpp_Create: Entered 05-17 19:44:21.467 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): NativeJBtlSpp_Create: Calling BTL_SPP_Remote_Create 05-17 19:44:21.477 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): NativeJBtlSpp_Create: BTL_SPP_Remote_Create returned 0, context:18 05-17 19:44:21.477 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): NativeJBtlSpp_Create: Setting context value in jContext out parm 05-17 19:44:21.477 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): NativeJBtlSpp_Create: Calling Java setValue(0x18) in context's class 05-17 19:44:21.477 D/JBtlProfileContext( 74): setValue: setValue called, value:24 05-17 19:44:21.477 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): create_spp_port_data: will use context struct 0 for the port 24 05-17 19:44:21.477 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): create_spp_port_data: spp port context 0 added 05-17 19:44:21.477 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): NativeJBtlSpp_Create:Exiting Successfully 05-17 19:44:21.477 D/JBtlSpp ( 74): After NativeJBtlSpp_Create, status=SUCCESS, Context = 24 05-17 19:44:21.477 D/JBtlRbtlServices( 74): addUser: Entered, userRefCount = 1 05-17 19:44:21.477 D/BluetoothSppService( 74): port create returned status SUCCESS 05-17 19:44:21.477 D/JBtlSpp ( 74): enable: Entered 05-17 19:44:21.477 D/JBtlSpp ( 74): enable: UUID=00001101-0000-1000-8000-00805f9b34fb 05-17 19:44:21.477 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): NativeJBtlSpp_Enable: Entered 05-17 19:44:21.487 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): NativeJBtlSpp_Enable: BTL_SPP_Enable returned 0 05-17 19:44:21.487 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): NativeJBtlSpp_Enable:Exiting 05-17 19:44:21.487 D/JBtlSpp ( 74): After NativeJBtlSpp_Enable, status=SUCCESS 05-17 19:44:21.487 D/JBtlSpp ( 74): enable: Exiting 05-17 19:44:21.487 D/BluetoothSppService( 74): port enable returned status SUCCESS 05-17 19:44:21.487 D/BluetoothSppService( 74): connectPort called! 05-17 19:44:21.497 D/BluetoothSppService( 74): connectPort received bdaddress:00:18:E4:1D:23:9B 05-17 19:44:21.527 D/BluetoothSppService( 74): Trying to connect to 00:18:E4:1D:23:9B 05-17 19:44:21.527 D/JBtlSpp ( 74): setServiceName: Entered 05-17 19:44:21.527 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): NativeJBtlSpp_SetServiceName: Entered 05-17 19:44:21.547 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): NativeJBtlSpp_SetServiceName: native func returned 0 05-17 19:44:21.547 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): NativeJBtlSpp_SetServiceName:Exiting 05-17 19:44:21.547 D/JBtlSpp ( 74): After setServiceName, status=SUCCESS 05-17 19:44:21.547 D/JBtlSpp ( 74): setServiceName: Exiting 05-17 19:44:21.557 D/BluetoothSppService( 74): port setServiceName returned status SUCCESS 05-17 19:44:21.587 D/JBtlSpp ( 74): connect: Entered connecting to 00:18:E4:1D:23:9B 05-17 19:44:21.587 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): NativeJBtlSpp_Connect: Entered 05-17 19:44:21.597 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): NativeJBtlSpp_Connect: BTL_SPP_Connect returned 2 05-17 19:44:21.597 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): NativeJBtlSpp_Connect:Exiting 05-17 19:44:21.597 D/JBtlSpp ( 74): After NativeJBtlSpp_Connect, status=PENDING 05-17 19:44:21.747 D/AK8973 ( 61): Compass CLOSE 05-17 19:44:21.887 W/Process ( 74): Unable to open /proc/5749/status 05-17 19:44:21.917 I/ActivityManager( 74): Displayed activity com.gtosoft.dash/.Dash: 1279 ms (total 1279 ms) 05-17 19:44:24.047 D/ ( 74): signal_BTEVENT_ACCESSIBLE_CHANGE: Entered 05-17 19:44:24.047 D/ ( 74): signal_BTEVENT_ACCESSIBLE_CHANGE: Calling Java Accessible Change callback 05-17 19:44:24.047 D/JBtlBmg ( 74): nativeAccessibleChange 05-17 19:44:24.087 D/BluetoothService( 74): Callback - accessbileChange, btErrCode = NO_ERROR, mode = CONNECTABLE_ONLY 05-17 19:44:24.087 D/BluetoothService( 74): Sending ACTION_SCAN_MODE_CHANGED intent, mode = 21 05-17 19:44:24.087 D/ ( 74): signal_BTEVENT_ACCESSIBLE_CHANGE: Exiting 05-17 19:44:24.097 D/ ( 74): signal_BTEVENT_LINK_CONNECT_CNF: Entered 05-17 19:44:24.097 D/ ( 74): signal_BTEVENT_LINK_CONNECT_CNF: context: 1, errCode: 0 05-17 19:44:24.097 D/ ( 74): signal_BTEVENT_LINK_CONNECT_CNF: Calling Java Link Connect Confirmation callback 05-17 19:44:24.097 D/JBtlBmg ( 74): nativeLinkConnectCnf 05-17 19:44:24.107 D/BluetoothService( 74): Callback - linkConnectCnf, btErrCode = NO_ERROR, bdAddr = 00:18:E4:1D:23:9B 05-17 19:44:24.117 D/JBtlBmg ( 74): getKnownDeviceInfo: Entered 05-17 19:44:24.117 D/JBtlBmg ( 74): getKnownDeviceInfo: Calling NativeJBtlBmg_GetKnownDeviceInfo 05-17 19:44:24.137 D/ ( 74): NativeJBtlBmg_GetKnownDeviceInfo: Entered 05-17 19:44:24.137 D/ ( 74): NativeJBtlBmg_GetKnownDeviceInfo: Calling BTL_BMG_GetKnownDeviceInfo 05-17 19:44:24.227 D/JBtlBmgJniKnownDeviceInfo( 74): setValues: Entered 05-17 19:44:24.227 D/ ( 74): NativeJBtlBmg_GetKnownDeviceInfo:Exiting 05-17 19:44:24.227 D/JBtlBmg ( 74): getKnownDeviceInfo: After NativeJBtlBmg_GetKnownDeviceInfo, status=SUCCESS 05-17 19:44:24.227 D/JBtlBmg ( 74): getKnownDeviceInfo: Exiting 05-17 19:44:24.227 D/BluetoothService( 74): onRemoteDeviceConnected, device 00:18:E4:1D:23:9B is Paired 05-17 19:44:24.227 D/BluetoothService( 74): Sending ACTION_ACL_CONNECTED intent, address = 00:18:E4:1D:23:9B 05-17 19:44:24.227 D/BluetoothA2dpService( 74): Received intent with action: android.bluetooth.device.action.ACL_CONNECTED 05-17 19:44:24.227 D/ ( 74): signal_BTEVENT_LINK_CONNECT_CNF: Exiting 05-17 19:44:24.757 D/JBtlAg ( 163): setIndicatorValue: entered 05-17 19:44:24.767 I/JBtlAg ( 163): After NativeJBtlAg_SetIndicatorValue, status = SUCCESS 05-17 19:44:24.767 D/JBtlAg ( 163): setIndicatorValue: exiting 05-17 19:44:24.807 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): signal_SPP_EVENT_OPEN: Entered 05-17 19:44:24.807 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): signal_SPP_EVENT_OPEN: status: 0 context:24 05-17 19:44:24.827 D/JBtlSpp ( 74): nativeCb_open: Entered from 00:18:E4:1D:23:9B 05-17 19:44:24.827 D/JBtlSpp ( 74): nativeCb_open: Calling callback 05-17 19:44:24.827 D/BluetoothSppService( 74): connected called! 05-17 19:44:24.847 D/JBtlSpp ( 74): connect: Exiting 05-17 19:44:24.847 D/BluetoothSppService( 74): port connect returned status SUCCESS 05-17 19:44:24.847 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): signal_SPP_EVENT_OPEN: Exiting 05-17 19:44:24.847 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): signal_SPP_EVENT_MODEM_STATUS_IND: Entered 05-17 19:44:24.847 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): signal_SPP_EVENT_MODEM_STATUS_IND: Exiting 05-17 19:44:25.424 D/BluetoothSppService( 74): writeSync called! 05-17 19:44:25.424 D/JBtlSpp ( 74): write: Entered 05-17 19:44:25.427 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): NativeJBtlSpp_WriteNative: Entered 05-17 19:44:25.427 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): NativeJBtlSpp_WriteNative: BTL_SPP_WriteSync returned 0 written: 6 total: 0/6 05-17 19:44:25.437 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): signal_SPP_EVENT_TX_DATA_COMPLETE: Entered 05-17 19:44:25.437 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): signal_SPP_EVENT_TX_DATA_COMPLETE: status: 0 context:24 txDataLen:6 05-17 19:44:25.437 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): signal_SPP_EVENT_TX_DATA_COMPLETE: Exiting ok 05-17 19:44:25.437 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): NativeJBtlSpp_WriteNative: written 6 05-17 19:44:25.437 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): NativeJBtlSpp_WriteNative:Exiting with 0 05-17 19:44:25.437 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): NativeJBtlSpp_WriteNative: returning 6 bytes 05-17 19:44:25.437 D/JBtlSpp ( 74): After write, status=SUCCESS 05-17 19:44:25.437 D/JBtlSpp ( 74): write: Exiting 05-17 19:44:25.437 D/BluetoothSppPort( 5809): written 6 bytes 05-17 19:44:25.467 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): signal_SPP_EVENT_RX_DATA_IND: Entered 05-17 19:44:25.467 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): signal_SPP_EVENT_RX_DATA_IND: status: 0 context: 24 rxDataLen: 1 05-17 19:44:25.467 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): signal_SPP_EVENT_RX_DATA_IND: Exiting 05-17 19:44:25.477 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): signal_SPP_EVENT_RX_DATA_IND: Entered 05-17 19:44:25.477 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): signal_SPP_EVENT_RX_DATA_IND: status: 0 context: 24 rxDataLen: 5 05-17 19:44:25.477 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): signal_SPP_EVENT_RX_DATA_IND: Exiting 05-17 19:44:25.487 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): signal_SPP_EVENT_RX_DATA_IND: Entered 05-17 19:44:25.487 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): signal_SPP_EVENT_RX_DATA_IND: status: 0 context: 24 rxDataLen: 10 05-17 19:44:25.487 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): signal_SPP_EVENT_RX_DATA_IND: Exiting 05-17 19:44:25.497 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): signal_SPP_EVENT_RX_DATA_IND: Entered 05-17 19:44:25.497 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): signal_SPP_EVENT_RX_DATA_IND: status: 0 context: 24 rxDataLen: 7 05-17 19:44:25.497 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): signal_SPP_EVENT_RX_DATA_IND: Exiting 05-17 19:44:27.930 W/ActivityManager( 74): Activity destroy timeout for HistoryRecord{447e0d48 com.gtosoft.dash/.Dash} 05-17 19:44:29.907 D/dalvikvm( 448): GC freed 78 objects / 3664 bytes in 153ms 05-17 19:44:29.917 D/BluetoothSppService( 74): writeSync called! 05-17 19:44:29.917 D/JBtlSpp ( 74): write: Entered 05-17 19:44:29.917 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): NativeJBtlSpp_WriteNative: Entered 05-17 19:44:29.927 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): NativeJBtlSpp_WriteNative: BTL_SPP_WriteSync returned 0 written: 6 total: 0/6 05-17 19:44:29.937 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): signal_SPP_EVENT_TX_DATA_COMPLETE: Entered 05-17 19:44:29.937 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): signal_SPP_EVENT_TX_DATA_COMPLETE: status: 0 context:24 txDataLen:6 05-17 19:44:29.937 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): signal_SPP_EVENT_TX_DATA_COMPLETE: Exiting ok 05-17 19:44:29.937 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): NativeJBtlSpp_WriteNative: written 6 05-17 19:44:29.937 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): NativeJBtlSpp_WriteNative:Exiting with 0 05-17 19:44:29.937 D/JBtlSppNative( 74): NativeJBtlSpp_WriteNative: returning 6 bytes 05-17 19:44:29.937 D/JBtlSpp ( 74): After write, status=SUCCESS 05-17 19:44:29.937 D/JBtlSpp ( 74): write: Exiting

    Read the article

  • Unable to use nMock GetProperty routine on a property of an inherited object...

    - by Chris
    I am getting this error when trying to set an expectation on an object I mocked that inherits from MembershipUser: ContactRepositoryTests.UpdateTest : FailedSystem.InvalidProgramException: JIT Compiler encountered an internal limitation. Server stack trace: at MockObjectType1.ToString() Exception rethrown at [0]: at System.Runtime.Remoting.Proxies.RealProxy.HandleReturnMessage(IMessage reqMsg, IMessage retMsg) at System.Runtime.Remoting.Proxies.RealProxy.PrivateInvoke(ref MessageData msgData, Int32 type) at System.Object.ToString() at NMock2.Internal.ExpectationBuilder.On(Object receiver) Here are the tools I am using... VS2008 (SP1) Framework 3.5 nUnit 2.4.8 nMock 2.0.0.44 Resharper 4.1 I am at a loss as to why this would be happening. Any help would be appreciated. Test Class... [TestFixture] public class AddressRepositoryTests { private Mockery m_Mockery; private Data.IAddress m_MockDataAddress; private IUser m_MockUser; [SetUp] public void Setup() { m_Mockery = new Mockery(); m_MockDataAddress = m_Mockery.NewMock<Data.IAddress>(); m_MockUser = m_Mockery.NewMock<IUser>(); } [TearDown] public void TearDown() { m_Mockery.Dispose(); } [Test] public void CreateTest() { string line1 = "unitTestLine1"; string line2 = "unitTestLine2"; string city = "unitTestCity"; int stateId = 1893; string postalCode = "unitTestPostalCode"; int countryId = 223; bool active = false; int createdById = 1; Expect.Once .On(m_MockUser) .GetProperty("Identity") .Will(Return.Value(createdById)); Expect.Once .On(m_MockDataAddress) .Method("Insert") .With( line1, line2, city, stateId, postalCode, countryId, active, createdById, Is.Anything ) .Will(Return.Value(null)); IAddressRepository addressRepository = new AddressRepository(m_MockDataAddress); IAddress address = addressRepository.Create( line1, line2, city, stateId, postalCode, countryId, active, m_MockUser ); Assert.IsNull(address); } } User Class... public interface IUser { int? Identity { get; set; } int? CreatedBy { get; set; } DateTime CreatedOn { get; set; } int? ModifiedBy { get; set; } DateTime? ModifiedOn { get; set; } string UserName { get; } object ProviderUserKey { get; } string Email { get; set; } string PasswordQuestion { get; } string Comment { get; set; } bool IsApproved { get; set; } bool IsLockedOut { get; } DateTime LastLockoutDate { get; } DateTime CreationDate { get; } DateTime LastLoginDate { get; set; } DateTime LastActivityDate { get; set; } DateTime LastPasswordChangedDate { get; } bool IsOnline { get; } string ProviderName { get; } string ToString(); string GetPassword(); string GetPassword(string passwordAnswer); bool ChangePassword(string oldPassword, string newPassword); bool ChangePasswordQuestionAndAnswer(string password, string newPasswordQuestion, string newPasswordAnswer); string ResetPassword(string passwordAnswer); string ResetPassword(); bool UnlockUser(); } public class User : MembershipUser, IUser { #region Public Properties private int? m_Identity; public int? Identity { get { return m_Identity; } set { if (value <= 0) throw new Exception("Address.Identity must be greater than 0."); m_Identity = value; } } public int? CreatedBy { get; set; } private DateTime m_CreatedOn = DateTime.Now; public DateTime CreatedOn { get { return m_CreatedOn; } set { m_CreatedOn = value; } } public int? ModifiedBy { get; set; } public DateTime? ModifiedOn { get; set; } #endregion Public Properties #region Public Constructors public User() { } #endregion Public Constructors } Address Class... public interface IAddress { int? Identity { get; set; } string Line1 { get; set; } string Line2 { get; set; } string City { get; set; } string PostalCode { get; set; } bool Active { get; set; } int? CreatedBy { get; set; } DateTime CreatedOn { get; set; } int? ModifiedBy { get; set; } DateTime? ModifiedOn { get; set; } } public class Address : IAddress { #region Public Properties private int? m_Identity; public int? Identity { get { return m_Identity; } set { if (value <= 0) throw new Exception("Address.Identity must be greater than 0."); m_Identity = value; } } public string Line1 { get; set; } public string Line2 { get; set; } public string City { get; set; } public string PostalCode { get; set; } public bool Active { get; set; } public int? CreatedBy { get; set; } private DateTime m_CreatedOn = DateTime.Now; public DateTime CreatedOn { get { return m_CreatedOn; } set { m_CreatedOn = value; } } public int? ModifiedBy { get; set; } public DateTime? ModifiedOn { get; set; } #endregion Public Properties } AddressRepository Class... public interface IAddressRepository { IAddress Create(string line1, string line2, string city, int stateId, string postalCode, int countryId, bool active, IUser createdBy); } public class AddressRepository : IAddressRepository { #region Private Properties private Data.IAddress m_DataAddress; private Data.IAddress DataAddress { get { if (m_DataAddress == null) m_DataAddress = new Data.Address(); return m_DataAddress; } set { m_DataAddress = value; } } #endregion Private Properties #region Public Constructor public AddressRepository() { } public AddressRepository(Data.IAddress dataAddress) { DataAddress = dataAddress; } #endregion Public Constructor #region Public Methods public IAddress Create(string line1, string line2, string city, int stateId, string postalCode, int countryId, bool active, IUser createdBy) { if (String.IsNullOrEmpty(line1)) throw new Exception("You must enter a Address Line 1 to register."); if (String.IsNullOrEmpty(city)) throw new Exception("You must enter a City to register."); if (stateId <= 0) throw new Exception("You must select a State to register."); if (String.IsNullOrEmpty(postalCode)) throw new Exception("You must enter a Postal Code to register."); if (countryId <= 0) throw new Exception("You must select a Country to register."); DataSet dataSet = DataAddress.Insert( line1, line2, city, stateId, postalCode, countryId, active, createdBy.Identity, DateTime.Now ); return null; } #endregion Public Methods } DataAddress Class... public interface IAddress { DataSet GetByAddressId (int? AddressId); DataSet Update (int? AddressId, string Address1, string Address2, string City, int? StateId, string PostalCode, int? CountryId, bool? IsActive, Guid? ModifiedBy); DataSet Insert (string Address1, string Address2, string City, int? StateId, string PostalCode, int? CountryId, bool? IsActive, int? CreatedBy, DateTime? CreatedOn); } public class Address : IAddress { public DataSet GetByAddressId (int? AddressId) { Database database = DatabaseFactory.CreateDatabase(); DbCommand dbCommand = database.GetStoredProcCommand("prAddress_GetByAddressId"); DataSet dataSet; try { database.AddInParameter(dbCommand, "AddressId", DbType.Int32, AddressId); dataSet = database.ExecuteDataSet(dbCommand); } catch (SqlException sqlException) { string callMessage = "prAddress_GetByAddressId " + "@AddressId = " + AddressId; throw new Exception(callMessage, sqlException); } return dataSet; } public DataSet Update (int? AddressId, string Address1, string Address2, string City, int? StateId, string PostalCode, int? CountryId, bool? IsActive, Guid? ModifiedBy) { Database database = DatabaseFactory.CreateDatabase(); DbCommand dbCommand = database.GetStoredProcCommand("prAddress_Update"); DataSet dataSet; try { database.AddInParameter(dbCommand, "AddressId", DbType.Int32, AddressId); database.AddInParameter(dbCommand, "Address1", DbType.AnsiString, Address1); database.AddInParameter(dbCommand, "Address2", DbType.AnsiString, Address2); database.AddInParameter(dbCommand, "City", DbType.AnsiString, City); database.AddInParameter(dbCommand, "StateId", DbType.Int32, StateId); database.AddInParameter(dbCommand, "PostalCode", DbType.AnsiString, PostalCode); database.AddInParameter(dbCommand, "CountryId", DbType.Int32, CountryId); database.AddInParameter(dbCommand, "IsActive", DbType.Boolean, IsActive); database.AddInParameter(dbCommand, "ModifiedBy", DbType.Guid, ModifiedBy); dataSet = database.ExecuteDataSet(dbCommand); } catch (SqlException sqlException) { string callMessage = "prAddress_Update " + "@AddressId = " + AddressId + ", @Address1 = " + Address1 + ", @Address2 = " + Address2 + ", @City = " + City + ", @StateId = " + StateId + ", @PostalCode = " + PostalCode + ", @CountryId = " + CountryId + ", @IsActive = " + IsActive + ", @ModifiedBy = " + ModifiedBy; throw new Exception(callMessage, sqlException); } return dataSet; } public DataSet Insert (string Address1, string Address2, string City, int? StateId, string PostalCode, int? CountryId, bool? IsActive, int? CreatedBy, DateTime? CreatedOn) { Database database = DatabaseFactory.CreateDatabase(); DbCommand dbCommand = database.GetStoredProcCommand("prAddress_Insert"); DataSet dataSet; try { database.AddInParameter(dbCommand, "Address1", DbType.AnsiString, Address1); database.AddInParameter(dbCommand, "Address2", DbType.AnsiString, Address2); database.AddInParameter(dbCommand, "City", DbType.AnsiString, City); database.AddInParameter(dbCommand, "StateId", DbType.Int32, StateId); database.AddInParameter(dbCommand, "PostalCode", DbType.AnsiString, PostalCode); database.AddInParameter(dbCommand, "CountryId", DbType.Int32, CountryId); database.AddInParameter(dbCommand, "IsActive", DbType.Boolean, IsActive); database.AddInParameter(dbCommand, "CreatedBy", DbType.Int32, CreatedBy); database.AddInParameter(dbCommand, "CreatedOn", DbType.DateTime, CreatedOn); dataSet = database.ExecuteDataSet(dbCommand); } catch (SqlException sqlException) { string callMessage = "prAddress_Insert " + "@Address1 = " + Address1 + ", @Address2 = " + Address2 + ", @City = " + City + ", @StateId = " + StateId + ", @PostalCode = " + PostalCode + ", @CountryId = " + CountryId + ", @IsActive = " + IsActive + ", @CreatedBy = " + CreatedBy + ", @CreatedOn = " + CreatedOn; throw new Exception(callMessage, sqlException); } return dataSet; } }

    Read the article

  • getaddrinfo appears to return different results between Windows and Ubuntu?

    - by MrDuk
    I have the following two sets of code: Windows #undef UNICODE #include <winsock2.h> #include <ws2tcpip.h> #include <stdio.h> // link with Ws2_32.lib #pragma comment (lib, "Ws2_32.lib") int __cdecl main(int argc, char **argv) { //----------------------------------------- // Declare and initialize variables WSADATA wsaData; int iResult; INT iRetval; DWORD dwRetval; argv[1] = "www.google.com"; argv[2] = "80"; int i = 1; struct addrinfo *result = NULL; struct addrinfo *ptr = NULL; struct addrinfo hints; struct sockaddr_in *sockaddr_ipv4; // struct sockaddr_in6 *sockaddr_ipv6; LPSOCKADDR sockaddr_ip; char ipstringbuffer[46]; DWORD ipbufferlength = 46; /* // Validate the parameters if (argc != 3) { printf("usage: %s <hostname> <servicename>\n", argv[0]); printf("getaddrinfo provides protocol-independent translation\n"); printf(" from an ANSI host name to an IP address\n"); printf("%s example usage\n", argv[0]); printf(" %s www.contoso.com 0\n", argv[0]); return 1; } */ // Initialize Winsock iResult = WSAStartup(MAKEWORD(2, 2), &wsaData); if (iResult != 0) { printf("WSAStartup failed: %d\n", iResult); return 1; } //-------------------------------- // Setup the hints address info structure // which is passed to the getaddrinfo() function ZeroMemory( &hints, sizeof(hints) ); hints.ai_family = AF_UNSPEC; hints.ai_socktype = SOCK_STREAM; // hints.ai_protocol = IPPROTO_TCP; printf("Calling getaddrinfo with following parameters:\n"); printf("\tnodename = %s\n", argv[1]); printf("\tservname (or port) = %s\n\n", argv[2]); //-------------------------------- // Call getaddrinfo(). If the call succeeds, // the result variable will hold a linked list // of addrinfo structures containing response // information dwRetval = getaddrinfo(argv[1], argv[2], &hints, &result); if ( dwRetval != 0 ) { printf("getaddrinfo failed with error: %d\n", dwRetval); WSACleanup(); return 1; } printf("getaddrinfo returned success\n"); // Retrieve each address and print out the hex bytes for(ptr=result; ptr != NULL ;ptr=ptr->ai_next) { printf("getaddrinfo response %d\n", i++); printf("\tFlags: 0x%x\n", ptr->ai_flags); printf("\tFamily: "); switch (ptr->ai_family) { case AF_UNSPEC: printf("Unspecified\n"); break; case AF_INET: printf("AF_INET (IPv4)\n"); sockaddr_ipv4 = (struct sockaddr_in *) ptr->ai_addr; printf("\tIPv4 address %s\n", inet_ntoa(sockaddr_ipv4->sin_addr) ); break; case AF_INET6: printf("AF_INET6 (IPv6)\n"); // the InetNtop function is available on Windows Vista and later // sockaddr_ipv6 = (struct sockaddr_in6 *) ptr->ai_addr; // printf("\tIPv6 address %s\n", // InetNtop(AF_INET6, &sockaddr_ipv6->sin6_addr, ipstringbuffer, 46) ); // We use WSAAddressToString since it is supported on Windows XP and later sockaddr_ip = (LPSOCKADDR) ptr->ai_addr; // The buffer length is changed by each call to WSAAddresstoString // So we need to set it for each iteration through the loop for safety ipbufferlength = 46; iRetval = WSAAddressToString(sockaddr_ip, (DWORD) ptr->ai_addrlen, NULL, ipstringbuffer, &ipbufferlength ); if (iRetval) printf("WSAAddressToString failed with %u\n", WSAGetLastError() ); else printf("\tIPv6 address %s\n", ipstringbuffer); break; case AF_NETBIOS: printf("AF_NETBIOS (NetBIOS)\n"); break; default: printf("Other %ld\n", ptr->ai_family); break; } printf("\tSocket type: "); switch (ptr->ai_socktype) { case 0: printf("Unspecified\n"); break; case SOCK_STREAM: printf("SOCK_STREAM (stream)\n"); break; case SOCK_DGRAM: printf("SOCK_DGRAM (datagram) \n"); break; case SOCK_RAW: printf("SOCK_RAW (raw) \n"); break; case SOCK_RDM: printf("SOCK_RDM (reliable message datagram)\n"); break; case SOCK_SEQPACKET: printf("SOCK_SEQPACKET (pseudo-stream packet)\n"); break; default: printf("Other %ld\n", ptr->ai_socktype); break; } printf("\tProtocol: "); switch (ptr->ai_protocol) { case 0: printf("Unspecified\n"); break; case IPPROTO_TCP: printf("IPPROTO_TCP (TCP)\n"); break; case IPPROTO_UDP: printf("IPPROTO_UDP (UDP) \n"); break; default: printf("Other %ld\n", ptr->ai_protocol); break; } printf("\tLength of this sockaddr: %d\n", ptr->ai_addrlen); printf("\tCanonical name: %s\n", ptr->ai_canonname); } freeaddrinfo(result); WSACleanup(); return 0; } Ubuntu /* ** listener.c -- a datagram sockets "server" demo */ #include <stdio.h> #include <stdlib.h> #include <unistd.h> #include <errno.h> #include <string.h> #include <sys/types.h> #include <sys/socket.h> #include <netinet/in.h> #include <arpa/inet.h> #include <netdb.h> #define MYPORT "4950" // the port users will be connecting to #define MAXBUFLEN 100 // get sockaddr, IPv4 or IPv6: void *get_in_addr(struct sockaddr *sa) { if (sa->sa_family == AF_INET) { return &(((struct sockaddr_in*)sa)->sin_addr); } return &(((struct sockaddr_in6*)sa)->sin6_addr); } int main(void) { int sockfd; struct addrinfo hints, *servinfo, *p; int rv; int numbytes; struct sockaddr_storage their_addr; char buf[MAXBUFLEN]; socklen_t addr_len; char s[INET6_ADDRSTRLEN]; memset(&hints, 0, sizeof hints); hints.ai_family = AF_UNSPEC; // set to AF_INET to force IPv4 hints.ai_socktype = SOCK_DGRAM; hints.ai_flags = AI_PASSIVE; // use my IP if ((rv = getaddrinfo(NULL, MYPORT, &hints, &servinfo)) != 0) { fprintf(stderr, "getaddrinfo: %s\n", gai_strerror(rv)); return 1; } // loop through all the results and bind to the first we can for(p = servinfo; p != NULL; p = p->ai_next) { if ((sockfd = socket(p->ai_family, p->ai_socktype, p->ai_protocol)) == -1) { perror("listener: socket"); continue; } if (bind(sockfd, p->ai_addr, p->ai_addrlen) == -1) { close(sockfd); perror("listener: bind"); continue; } break; } if (p == NULL) { fprintf(stderr, "listener: failed to bind socket\n"); return 2; } freeaddrinfo(servinfo); printf("listener: waiting to recvfrom...\n"); addr_len = sizeof their_addr; if ((numbytes = recvfrom(sockfd, buf, MAXBUFLEN-1 , 0, (struct sockaddr *)&their_addr, &addr_len)) == -1) { perror("recvfrom"); exit(1); } printf("listener: got packet from %s\n", inet_ntop(their_addr.ss_family, get_in_addr((struct sockaddr *)&their_addr), s, sizeof s)); printf("listener: packet is %d bytes long\n", numbytes); buf[numbytes] = '\0'; printf("listener: packet contains \"%s\"\n", buf); close(sockfd); return 0; } When I attempt www.google.com, I don't get the ipv6 socket returned on Windows - why is this? Outputs: (ubuntu) caleb@ub1:~/Documents/dev/cs438/mp0/MP0$ ./a.out www.google.com IP addresses for www.google.com: IPv4: 74.125.228.115 IPv4: 74.125.228.116 IPv4: 74.125.228.112 IPv4: 74.125.228.113 IPv4: 74.125.228.114 IPv6: 2607:f8b0:4004:803::1010 Outputs: (win) Calling getaddrinfo with following parameters: nodename = www.google.com servname (or port) = 80 getaddrinfo returned success getaddrinfo response 1 Flags: 0x0 Family: AF_INET (IPv4) IPv4 address 74.125.228.114 Socket type: SOCK_STREAM (stream) Protocol: Unspecified Length of this sockaddr: 16 Canonical name: (null) getaddrinfo response 2 Flags: 0x0 Family: AF_INET (IPv4) IPv4 address 74.125.228.115 Socket type: SOCK_STREAM (stream) Protocol: Unspecified Length of this sockaddr: 16 Canonical name: (null) getaddrinfo response 3 Flags: 0x0 Family: AF_INET (IPv4) IPv4 address 74.125.228.116 Socket type: SOCK_STREAM (stream) Protocol: Unspecified Length of this sockaddr: 16 Canonical name: (null) getaddrinfo response 4 Flags: 0x0 Family: AF_INET (IPv4) IPv4 address 74.125.228.112 Socket type: SOCK_STREAM (stream) Protocol: Unspecified Length of this sockaddr: 16 Canonical name: (null) getaddrinfo response 5 Flags: 0x0 Family: AF_INET (IPv4) IPv4 address 74.125.228.113 Socket type: SOCK_STREAM (stream) Protocol: Unspecified Length of this sockaddr: 16 Canonical name: (null)

    Read the article

  • C++: Calling class functions within a switch

    - by user1446002
    i've been trying to study for my finals by practicing classes and inheritance, this is what I've come up with so far for inheritance and such however I'm unsure how to fix the error occuring below. #include<iostream> #include<iomanip> #include<cmath> #include<string.h> using namespace std; //BASE CLASS DEFINITION class hero { protected: string name; string mainAttr; int xp; double hp; double mana; double armour; int range; double attkDmg; bool attkType; public: void dumpData(); void getName(); void getMainAttr(); void getAttkData(); void setAttkData(string); void setBasics(string, string, double, double, double); void levelUp(); }; //CLASS FUNCTIONS void hero::dumpData() { cout << "Name: " << name << endl; cout << "Main Attribute: " << mainAttr << endl; cout << "XP: " << xp << endl; cout << "HP: " << hp << endl; cout << "Mana: " << mana << endl; cout << "Armour: " << armour << endl; cout << "Attack Range: " << range << endl; cout << "Attack Damage: " << attkDmg << endl; cout << "Attack Type: " << attkType << endl << endl; } void hero::getName() { cout << "Name: " << name << endl; } void hero::getMainAttr() { cout << "Main Attribute: " << mainAttr << endl; } void hero::getAttkData() { cout << "Attack Range: " << range << endl; cout << "Attack Damage: " << attkDmg << endl; cout << "Attack Type: " << attkType << endl; } void hero::setAttkData(string attr) { int choice = 0; if (attr == "Strength") { choice = 1; } if (attr == "Agility") { choice = 2; } if (attr == "Intelligence") { choice = 3; } switch (choice) { case 1: range = 128; attkDmg = 80.0; attkType = 0; break; case 2: range = 350; attkDmg = 60.0; attkType = 0; break; case 3: range = 600; attkDmg = 35.0; attkType = 1; break; default: break; } } void hero::setBasics(string heroName, string attribute, double health, double mp, double armourVal) { name = heroName; mainAttr = attribute; hp = health; mana = mp; armour = armourVal; } void hero::levelUp() { xp = 0; hp = hp + (hp * 0.1); mana = mana + (mana * 0.1); armour = armour + ((armour*0.1) + 1); attkDmg = attkDmg + (attkDmg * 0.05); } //INHERITED CLASS DEFINITION class neutHero : protected hero { protected: string drops; int xpGain; public: int giveXP(int); void dropItems(); }; //INHERITED CLASS FUNCTIONS int neutHero::giveXP(int exp) { xp += exp; } void neutHero::dropItems() { cout << name << " has dropped the following items: " << endl; cout << drops << endl; } /* END OF OO! */ //FUNCTION PROTOTYPES void dispMenu(); int main() { int exit=0, choice=0, mainAttrChoice=0, heroCreated=0; double health, mp, armourVal; string heroName, attribute; do { dispMenu(); cin >> choice; switch (choice) { case 1: system("cls"); cout << "Please enter your hero name: "; cin >> heroName; cout << "\nPlease enter your primary attribute\n"; cout << "1. Strength\n" << "2. Agility\n" << "3. Intelligence\n"; cin >> mainAttrChoice; switch (mainAttrChoice) { case 1: attribute = "Strength"; health = 750; mp = 150; armourVal = 2; break; case 2: attribute = "Agility"; health = 550; mp = 200; armourVal = 6; break; case 3: attribute = "Intelligence"; health = 450; mp = 450; armourVal = 1; break; default: cout << "Choice invalid, please try again."; exit = 1; break; hero player; player.setBasics(heroName, attribute, health, mp, armourVal); player.setAttkData(attribute); heroCreated=1; system("cls"); cout << "Your hero has been created!\n\n"; player.dumpData(); system("pause"); break; } case 2: system("cls"); if (heroCreated == 1) { cout << "Your hero has been detailed below.\n\n"; **player.dumpData(); //ERROR OCCURS HERE !** system("pause"); } else { cout << "You have not created a hero please exit this prompt " "and press 1 on the menu to create a hero."; } break; case 3: system("cls"); cout << "Still Under Development"; system("pause"); break; case 4: system("cls"); exit = 1; break; default: cout << "Your command has not been recognised, please try again.\n"; system("pause"); break; } } while (exit != 1); system("pause"); return 0; } void dispMenu() { system("cls"); cout << "1. Create New Hero\n" "2. View Current Hero\n" "3. Fight Stuff\n" "4. Exit\n\n" "Enter your choice: "; } However upon compilation I get the following errors: 220 `player' undeclared (first use this function) Unsure exactly how to fix it as I've only recently started using OO approach. The error has a comment next to it above and is in case 2 in the main. Cheers guys.

    Read the article

  • PHP issue json_decode echo array

    - by dfdf
    <?php $string = file_get_contents("http://www.reddit.com/r/news.json"); $array = json_decode($string, true); echo $array['data'][0]['children'][0]['data'][0]['title'][0]; ?> I've got a problem- the code doesn't echo anything. I'm kinda new to json_decode, so any help is appreciated :-) Edit: As a response to a comment, here's what print_r results to: Array ( [kind] => Listing [data] => Array ( [modhash] => [children] => Array ( [0] => Array ( [kind] => t3 [data] => Array ( [domain] => syracuse.com [banned_by] => [media_embed] => Array ( ) [subreddit] => news [selftext_html] => [selftext] => [likes] => [secure_media] => [link_flair_text] => [id] => 1qdtqr [secure_media_embed] => Array ( ) [clicked] => [stickied] => [author] => cadencehz [media] => [score] => 1552 [approved_by] => [over_18] => [hidden] => [thumbnail] => [subreddit_id] => t5_2qh3l [edited] => [link_flair_css_class] => [author_flair_css_class] => [downs] => 978 [saved] => [is_self] => [permalink] => /r/news/comments/1qdtqr/thousands_defend_grocery_store_employee_with/ [name] => t3_1qdtqr [created] => 1384215998 [url] => http://www.syracuse.com/news/index.ssf/2013/11/thousands_come_to_defense_of_clay_wegmans_employee_with_aspergers_syndrome_after.html#incart_m-rpt-2 [author_flair_text] => [title] => Thousands defend grocery store employee with Asperger's syndrome after customer yells at him for being too slow [created_utc] => 1384187198 [ups] => 2530 [num_comments] => 401 [visited] => [num_reports] => [distinguished] => ) ) [1] => Array ( [kind] => t3 [data] => Array ( [domain] => bostonherald.com [banned_by] => [media_embed] => Array ( ) [subreddit] => news [selftext_html] => [selftext] => [likes] => [secure_media] => [link_flair_text] => [id] => 1qddl6 [secure_media_embed] => Array ( ) [clicked] => [stickied] => [author] => boxofrain [media] => [score] => 2086 [approved_by] => [over_18] => [hidden] => [thumbnail] => [subreddit_id] => t5_2qh3l [edited] => [link_flair_css_class] => [author_flair_css_class] => [downs] => 2556 [saved] => [is_self] => [permalink] => /r/news/comments/1qddl6/motorcycle_stolen_in_1961_found_is_recovered_and/ [name] => t3_1qddl6 [created] => 1384199801 [url] => http://bostonherald.com/news_opinion/offbeat_news/2013/11/man_glad_stolen_motorcycle_found_after_46_years [author_flair_text] => [title] => Motorcycle stolen in 1961 found is recovered and will be returned to it 73 year old owner. [created_utc] => 1384171001 [ups] => 4642 [num_comments] => 141 [visited] => [num_reports] => [distinguished] => ) ) [2] => Array ( [kind] => t3 [data] => Array ( [domain] => hosted.ap.org [banned_by] => [media_embed] => Array ( ) [subreddit] => news [selftext_html] => [selftext] => [likes] => [secure_media] => [link_flair_text] => [id] => 1qe6gp [secure_media_embed] => Array ( ) [clicked] => [stickied] => [author] => donkey-kick [media] => [score] => 415 [approved_by] => [over_18] => [hidden] => [thumbnail] => [subreddit_id] => t5_2qh3l [edited] => [link_flair_css_class] => [author_flair_css_class] => [downs] => 334 [saved] => [is_self] => [permalink] => /r/news/comments/1qe6gp/atheist_mega_churches_take_hold_in_the_us_and/ [name] => t3_1qe6gp [created] => 1384224670 [url] => http://hosted.ap.org/dynamic/stories/U/US_ATHEIST_MEGACHURCH?SITE=AP&amp;SECTION=HOME&amp;TEMPLATE=DEFAULT&amp;CTIME=2013-11-10-17-03-15 [author_flair_text] => [title] => Atheist Mega Churches take hold in the US and around the world. [created_utc] => 1384195870 [ups] => 749 [num_comments] => 368 [visited] => [num_reports] => [distinguished] => ) ) [3] => Array ( [kind] => t3 [data] => Array ( [domain] => abcnews.go.com [banned_by] => [media_embed] => Array ( ) [subreddit] => news [selftext_html] => [selftext] => [likes] => [secure_media] => [link_flair_text] => [id] => 1qdie4 [secure_media_embed] => Array ( ) [clicked] => [stickied] => [author] => Hoosier_made [media] => [score] => 984 [approved_by] => [over_18] => [hidden] => [thumbnail] => [subreddit_id] => t5_2qh3l [edited] => [link_flair_css_class] => [author_flair_css_class] => [downs] => 400 [saved] => [is_self] => [permalink] => /r/news/comments/1qdie4/abc_news_amy_robach_has_mammogram_live_on_gma/ [name] => t3_1qdie4 [created] => 1384206209 [url] => http://abcnews.go.com/blogs/health/2013/11/11/abc-news-amy-robach-reveals-breast-cancer-diagnosis/ [author_flair_text] => [title] => ABC News’ Amy Robach has mammogram live on GMA. Results Reveal Breast Cancer Diagnosis. [created_utc] => 1384177409 [ups] => 1384 [num_comments] => 130 [visited] => [num_reports] => [distinguished] => ) ) // ECT... I CUT HERE BECAUSE IT WENT ON FOR A WHILE [after] => t3_1qdinr [before] => ) ) Here's the url to the exact output, I had to trim the code to fit the character limit so maybe there's something I messed up ! :P Okay: Link goes here...

    Read the article

  • Wordpress issue with footer

    - by Raelona
    I've been trying to turn my simple html/css site into a wordpress site. my big issue which no one seem to be able to solve appears in my footer. The footer is pretty much ignoring everything and just staying in the top of the site ( like it was a part of my header). All my files is split into 3 files. A header.php a footer.php and the page.php (one for each site). Header! <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" <?php language_attributes(); ?>> <head profile="http://gmpg.org/xfn/11"> <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="<?php bloginfo('html_type'); ?>; charset=<?php bloginfo('charset'); ?>" /> <?php if (is_search()) { ?> <meta name="robots" content="noindex, nofollow" /> <?php } ?> <title> <?php if (function_exists('is_tag') && is_tag()) { single_tag_title("Tag Archive for &quot;"); echo '&quot; - '; } elseif (is_archive()) { wp_title(''); echo ' Archive - '; } elseif (is_search()) { echo 'Search for &quot;'.wp_specialchars($s).'&quot; - '; } elseif (!(is_404()) && (is_single()) || (is_page())) { wp_title(''); echo ' - '; } elseif (is_404()) { echo 'Not Found - '; } if (is_home()) { bloginfo('name'); echo ' - '; bloginfo('description'); } else { bloginfo('name'); } if ($paged>1) { echo ' - page '. $paged; } ?> </title> <link rel="shortcut icon" href="/favicon.ico" type="image/x-icon" /> <link rel="stylesheet" href="<?php bloginfo('stylesheet_url'); ?>" type="text/css" /> <link rel="pingback" href="<?php bloginfo('pingback_url'); ?>" /> <?php if ( is_singular() ) wp_enqueue_script( 'comment-reply' ); ?> <?php wp_head(); ?> </head> <body <?php body_class(); ?>> <div id="Menu" ></div> <div id="Mainbody"> <div id="Portfolio"><a href="<?php echo get_option('home'); ?>"><?php bloginfo('name'); ?></a> </div> <div id="Slogan"><a href="index.html"><?php bloginfo('description'); ?></a></div> <div id="nav-menu"> <?php $defaults = array( 'theme_location' => '', 'menu' => '', 'container' => 'div', 'container_class' => 'menu-{menu slug}-container', 'container_id' => '', 'menu_class' => 'menu', 'menu_id' => '', 'echo' => true, 'fallback_cb' => 'wp_page_menu', 'before' => '', 'after' => '', 'link_before' => '', 'link_after' => '', 'items_wrap' => '<ul id="%1$s" class="%2$s">%3$s</ul>', 'depth' => 0, 'walker' => '' ); ?> <?php wp_nav_menu( $defaults ); ?> </div> <div class="Box"> <div id="Mainindhold"> page ! <?php get_header(); ?> <div id="Arbejde"> <h2>Uddrag af mine webdesigns</h2> <br /> <br /> <?php if (have_posts()) : while (have_posts()) : the_post(); ?> <?php $key='link'; $custom = get_post_meta($post->ID, $key, true); ?> <?php $key2='brugt'; $custom2 = get_post_meta($post->ID, $key2, true); ?> <?php $key3='linkexternal'; $custom3 = get_post_meta($post->ID, $key3, true); ?> <?php $billede = get_the_post_thumbnail($post->ID, 'full'); ?> <div class="Raekke"> <div class="Arbejds_Billede"> <a href="<?php echo $custom; ?>" rel="lightbox"> <?php print $billede; ?></a> </div> <div class="Arbejdsbeskrivelse"> <h3><?php the_title(); ?></h3> <?php the_content(); ?> <div id="program"> <img src="<?php echo $custom2; ?>" /> </div> <div class="Knap"><a href="<?php echo $custom3; ?>"><p>Besøg siden</p></a> </div> </div> </div> <div class="clear"></div> <?php endwhile; else: ?> <?php _e('No posts were fond. Sorry!'); ?> <?php endif; ?> </div> <?php get_footer();?> footer ! </div> </div> </div> <div id="footer"> &copy;<?php echo date("Y"); echo " "; bloginfo('name'); ?> 4000 Roskilde </div> <script type="text/javascript"> var _gaq = _gaq || []; _gaq.push(['_setAccount', 'UA-31920214-1']); _gaq.push(['_trackPageview']); (function() { var ga = document.createElement('script'); ga.type = 'text/javascript'; ga.async = true; ga.src = ('https:' == document.location.protocol ? 'https://ssl' : 'http://www') + '.google-analytics.com/ga.js'; var s = document.getElementsByTagName('script')[0]; s.parentNode.insertBefore(ga, s); })(); </script> <?php wp_footer(); ?> </body> </html>

    Read the article

  • Why is there a /etc/init.d/mysql file on this Slackware machine? How could it have gotten there?

    - by jasonspiro
    A client of my IT-consulting service owns a web-development shop. He's been having problems with a Slackware 12.0 server running MySQL 5.0.67. The machine was set up by the client's sysadmin, who left on bad terms. My client no longer employs a sysadmin. As far as I can tell, the only copy of MySQL that's installed is the one described in /var/log/packages/mysql-5.0.67-i486-1: PACKAGE NAME: mysql-5.0.67-i486-1 COMPRESSED PACKAGE SIZE: 16828 K UNCOMPRESSED PACKAGE SIZE: 33840 K PACKAGE LOCATION: /var/slapt-get/archives/./slackware/ap/mysql-5.0.67-i486-1.tgz PACKAGE DESCRIPTION: mysql: mysql (SQL-based relational database server) mysql: mysql: MySQL is a fast, multi-threaded, multi-user, and robust SQL mysql: (Structured Query Language) database server. It comes with a nice API mysql: which makes it easy to integrate into other applications. mysql: mysql: The home page for MySQL is http://www.mysql.com/ mysql: mysql: mysql: mysql: FILE LIST: ./ var/ var/lib/ var/lib/mysql/ var/run/ var/run/mysql/ install/ install/doinst.sh install/slack-desc usr/ usr/include/ usr/include/mysql/ usr/include/mysql/my_alloc.h usr/include/mysql/sql_common.h usr/include/mysql/my_dbug.h usr/include/mysql/errmsg.h usr/include/mysql/my_pthread.h usr/include/mysql/my_list.h usr/include/mysql/mysql.h usr/include/mysql/sslopt-vars.h usr/include/mysql/my_config.h usr/include/mysql/mysql_com.h usr/include/mysql/m_string.h usr/include/mysql/sslopt-case.h usr/include/mysql/my_xml.h usr/include/mysql/sql_state.h usr/include/mysql/my_global.h usr/include/mysql/my_sys.h usr/include/mysql/mysqld_ername.h usr/include/mysql/mysqld_error.h usr/include/mysql/sslopt-longopts.h usr/include/mysql/keycache.h usr/include/mysql/my_net.h usr/include/mysql/mysql_version.h usr/include/mysql/my_no_pthread.h usr/include/mysql/decimal.h usr/include/mysql/readline.h usr/include/mysql/my_attribute.h usr/include/mysql/typelib.h usr/include/mysql/my_dir.h usr/include/mysql/raid.h usr/include/mysql/m_ctype.h usr/include/mysql/mysql_embed.h usr/include/mysql/mysql_time.h usr/include/mysql/my_getopt.h usr/lib/ usr/lib/mysql/ usr/lib/mysql/libmysqlclient_r.so.15.0.0 usr/lib/mysql/libmysqlclient_r.la usr/lib/mysql/libmyisammrg.a usr/lib/mysql/libmystrings.a usr/lib/mysql/libmyisam.a usr/lib/mysql/libmysqlclient.so.15.0.0 usr/lib/mysql/libmysqlclient_r.a usr/lib/mysql/libmysqlclient.a usr/lib/mysql/libheap.a usr/lib/mysql/libvio.a usr/lib/mysql/libmysqlclient.la usr/lib/mysql/libmysys.a usr/lib/mysql/libdbug.a usr/bin/ usr/bin/comp_err usr/bin/my_print_defaults usr/bin/resolve_stack_dump usr/bin/msql2mysql usr/bin/mysqltestmanager-pwgen usr/bin/myisampack usr/bin/replace usr/bin/mysqld_multi usr/bin/mysqlaccess usr/bin/mysql_install_db usr/bin/innochecksum usr/bin/myisam_ftdump usr/bin/mysqlcheck usr/bin/mysqltest usr/bin/mysql_upgrade_shell usr/bin/mysql_secure_installation usr/bin/mysql_fix_extensions usr/bin/mysqld_safe usr/bin/mysql_explain_log usr/bin/mysqlimport usr/bin/myisamlog usr/bin/mysql_tzinfo_to_sql usr/bin/mysql_upgrade usr/bin/mysqltestmanager usr/bin/mysql_fix_privilege_tables usr/bin/mysql_find_rows usr/bin/mysql_convert_table_format usr/bin/mysqltestmanagerc usr/bin/mysqlhotcopy usr/bin/mysqldump usr/bin/mysqlshow usr/bin/mysqlbug usr/bin/mysql_config usr/bin/mysqldumpslow usr/bin/mysql_waitpid usr/bin/mysqlbinlog usr/bin/mysql_client_test usr/bin/perror usr/bin/mysql usr/bin/myisamchk usr/bin/mysql_setpermission usr/bin/mysqladmin usr/bin/mysql_zap usr/bin/mysql_tableinfo usr/bin/resolveip usr/share/ usr/share/mysql/ usr/share/mysql/errmsg.txt usr/share/mysql/swedish/ usr/share/mysql/swedish/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/mysql_system_tables_data.sql usr/share/mysql/mysql.server usr/share/mysql/hungarian/ usr/share/mysql/hungarian/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/norwegian/ usr/share/mysql/norwegian/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/slovak/ usr/share/mysql/slovak/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/spanish/ usr/share/mysql/spanish/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/polish/ usr/share/mysql/polish/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/ukrainian/ usr/share/mysql/ukrainian/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/danish/ usr/share/mysql/danish/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/romanian/ usr/share/mysql/romanian/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/english/ usr/share/mysql/english/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/charsets/ usr/share/mysql/charsets/latin2.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/greek.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/koi8r.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/latin1.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/cp866.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/geostd8.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/cp1250.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/koi8u.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/cp852.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/hebrew.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/latin7.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/README usr/share/mysql/charsets/ascii.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/cp1251.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/macce.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/latin5.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/Index.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/macroman.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/cp1256.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/keybcs2.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/swe7.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/armscii8.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/dec8.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/cp1257.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/hp8.xml usr/share/mysql/charsets/cp850.xml usr/share/mysql/korean/ usr/share/mysql/korean/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/german/ usr/share/mysql/german/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/mi_test_all.res usr/share/mysql/greek/ usr/share/mysql/greek/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/french/ usr/share/mysql/french/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/mysql_fix_privilege_tables.sql usr/share/mysql/dutch/ usr/share/mysql/dutch/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/serbian/ usr/share/mysql/serbian/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/mysql_system_tables.sql usr/share/mysql/my-huge.cnf usr/share/mysql/portuguese/ usr/share/mysql/portuguese/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/japanese/ usr/share/mysql/japanese/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/mysql_test_data_timezone.sql usr/share/mysql/russian/ usr/share/mysql/russian/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/czech/ usr/share/mysql/czech/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/fill_help_tables.sql usr/share/mysql/estonian/ usr/share/mysql/estonian/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/my-medium.cnf usr/share/mysql/norwegian-ny/ usr/share/mysql/norwegian-ny/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/my-small.cnf usr/share/mysql/mysql-log-rotate usr/share/mysql/italian/ usr/share/mysql/italian/errmsg.sys usr/share/mysql/my-large.cnf usr/share/mysql/ndb-config-2-node.ini usr/share/mysql/binary-configure usr/share/mysql/mi_test_all usr/share/mysql/mysqld_multi.server usr/share/mysql/my-innodb-heavy-4G.cnf usr/doc/ usr/doc/mysql-5.0.67/ usr/doc/mysql-5.0.67/README usr/doc/mysql-5.0.67/Docs/ usr/doc/mysql-5.0.67/Docs/INSTALL-BINARY usr/doc/mysql-5.0.67/COPYING usr/info/ usr/info/mysql.info.gz usr/libexec/ usr/libexec/mysqld usr/libexec/mysqlmanager usr/man/ usr/man/man8/ usr/man/man8/mysqlmanager.8.gz usr/man/man8/mysqld.8.gz usr/man/man1/ usr/man/man1/mysql_zap.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysql_setpermission.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysql_tzinfo_to_sql.1.gz usr/man/man1/msql2mysql.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysql_tableinfo.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysql_explain_log.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysqlcheck.1.gz usr/man/man1/comp_err.1.gz usr/man/man1/my_print_defaults.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysqlbinlog.1.gz usr/man/man1/myisam_ftdump.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysql_upgrade.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysql.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysql_client_test.1.gz usr/man/man1/resolve_stack_dump.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysql_fix_extensions.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysqlmanagerc.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysql_config.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysqlshow.1.gz usr/man/man1/myisamlog.1.gz usr/man/man1/replace.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysqlmanager-pwgen.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysqltest.1.gz usr/man/man1/innochecksum.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysqladmin.1.gz usr/man/man1/perror.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysql_waitpid.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysql_convert_table_format.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysqlman.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysqlimport.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysqlbug.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysql_find_rows.1.gz usr/man/man1/myisampack.1.gz usr/man/man1/myisamchk.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysql_fix_privilege_tables.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysql-stress-test.pl.1.gz usr/man/man1/resolveip.1.gz usr/man/man1/make_win_bin_dist.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysqlhotcopy.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysqld_multi.1.gz usr/man/man1/safe_mysqld.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysql_secure_installation.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysql_install_db.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysqldump.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysql-test-run.pl.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysqld_safe.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysqlaccess.1.gz usr/man/man1/mysql.server.1.gz usr/man/man1/make_win_src_distribution.1.gz etc/ etc/rc.d/ etc/rc.d/rc.mysqld.new etc/my-huge.cnf etc/my-medium.cnf etc/my-small.cnf etc/my-large.cnf /etc/rc.d/rc.mysqld is an ordinary Slackware-type start/stop script: #!/bin/sh # Start/stop/restart mysqld. # # Copyright 2003 Patrick J. Volkerding, Concord, CA # Copyright 2003 Slackware Linux, Inc., Concord, CA # # This program comes with NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law. # You may redistribute copies of this program under the terms of the # GNU General Public License. # To start MySQL automatically at boot, be sure this script is executable: # chmod 755 /etc/rc.d/rc.mysqld # Before you can run MySQL, you must have a database. To install an initial # database, do this as root: # # su - mysql # mysql_install_db # # Note that step one is becoming the mysql user. It's important to do this # before making any changes to the database, or mysqld won't be able to write # to it later (this can be fixed with 'chown -R mysql.mysql /var/lib/mysql'). # To allow outside connections to the database comment out the next line. # If you don't need incoming network connections, then leave the line # uncommented to improve system security. #SKIP="--skip-networking" # Start mysqld: mysqld_start() { if [ -x /usr/bin/mysqld_safe ]; then # If there is an old PID file (no mysqld running), clean it up: if [ -r /var/run/mysql/mysql.pid ]; then if ! ps axc | grep mysqld 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null ; then echo "Cleaning up old /var/run/mysql/mysql.pid." rm -f /var/run/mysql/mysql.pid fi fi /usr/bin/mysqld_safe --datadir=/var/lib/mysql --pid-file=/var/run/mysql/mysql.pid $SKIP & fi } # Stop mysqld: mysqld_stop() { # If there is no PID file, ignore this request... if [ -r /var/run/mysql/mysql.pid ]; then killall mysqld # Wait at least one minute for it to exit, as we don't know how big the DB is... for second in 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 \ 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 60 ; do if [ ! -r /var/run/mysql/mysql.pid ]; then break; fi sleep 1 done if [ "$second" = "60" ]; then echo "WARNING: Gave up waiting for mysqld to exit!" sleep 15 fi fi } # Restart mysqld: mysqld_restart() { mysqld_stop mysqld_start } case "$1" in 'start') mysqld_start ;; 'stop') mysqld_stop ;; 'restart') mysqld_restart ;; *) echo "usage $0 start|stop|restart" esac But there's also an unexpected init script on the machine, named /etc/init.d/mysql: #!/bin/sh # Copyright Abandoned 1996 TCX DataKonsult AB & Monty Program KB & Detron HB # This file is public domain and comes with NO WARRANTY of any kind # MySQL daemon start/stop script. # Usually this is put in /etc/init.d (at least on machines SYSV R4 based # systems) and linked to /etc/rc3.d/S99mysql and /etc/rc0.d/K01mysql. # When this is done the mysql server will be started when the machine is # started and shut down when the systems goes down. # Comments to support chkconfig on RedHat Linux # chkconfig: 2345 64 36 # description: A very fast and reliable SQL database engine. # Comments to support LSB init script conventions ### BEGIN INIT INFO # Provides: mysql # Required-Start: $local_fs $network $remote_fs # Should-Start: ypbind nscd ldap ntpd xntpd # Required-Stop: $local_fs $network $remote_fs # Default-Start: 2 3 4 5 # Default-Stop: 0 1 6 # Short-Description: start and stop MySQL # Description: MySQL is a very fast and reliable SQL database engine. ### END INIT INFO # If you install MySQL on some other places than /usr, then you # have to do one of the following things for this script to work: # # - Run this script from within the MySQL installation directory # - Create a /etc/my.cnf file with the following information: # [mysqld] # basedir=<path-to-mysql-installation-directory> # - Add the above to any other configuration file (for example ~/.my.ini) # and copy my_print_defaults to /usr/bin # - Add the path to the mysql-installation-directory to the basedir variable # below. # # If you want to affect other MySQL variables, you should make your changes # in the /etc/my.cnf, ~/.my.cnf or other MySQL configuration files. # If you change base dir, you must also change datadir. These may get # overwritten by settings in the MySQL configuration files. #basedir= #datadir= # Default value, in seconds, afterwhich the script should timeout waiting # for server start. # Value here is overriden by value in my.cnf. # 0 means don't wait at all # Negative numbers mean to wait indefinitely service_startup_timeout=900 # The following variables are only set for letting mysql.server find things. # Set some defaults pid_file=/var/run/mysql/mysql.pid server_pid_file=/var/run/mysql/mysql.pid use_mysqld_safe=1 user=mysql if test -z "$basedir" then basedir=/usr bindir=/usr/bin if test -z "$datadir" then datadir=/var/lib/mysql fi sbindir=/usr/sbin libexecdir=/usr/libexec else bindir="$basedir/bin" if test -z "$datadir" then datadir="$basedir/data" fi sbindir="$basedir/sbin" libexecdir="$basedir/libexec" fi # datadir_set is used to determine if datadir was set (and so should be # *not* set inside of the --basedir= handler.) datadir_set= # # Use LSB init script functions for printing messages, if possible # lsb_functions="/lib/lsb/init-functions" if test -f $lsb_functions ; then . $lsb_functions else log_success_msg() { echo " SUCCESS! $@" } log_failure_msg() { echo " ERROR! $@" } fi PATH=/sbin:/usr/sbin:/bin:/usr/bin:$basedir/bin export PATH mode=$1 # start or stop shift other_args="$*" # uncommon, but needed when called from an RPM upgrade action # Expected: "--skip-networking --skip-grant-tables" # They are not checked here, intentionally, as it is the resposibility # of the "spec" file author to give correct arguments only. case `echo "testing\c"`,`echo -n testing` in *c*,-n*) echo_n= echo_c= ;; *c*,*) echo_n=-n echo_c= ;; *) echo_n= echo_c='\c' ;; esac parse_server_arguments() { for arg do case "$arg" in --basedir=*) basedir=`echo "$arg" | sed -e 's/^[^=]*=//'` bindir="$basedir/bin" if test -z "$datadir_set"; then datadir="$basedir/data" fi sbindir="$basedir/sbin" libexecdir="$basedir/libexec" ;; --datadir=*) datadir=`echo "$arg" | sed -e 's/^[^=]*=//'` datadir_set=1 ;; --user=*) user=`echo "$arg" | sed -e 's/^[^=]*=//'` ;; --pid-file=*) server_pid_file=`echo "$arg" | sed -e 's/^[^=]*=//'` ;; --service-startup-timeout=*) service_startup_timeout=`echo "$arg" | sed -e 's/^[^=]*=//'` ;; --use-mysqld_safe) use_mysqld_safe=1;; --use-manager) use_mysqld_safe=0;; esac done } parse_manager_arguments() { for arg do case "$arg" in --pid-file=*) pid_file=`echo "$arg" | sed -e 's/^[^=]*=//'` ;; --user=*) user=`echo "$arg" | sed -e 's/^[^=]*=//'` ;; esac done } wait_for_pid () { verb="$1" manager_pid="$2" # process ID of the program operating on the pid-file i=0 avoid_race_condition="by checking again" while test $i -ne $service_startup_timeout ; do case "$verb" in 'created') # wait for a PID-file to pop into existence. test -s $pid_file && i='' && break ;; 'removed') # wait for this PID-file to disappear test ! -s $pid_file && i='' && break ;; *) echo "wait_for_pid () usage: wait_for_pid created|removed manager_pid" exit 1 ;; esac # if manager isn't running, then pid-file will never be updated if test -n "$manager_pid"; then if kill -0 "$manager_pid" 2>/dev/null; then : # the manager still runs else # The manager may have exited between the last pid-file check and now. if test -n "$avoid_race_condition"; then avoid_race_condition="" continue # Check again. fi # there's nothing that will affect the file. log_failure_msg "Manager of pid-file quit without updating file." return 1 # not waiting any more. fi fi echo $echo_n ".$echo_c" i=`expr $i + 1` sleep 1 done if test -z "$i" ; then log_success_msg return 0 else log_failure_msg return 1 fi } # Get arguments from the my.cnf file, # the only group, which is read from now on is [mysqld] if test -x ./bin/my_print_defaults then print_defaults="./bin/my_print_defaults" elif test -x $bindir/my_print_defaults then print_defaults="$bindir/my_print_defaults" elif test -x $bindir/mysql_print_defaults then print_defaults="$bindir/mysql_print_defaults" else # Try to find basedir in /etc/my.cnf conf=/etc/my.cnf print_defaults= if test -r $conf then subpat='^[^=]*basedir[^=]*=\(.*\)$' dirs=`sed -e "/$subpat/!d" -e 's//\1/' $conf` for d in $dirs do d=`echo $d | sed -e 's/[ ]//g'` if test -x "$d/bin/my_print_defaults" then print_defaults="$d/bin/my_print_defaults" break fi if test -x "$d/bin/mysql_print_defaults" then print_defaults="$d/bin/mysql_print_defaults" break fi done fi # Hope it's in the PATH ... but I doubt it test -z "$print_defaults" && print_defaults="my_print_defaults" fi # # Read defaults file from 'basedir'. If there is no defaults file there # check if it's in the old (depricated) place (datadir) and read it from there # extra_args="" if test -r "$basedir/my.cnf" then extra_args="-e $basedir/my.cnf" else if test -r "$datadir/my.cnf" then extra_args="-e $datadir/my.cnf" fi fi parse_server_arguments `$print_defaults $extra_args mysqld server mysql_server mysql.server` # Look for the pidfile parse_manager_arguments `$print_defaults $extra_args manager` # # Set pid file if not given # if test -z "$pid_file" then pid_file=$datadir/mysqlmanager-`/bin/hostname`.pid else case "$pid_file" in /* ) ;; * ) pid_file="$datadir/$pid_file" ;; esac fi if test -z "$server_pid_file" then server_pid_file=$datadir/`/bin/hostname`.pid else case "$server_pid_file" in /* ) ;; * ) server_pid_file="$datadir/$server_pid_file" ;; esac fi case "$mode" in 'start') # Start daemon # Safeguard (relative paths, core dumps..) cd $basedir manager=$bindir/mysqlmanager if test -x $libexecdir/mysqlmanager then manager=$libexecdir/mysqlmanager elif test -x $sbindir/mysqlmanager then manager=$sbindir/mysqlmanager fi echo $echo_n "Starting MySQL" if test -x $manager -a "$use_mysqld_safe" = "0" then if test -n "$other_args" then log_failure_msg "MySQL manager does not support options '$other_args'" exit 1 fi # Give extra arguments to mysqld with the my.cnf file. This script may # be overwritten at next upgrade. $manager --user=$user --pid-file=$pid_file >/dev/null 2>&1 & wait_for_pid created $!; return_value=$? # Make lock for RedHat / SuSE if test -w /var/lock/subsys then touch /var/lock/subsys/mysqlmanager fi exit $return_value elif test -x $bindir/mysqld_safe then # Give extra arguments to mysqld with the my.cnf file. This script # may be overwritten at next upgrade. pid_file=$server_pid_file $bindir/mysqld_safe --datadir=$datadir --pid-file=$server_pid_file $other_args >/dev/null 2>&1 & wait_for_pid created $!; return_value=$? # Make lock for RedHat / SuSE if test -w /var/lock/subsys then touch /var/lock/subsys/mysql fi exit $return_value else log_failure_msg "Couldn't find MySQL manager ($manager) or server ($bindir/mysqld_safe)" fi ;; 'stop') # Stop daemon. We use a signal here to avoid having to know the # root password. # The RedHat / SuSE lock directory to remove lock_dir=/var/lock/subsys/mysqlmanager # If the manager pid_file doesn't exist, try the server's if test ! -s "$pid_file" then pid_file=$server_pid_file lock_dir=/var/lock/subsys/mysql fi if test -s "$pid_file" then mysqlmanager_pid=`cat $pid_file` echo $echo_n "Shutting down MySQL" kill $mysqlmanager_pid # mysqlmanager should remove the pid_file when it exits, so wait for it. wait_for_pid removed "$mysqlmanager_pid"; return_value=$? # delete lock for RedHat / SuSE if test -f $lock_dir then rm -f $lock_dir fi exit $return_value else log_failure_msg "MySQL manager or server PID file could not be found!" fi ;; 'restart') # Stop the service and regardless of whether it was # running or not, start it again. if $0 stop $other_args; then $0 start $other_args else log_failure_msg "Failed to stop running server, so refusing to try to start." exit 1 fi ;; 'reload'|'force-reload') if test -s "$server_pid_file" ; then read mysqld_pid < $server_pid_file kill -HUP $mysqld_pid && log_success_msg "Reloading service MySQL" touch $server_pid_file else log_failure_msg "MySQL PID file could not be found!" exit 1 fi ;; 'status') # First, check to see if pid file exists if test -s "$server_pid_file" ; then read mysqld_pid < $server_pid_file if kill -0 $mysqld_pid 2>/dev/null ; then log_success_msg "MySQL running ($mysqld_pid)" exit 0 else log_failure_msg "MySQL is not running, but PID file exists" exit 1 fi else # Try to find appropriate mysqld process mysqld_pid=`pidof $sbindir/mysqld` if test -z $mysqld_pid ; then if test "$use_mysqld_safe" = "0" ; then lockfile=/var/lock/subsys/mysqlmanager else lockfile=/var/lock/subsys/mysql fi if test -f $lockfile ; then log_failure_msg "MySQL is not running, but lock exists" exit 2 fi log_failure_msg "MySQL is not running" exit 3 else log_failure_msg "MySQL is running but PID file could not be found" exit 4 fi fi ;; *) # usage echo "Usage: $0 {start|stop|restart|reload|force-reload|status} [ MySQL server options ]" exit 1 ;; esac exit 0 An unimportant aside: The previous users of the machine kept a messy home directory. Their home directory was /root. I've pasted a copy at http://www.pastebin.ca/2167496. My question: Why is there a /etc/init.d/mysql file on this Slackware machine? How could it have gotten there? P.S. This question is far from perfect. Please feel free to edit it.

    Read the article

  • How to solve "403 Forbidden" on CentOS6 with SELinux Disabled?

    - by André
    I have a machine on Linode that is driving me crazy. Linode does not have SELinux on CentOS6... I'm trying to configure to put my website in "/home/websites/public_html/mysite.com/public" As I don´t have SELinux enable, how can I avoid the "403 Forbidden" that I get when trying to access the webpage? Sorry for my english. Best Regards, Update1, ERROR_LOG [Mon Oct 17 14:04:16 2011] [error] [client 127.0.0.1] (13)Permission denied: access to / denied [Mon Oct 17 14:08:07 2011] [error] [client 127.0.0.1] (13)Permission denied: access to / denied [Mon Oct 17 14:10:25 2011] [error] [client 127.0.0.1] (13)Permission denied: access to / denied [Mon Oct 17 14:10:41 2011] [error] [client 127.0.0.1] (13)Permission denied: access to / denied [Mon Oct 17 14:32:35 2011] [error] [client 127.0.0.1] (13)Permission denied: access to / denied [Mon Oct 17 14:34:45 2011] [error] [client 58.218.199.227] (13)Permission denied: access to /proxy-1.php denied [Mon Oct 17 15:32:25 2011] [error] [client 127.0.0.1] (13)Permission denied: access to / denied [Mon Oct 17 15:37:26 2011] [error] [client 127.0.0.1] (13)Permission denied: access to / denied [Mon Oct 17 15:37:43 2011] [error] [client 127.0.0.1] (13)Permission denied: access to / denied [Mon Oct 17 15:38:32 2011] [error] [client 127.0.0.1] (13)Permission denied: access to / denied [Mon Oct 17 15:42:56 2011] [crit] [client 127.0.0.1] (13)Permission denied: /home/websites/.htaccess pcfg_openfile: unable to check htaccess file, ensure it is readable [Mon Oct 17 15:43:12 2011] [crit] [client 127.0.0.1] (13)Permission denied: /home/websites/.htaccess pcfg_openfile: unable to check htaccess file, ensure it is readable [Mon Oct 17 15:45:34 2011] [crit] [client 127.0.0.1] (13)Permission denied: /home/websites/.htaccess pcfg_openfile: unable to check htaccess file, ensure it is readable [Mon Oct 17 15:51:25 2011] [crit] [client 127.0.0.1] (13)Permission denied: /home/websites/.htaccess pcfg_openfile: unable to check htaccess file, ensure it is readable Upadate2, /home/websites directory drwx------ 3 websites websites 4096 Oct 17 14:52 . drwxr-xr-x. 3 root root 4096 Oct 17 13:42 .. -rw------- 1 websites websites 372 Oct 17 14:52 .bash_history -rw-r--r-- 1 websites websites 18 May 30 11:46 .bash_logout -rw-r--r-- 1 websites websites 176 May 30 11:46 .bash_profile -rw-r--r-- 1 websites websites 124 May 30 11:46 .bashrc drwxrwxr-x 3 websites apache 4096 Oct 17 13:45 public_html Update3, httpd.conf ### Section 1: Global Environment ServerTokens OS ServerRoot "/etc/httpd" PidFile run/httpd.pid Timeout 60 KeepAlive Off MaxKeepAliveRequests 100 KeepAliveTimeout 15 <IfModule prefork.c> StartServers 8 MinSpareServers 5 MaxSpareServers 20 ServerLimit 256 MaxClients 256 MaxRequestsPerChild 4000 </IfModule> <IfModule worker.c> StartServers 4 MaxClients 300 MinSpareThreads 25 MaxSpareThreads 75 ThreadsPerChild 25 MaxRequestsPerChild 0 </IfModule> #Listen 12.34.56.78:80 Listen 80 LoadModule auth_basic_module modules/mod_auth_basic.so LoadModule auth_digest_module modules/mod_auth_digest.so LoadModule authn_file_module modules/mod_authn_file.so LoadModule authn_alias_module modules/mod_authn_alias.so LoadModule authn_anon_module modules/mod_authn_anon.so LoadModule authn_dbm_module modules/mod_authn_dbm.so LoadModule authn_default_module modules/mod_authn_default.so LoadModule authz_host_module modules/mod_authz_host.so LoadModule authz_user_module modules/mod_authz_user.so LoadModule authz_owner_module modules/mod_authz_owner.so LoadModule authz_groupfile_module modules/mod_authz_groupfile.so LoadModule authz_dbm_module modules/mod_authz_dbm.so LoadModule authz_default_module modules/mod_authz_default.so LoadModule ldap_module modules/mod_ldap.so LoadModule authnz_ldap_module modules/mod_authnz_ldap.so LoadModule include_module modules/mod_include.so LoadModule log_config_module modules/mod_log_config.so LoadModule logio_module modules/mod_logio.so LoadModule env_module modules/mod_env.so LoadModule ext_filter_module modules/mod_ext_filter.so LoadModule mime_magic_module modules/mod_mime_magic.so LoadModule expires_module modules/mod_expires.so LoadModule deflate_module modules/mod_deflate.so LoadModule headers_module modules/mod_headers.so LoadModule usertrack_module modules/mod_usertrack.so LoadModule setenvif_module modules/mod_setenvif.so LoadModule mime_module modules/mod_mime.so LoadModule dav_module modules/mod_dav.so LoadModule status_module modules/mod_status.so LoadModule autoindex_module modules/mod_autoindex.so LoadModule info_module modules/mod_info.so LoadModule dav_fs_module modules/mod_dav_fs.so LoadModule vhost_alias_module modules/mod_vhost_alias.so LoadModule negotiation_module modules/mod_negotiation.so LoadModule dir_module modules/mod_dir.so LoadModule actions_module modules/mod_actions.so LoadModule speling_module modules/mod_speling.so LoadModule userdir_module modules/mod_userdir.so LoadModule alias_module modules/mod_alias.so LoadModule substitute_module modules/mod_substitute.so LoadModule rewrite_module modules/mod_rewrite.so LoadModule proxy_module modules/mod_proxy.so LoadModule proxy_balancer_module modules/mod_proxy_balancer.so LoadModule proxy_ftp_module modules/mod_proxy_ftp.so LoadModule proxy_http_module modules/mod_proxy_http.so LoadModule proxy_ajp_module modules/mod_proxy_ajp.so LoadModule proxy_connect_module modules/mod_proxy_connect.so LoadModule cache_module modules/mod_cache.so LoadModule suexec_module modules/mod_suexec.so LoadModule disk_cache_module modules/mod_disk_cache.so LoadModule cgi_module modules/mod_cgi.so LoadModule version_module modules/mod_version.so Include conf.d/*.conf #ExtendedStatus On User apache Group apache ServerAdmin root@localhost #ServerName www.example.com:80 UseCanonicalName Off DocumentRoot "/var/www/html" # # Each directory to which Apache has access can be configured with respect # to which services and features are allowed and/or disabled in that # directory (and its subdirectories). # # First, we configure the "default" to be a very restrictive set of # features. # <Directory /> Options FollowSymLinks AllowOverride None </Directory> # # Note that from this point forward you must specifically allow # particular features to be enabled - so if something's not working as # you might expect, make sure that you have specifically enabled it # below. # # # This should be changed to whatever you set DocumentRoot to. # <Directory "/home/websites/public_html"> # # Possible values for the Options directive are "None", "All", # or any combination of: # Indexes Includes FollowSymLinks SymLinksifOwnerMatch ExecCGI MultiViews # # Note that "MultiViews" must be named *explicitly* --- "Options All" # doesn't give it to you. # # The Options directive is both complicated and important. Please see # http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/core.html#options # for more information. # Options Indexes FollowSymLinks # # AllowOverride controls what directives may be placed in .htaccess files. # It can be "All", "None", or any combination of the keywords: # Options FileInfo AuthConfig Limit # AllowOverride None # # Controls who can get stuff from this server. # Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> # # UserDir: The name of the directory that is appended onto a user's home # directory if a ~user request is received. # # The path to the end user account 'public_html' directory must be # accessible to the webserver userid. This usually means that ~userid # must have permissions of 711, ~userid/public_html must have permissions # of 755, and documents contained therein must be world-readable. # Otherwise, the client will only receive a "403 Forbidden" message. # # See also: http://httpd.apache.org/docs/misc/FAQ.html#forbidden # <IfModule mod_userdir.c> # # UserDir is disabled by default since it can confirm the presence # of a username on the system (depending on home directory # permissions). # UserDir disabled # # To enable requests to /~user/ to serve the user's public_html # directory, remove the "UserDir disabled" line above, and uncomment # the following line instead: # #UserDir public_html </IfModule> # # Control access to UserDir directories. The following is an example # for a site where these directories are restricted to read-only. # #<Directory /home/*/public_html> # AllowOverride FileInfo AuthConfig Limit # Options MultiViews Indexes SymLinksIfOwnerMatch IncludesNoExec # <Limit GET POST OPTIONS> # Order allow,deny # Allow from all # </Limit> # <LimitExcept GET POST OPTIONS> # Order deny,allow # Deny from all # </LimitExcept> #</Directory> # # DirectoryIndex: sets the file that Apache will serve if a directory # is requested. # # The index.html.var file (a type-map) is used to deliver content- # negotiated documents. The MultiViews Option can be used for the # same purpose, but it is much slower. # DirectoryIndex index.html index.html.var # # AccessFileName: The name of the file to look for in each directory # for additional configuration directives. See also the AllowOverride # directive. # AccessFileName .htaccess # # The following lines prevent .htaccess and .htpasswd files from being # viewed by Web clients. # <Files ~ "^\.ht"> Order allow,deny Deny from all Satisfy All </Files> # # TypesConfig describes where the mime.types file (or equivalent) is # to be found. # TypesConfig /etc/mime.types # # DefaultType is the default MIME type the server will use for a document # if it cannot otherwise determine one, such as from filename extensions. # If your server contains mostly text or HTML documents, "text/plain" is # a good value. If most of your content is binary, such as applications # or images, you may want to use "application/octet-stream" instead to # keep browsers from trying to display binary files as though they are # text. # DefaultType text/plain # # The mod_mime_magic module allows the server to use various hints from the # contents of the file itself to determine its type. The MIMEMagicFile # directive tells the module where the hint definitions are located. # <IfModule mod_mime_magic.c> # MIMEMagicFile /usr/share/magic.mime MIMEMagicFile conf/magic </IfModule> # # HostnameLookups: Log the names of clients or just their IP addresses # e.g., www.apache.org (on) or 204.62.129.132 (off). # The default is off because it'd be overall better for the net if people # had to knowingly turn this feature on, since enabling it means that # each client request will result in AT LEAST one lookup request to the # nameserver. # HostnameLookups Off #EnableMMAP off #EnableSendfile off # # ErrorLog: The location of the error log file. # If you do not specify an ErrorLog directive within a <VirtualHost> # container, error messages relating to that virtual host will be # logged here. If you *do* define an error logfile for a <VirtualHost> # container, that host's errors will be logged there and not here. # ErrorLog logs/error_log LogLevel warn # # The following directives define some format nicknames for use with # a CustomLog directive (see below). # LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\"" combined LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b" common LogFormat "%{Referer}i -> %U" referer LogFormat "%{User-agent}i" agent # "combinedio" includes actual counts of actual bytes received (%I) and sent (%O); this # requires the mod_logio module to be loaded. #LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\" %I %O" combinedio # # The location and format of the access logfile (Common Logfile Format). # If you do not define any access logfiles within a <VirtualHost> # container, they will be logged here. Contrariwise, if you *do* # define per-<VirtualHost> access logfiles, transactions will be # logged therein and *not* in this file. # #CustomLog logs/access_log common # # If you would like to have separate agent and referer logfiles, uncomment # the following directives. # #CustomLog logs/referer_log referer #CustomLog logs/agent_log agent # # For a single logfile with access, agent, and referer information # (Combined Logfile Format), use the following directive: # CustomLog logs/access_log combined ServerSignature On Alias /icons/ "/var/www/icons/" <Directory "/var/www/icons"> Options Indexes MultiViews FollowSymLinks AllowOverride None Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> # # WebDAV module configuration section. # <IfModule mod_dav_fs.c> # Location of the WebDAV lock database. DAVLockDB /var/lib/dav/lockdb </IfModule> # # ScriptAlias: This controls which directories contain server scripts. # ScriptAliases are essentially the same as Aliases, except that # documents in the realname directory are treated as applications and # run by the server when requested rather than as documents sent to the client. # The same rules about trailing "/" apply to ScriptAlias directives as to # Alias. # ScriptAlias /cgi-bin/ "/var/www/cgi-bin/" # # "/var/www/cgi-bin" should be changed to whatever your ScriptAliased # CGI directory exists, if you have that configured. # <Directory "/var/www/cgi-bin"> AllowOverride None Options None Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> IndexOptions FancyIndexing VersionSort NameWidth=* HTMLTable Charset=UTF-8 AddIconByEncoding (CMP,/icons/compressed.gif) x-compress x-gzip AddIconByType (TXT,/icons/text.gif) text/* AddIconByType (IMG,/icons/image2.gif) image/* AddIconByType (SND,/icons/sound2.gif) audio/* AddIconByType (VID,/icons/movie.gif) video/* AddIcon /icons/binary.gif .bin .exe AddIcon /icons/binhex.gif .hqx AddIcon /icons/tar.gif .tar AddIcon /icons/world2.gif .wrl .wrl.gz .vrml .vrm .iv AddIcon /icons/compressed.gif .Z .z .tgz .gz .zip AddIcon /icons/a.gif .ps .ai .eps AddIcon /icons/layout.gif .html .shtml .htm .pdf AddIcon /icons/text.gif .txt AddIcon /icons/c.gif .c AddIcon /icons/p.gif .pl .py AddIcon /icons/f.gif .for AddIcon /icons/dvi.gif .dvi AddIcon /icons/uuencoded.gif .uu AddIcon /icons/script.gif .conf .sh .shar .csh .ksh .tcl AddIcon /icons/tex.gif .tex AddIcon /icons/bomb.gif core AddIcon /icons/back.gif .. AddIcon /icons/hand.right.gif README AddIcon /icons/folder.gif ^^DIRECTORY^^ AddIcon /icons/blank.gif ^^BLANKICON^^ # # DefaultIcon is which icon to show for files which do not have an icon # explicitly set. # DefaultIcon /icons/unknown.gif # # AddDescription allows you to place a short description after a file in # server-generated indexes. These are only displayed for FancyIndexed # directories. # Format: AddDescription "description" filename # #AddDescription "GZIP compressed document" .gz #AddDescription "tar archive" .tar #AddDescription "GZIP compressed tar archive" .tgz # # ReadmeName is the name of the README file the server will look for by # default, and append to directory listings. # # HeaderName is the name of a file which should be prepended to # directory indexes. ReadmeName README.html HeaderName HEADER.html # # IndexIgnore is a set of filenames which directory indexing should ignore # and not include in the listing. Shell-style wildcarding is permitted. # IndexIgnore .??* *~ *# HEADER* README* RCS CVS *,v *,t # # DefaultLanguage and AddLanguage allows you to specify the language of # a document. You can then use content negotiation to give a browser a # file in a language the user can understand. # # Specify a default language. This means that all data # going out without a specific language tag (see below) will # be marked with this one. You probably do NOT want to set # this unless you are sure it is correct for all cases. # # * It is generally better to not mark a page as # * being a certain language than marking it with the wrong # * language! # # DefaultLanguage nl # # Note 1: The suffix does not have to be the same as the language # keyword --- those with documents in Polish (whose net-standard # language code is pl) may wish to use "AddLanguage pl .po" to # avoid the ambiguity with the common suffix for perl scripts. # # Note 2: The example entries below illustrate that in some cases # the two character 'Language' abbreviation is not identical to # the two character 'Country' code for its country, # E.g. 'Danmark/dk' versus 'Danish/da'. # # Note 3: In the case of 'ltz' we violate the RFC by using a three char # specifier. There is 'work in progress' to fix this and get # the reference data for rfc1766 cleaned up. # # Catalan (ca) - Croatian (hr) - Czech (cs) - Danish (da) - Dutch (nl) # English (en) - Esperanto (eo) - Estonian (et) - French (fr) - German (de) # Greek-Modern (el) - Hebrew (he) - Italian (it) - Japanese (ja) # Korean (ko) - Luxembourgeois* (ltz) - Norwegian Nynorsk (nn) # Norwegian (no) - Polish (pl) - Portugese (pt) # Brazilian Portuguese (pt-BR) - Russian (ru) - Swedish (sv) # Simplified Chinese (zh-CN) - Spanish (es) - Traditional Chinese (zh-TW) # AddLanguage ca .ca AddLanguage cs .cz .cs AddLanguage da .dk AddLanguage de .de AddLanguage el .el AddLanguage en .en AddLanguage eo .eo AddLanguage es .es AddLanguage et .et AddLanguage fr .fr AddLanguage he .he AddLanguage hr .hr AddLanguage it .it AddLanguage ja .ja AddLanguage ko .ko AddLanguage ltz .ltz AddLanguage nl .nl AddLanguage nn .nn AddLanguage no .no AddLanguage pl .po AddLanguage pt .pt AddLanguage pt-BR .pt-br AddLanguage ru .ru AddLanguage sv .sv AddLanguage zh-CN .zh-cn AddLanguage zh-TW .zh-tw # # LanguagePriority allows you to give precedence to some languages # in case of a tie during content negotiation. # # Just list the languages in decreasing order of preference. We have # more or less alphabetized them here. You probably want to change this. # LanguagePriority en ca cs da de el eo es et fr he hr it ja ko ltz nl nn no pl pt pt-BR ru sv zh-CN zh-TW # # ForceLanguagePriority allows you to serve a result page rather than # MULTIPLE CHOICES (Prefer) [in case of a tie] or NOT ACCEPTABLE (Fallback) # [in case no accepted languages matched the available variants] # ForceLanguagePriority Prefer Fallback # # Specify a default charset for all content served; this enables # interpretation of all content as UTF-8 by default. To use the # default browser choice (ISO-8859-1), or to allow the META tags # in HTML content to override this choice, comment out this # directive: # AddDefaultCharset UTF-8 # # AddType allows you to add to or override the MIME configuration # file mime.types for specific file types. # #AddType application/x-tar .tgz # # AddEncoding allows you to have certain browsers uncompress # information on the fly. Note: Not all browsers support this. # Despite the name similarity, the following Add* directives have nothing # to do with the FancyIndexing customization directives above. # #AddEncoding x-compress .Z #AddEncoding x-gzip .gz .tgz # If the AddEncoding directives above are commented-out, then you # probably should define those extensions to indicate media types: # AddType application/x-compress .Z AddType application/x-gzip .gz .tgz # # MIME-types for downloading Certificates and CRLs # AddType application/x-x509-ca-cert .crt AddType application/x-pkcs7-crl .crl # # AddHandler allows you to map certain file extensions to "handlers": # actions unrelated to filetype. These can be either built into the server # or added with the Action directive (see below) # # To use CGI scripts outside of ScriptAliased directories: # (You will also need to add "ExecCGI" to the "Options" directive.) # #AddHandler cgi-script .cgi # # For files that include their own HTTP headers: # #AddHandler send-as-is asis # # For type maps (negotiated resources): # (This is enabled by default to allow the Apache "It Worked" page # to be distributed in multiple languages.) # AddHandler type-map var # # Filters allow you to process content before it is sent to the client. # # To parse .shtml files for server-side includes (SSI): # (You will also need to add "Includes" to the "Options" directive.) # AddType text/html .shtml AddOutputFilter INCLUDES .shtml # # Action lets you define media types that will execute a script whenever # a matching file is called. This eliminates the need for repeated URL # pathnames for oft-used CGI file processors. # Format: Action media/type /cgi-script/location # Format: Action handler-name /cgi-script/location # # # Customizable error responses come in three flavors: # 1) plain text 2) local redirects 3) external redirects # # Some examples: #ErrorDocument 500 "The server made a boo boo." #ErrorDocument 404 /missing.html #ErrorDocument 404 "/cgi-bin/missing_handler.pl" #ErrorDocument 402 http://www.example.com/subscription_info.html # # # Putting this all together, we can internationalize error responses. # # We use Alias to redirect any /error/HTTP_<error>.html.var response to # our collection of by-error message multi-language collections. We use # includes to substitute the appropriate text. # # You can modify the messages' appearance without changing any of the # default HTTP_<error>.html.var files by adding the line: # # Alias /error/include/ "/your/include/path/" # # which allows you to create your own set of files by starting with the # /var/www/error/include/ files and # copying them to /your/include/path/, even on a per-VirtualHost basis. # Alias /error/ "/var/www/error/" <IfModule mod_negotiation.c> <IfModule mod_include.c> <Directory "/var/www/error"> AllowOverride None Options IncludesNoExec AddOutputFilter Includes html AddHandler type-map var Order allow,deny Allow from all LanguagePriority en es de fr ForceLanguagePriority Prefer Fallback </Directory> # ErrorDocument 400 /error/HTTP_BAD_REQUEST.html.var # ErrorDocument 401 /error/HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED.html.var # ErrorDocument 403 /error/HTTP_FORBIDDEN.html.var # ErrorDocument 404 /error/HTTP_NOT_FOUND.html.var # ErrorDocument 405 /error/HTTP_METHOD_NOT_ALLOWED.html.var # ErrorDocument 408 /error/HTTP_REQUEST_TIME_OUT.html.var # ErrorDocument 410 /error/HTTP_GONE.html.var # ErrorDocument 411 /error/HTTP_LENGTH_REQUIRED.html.var # ErrorDocument 412 /error/HTTP_PRECONDITION_FAILED.html.var # ErrorDocument 413 /error/HTTP_REQUEST_ENTITY_TOO_LARGE.html.var # ErrorDocument 414 /error/HTTP_REQUEST_URI_TOO_LARGE.html.var # ErrorDocument 415 /error/HTTP_UNSUPPORTED_MEDIA_TYPE.html.var # ErrorDocument 500 /error/HTTP_INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR.html.var # ErrorDocument 501 /error/HTTP_NOT_IMPLEMENTED.html.var # ErrorDocument 502 /error/HTTP_BAD_GATEWAY.html.var # ErrorDocument 503 /error/HTTP_SERVICE_UNAVAILABLE.html.var # ErrorDocument 506 /error/HTTP_VARIANT_ALSO_VARIES.html.var </IfModule> </IfModule> # # The following directives modify normal HTTP response behavior to # handle known problems with browser implementations. # BrowserMatch "Mozilla/2" nokeepalive BrowserMatch "MSIE 4\.0b2;" nokeepalive downgrade-1.0 force-response-1.0 BrowserMatch "RealPlayer 4\.0" force-response-1.0 BrowserMatch "Java/1\.0" force-response-1.0 BrowserMatch "JDK/1\.0" force-response-1.0 # # The following directive disables redirects on non-GET requests for # a directory that does not include the trailing slash. This fixes a # problem with Microsoft WebFolders which does not appropriately handle # redirects for folders with DAV methods. # Same deal with Apple's DAV filesystem and Gnome VFS support for DAV. # BrowserMatch "Microsoft Data Access Internet Publishing Provider" redirect-carefully BrowserMatch "MS FrontPage" redirect-carefully BrowserMatch "^WebDrive" redirect-carefully BrowserMatch "^WebDAVFS/1.[0123]" redirect-carefully BrowserMatch "^gnome-vfs/1.0" redirect-carefully BrowserMatch "^XML Spy" redirect-carefully BrowserMatch "^Dreamweaver-WebDAV-SCM1" redirect-carefully # # Allow server status reports generated by mod_status, # with the URL of http://servername/server-status # Change the ".example.com" to match your domain to enable. # #<Location /server-status> # SetHandler server-status # Order deny,allow # Deny from all # Allow from .example.com #</Location> # # Allow remote server configuration reports, with the URL of # http://servername/server-info (requires that mod_info.c be loaded). # Change the ".example.com" to match your domain to enable. # #<Location /server-info> # SetHandler server-info # Order deny,allow # Deny from all # Allow from .example.com #</Location> # # Proxy Server directives. Uncomment the following lines to # enable the proxy server: # #<IfModule mod_proxy.c> #ProxyRequests On # #<Proxy *> # Order deny,allow # Deny from all # Allow from .example.com #</Proxy> # # Enable/disable the handling of HTTP/1.1 "Via:" headers. # ("Full" adds the server version; "Block" removes all outgoing Via: headers) # Set to one of: Off | On | Full | Block # #ProxyVia On # # To enable a cache of proxied content, uncomment the following lines. # See http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/mod_cache.html for more details. # #<IfModule mod_disk_cache.c> # CacheEnable disk / # CacheRoot "/var/cache/mod_proxy" #</IfModule> # #</IfModule> # End of proxy directives. ### Section 3: Virtual Hosts # # VirtualHost: If you want to maintain multiple domains/hostnames on your # machine you can setup VirtualHost containers for them. Most configurations # use only name-based virtual hosts so the server doesn't need to worry about # IP addresses. This is indicated by the asterisks in the directives below. # # Please see the documentation at # <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/vhosts/> # for further details before you try to setup virtual hosts. # # You may use the command line option '-S' to verify your virtual host # configuration. # # Use name-based virtual hosting. # NameVirtualHost *:80 # # NOTE: NameVirtualHost cannot be used without a port specifier # (e.g. :80) if mod_ssl is being used, due to the nature of the # SSL protocol. # # # VirtualHost example: # Almost any Apache directive may go into a VirtualHost container. # The first VirtualHost section is used for requests without a known # server name. # #<VirtualHost *:80> # ServerAdmin [email protected] # DocumentRoot /www/docs/dummy-host.example.com # ServerName dummy-host.example.com # ErrorLog logs/dummy-host.example.com-error_log # CustomLog logs/dummy-host.example.com-access_log common #</VirtualHost> # domain: mysite.com # public: /home/websites/public_html/mysite.com/ <VirtualHost *:80> # Admin email, Server Name (domain name) and any aliases ServerAdmin [email protected] ServerName mysite.com ServerAlias www.mysite.com # Index file and Document Root (where the public files are located) DirectoryIndex index.html DocumentRoot /home/websites/public_html/mysite.com/public # Custom log file locations LogLevel warn ErrorLog /home/websites/public_html/mysite.com/log/error.log CustomLog /home/websites/public_html/mysite.com/log/access.log combined </VirtualHost>

    Read the article

  • Disable .htaccess from apache allowoverride none, still reads .htaccess files

    - by John Magnolia
    I have moved all of our .htaccess config into <Directory> blocks and set AllowOverride None in the default and default-ssl. Although after restarting apache it is still reading the .htaccess files. How can I completely turn off reading these files? Update of all files with "AllowOverride" /etc/apache2/mods-available/userdir.conf <IfModule mod_userdir.c> UserDir public_html UserDir disabled root <Directory /home/*/public_html> AllowOverride FileInfo AuthConfig Limit Indexes Options MultiViews Indexes SymLinksIfOwnerMatch IncludesNoExec <Limit GET POST OPTIONS> Order allow,deny Allow from all </Limit> <LimitExcept GET POST OPTIONS> Order deny,allow Deny from all </LimitExcept> </Directory> </IfModule> /etc/apache2/mods-available/alias.conf <IfModule alias_module> # # Aliases: Add here as many aliases as you need (with no limit). The format is # Alias fakename realname # # Note that if you include a trailing / on fakename then the server will # require it to be present in the URL. So "/icons" isn't aliased in this # example, only "/icons/". If the fakename is slash-terminated, then the # realname must also be slash terminated, and if the fakename omits the # trailing slash, the realname must also omit it. # # We include the /icons/ alias for FancyIndexed directory listings. If # you do not use FancyIndexing, you may comment this out. # Alias /icons/ "/usr/share/apache2/icons/" <Directory "/usr/share/apache2/icons"> Options Indexes MultiViews AllowOverride None Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> </IfModule> /etc/apache2/httpd.conf # # Directives to allow use of AWStats as a CGI # Alias /awstatsclasses "/usr/share/doc/awstats/examples/wwwroot/classes/" Alias /awstatscss "/usr/share/doc/awstats/examples/wwwroot/css/" Alias /awstatsicons "/usr/share/doc/awstats/examples/wwwroot/icon/" ScriptAlias /awstats/ "/usr/share/doc/awstats/examples/wwwroot/cgi-bin/" # # This is to permit URL access to scripts/files in AWStats directory. # <Directory "/usr/share/doc/awstats/examples/wwwroot"> Options None AllowOverride None Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> Alias /awstats-icon/ /usr/share/awstats/icon/ <Directory /usr/share/awstats/icon> Options None AllowOverride None Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> /etc/apache2/sites-available/default-ssl <IfModule mod_ssl.c> <VirtualHost _default_:443> ServerAdmin webmaster@localhost DocumentRoot /var/www <Directory /> Options FollowSymLinks AllowOverride None </Directory> <Directory /var/www/> Options Indexes FollowSymLinks MultiViews AllowOverride None </Directory> ScriptAlias /cgi-bin/ /usr/lib/cgi-bin/ <Directory "/usr/lib/cgi-bin"> AllowOverride None Options +ExecCGI -MultiViews +SymLinksIfOwnerMatch Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> ErrorLog ${APACHE_LOG_DIR}/error.log # Possible values include: debug, info, notice, warn, error, crit, # alert, emerg. LogLevel warn CustomLog ${APACHE_LOG_DIR}/ssl_access.log combined # SSL Engine Switch: # Enable/Disable SSL for this virtual host. SSLEngine on # A self-signed (snakeoil) certificate can be created by installing # the ssl-cert package. See # /usr/share/doc/apache2.2-common/README.Debian.gz for more info. # If both key and certificate are stored in the same file, only the # SSLCertificateFile directive is needed. SSLCertificateFile /etc/ssl/certs/ssl-cert-snakeoil.pem SSLCertificateKeyFile /etc/ssl/private/ssl-cert-snakeoil.key # Server Certificate Chain: # Point SSLCertificateChainFile at a file containing the # concatenation of PEM encoded CA certificates which form the # certificate chain for the server certificate. Alternatively # the referenced file can be the same as SSLCertificateFile # when the CA certificates are directly appended to the server # certificate for convinience. #SSLCertificateChainFile /etc/apache2/ssl.crt/server-ca.crt # Certificate Authority (CA): # Set the CA certificate verification path where to find CA # certificates for client authentication or alternatively one # huge file containing all of them (file must be PEM encoded) # Note: Inside SSLCACertificatePath you need hash symlinks # to point to the certificate files. Use the provided # Makefile to update the hash symlinks after changes. #SSLCACertificatePath /etc/ssl/certs/ #SSLCACertificateFile /etc/apache2/ssl.crt/ca-bundle.crt # Certificate Revocation Lists (CRL): # Set the CA revocation path where to find CA CRLs for client # authentication or alternatively one huge file containing all # of them (file must be PEM encoded) # Note: Inside SSLCARevocationPath you need hash symlinks # to point to the certificate files. Use the provided # Makefile to update the hash symlinks after changes. #SSLCARevocationPath /etc/apache2/ssl.crl/ #SSLCARevocationFile /etc/apache2/ssl.crl/ca-bundle.crl # Client Authentication (Type): # Client certificate verification type and depth. Types are # none, optional, require and optional_no_ca. Depth is a # number which specifies how deeply to verify the certificate # issuer chain before deciding the certificate is not valid. #SSLVerifyClient require #SSLVerifyDepth 10 # Access Control: # With SSLRequire you can do per-directory access control based # on arbitrary complex boolean expressions containing server # variable checks and other lookup directives. The syntax is a # mixture between C and Perl. See the mod_ssl documentation # for more details. #<Location /> #SSLRequire ( %{SSL_CIPHER} !~ m/^(EXP|NULL)/ \ # and %{SSL_CLIENT_S_DN_O} eq "Snake Oil, Ltd." \ # and %{SSL_CLIENT_S_DN_OU} in {"Staff", "CA", "Dev"} \ # and %{TIME_WDAY} >= 1 and %{TIME_WDAY} <= 5 \ # and %{TIME_HOUR} >= 8 and %{TIME_HOUR} <= 20 ) \ # or %{REMOTE_ADDR} =~ m/^192\.76\.162\.[0-9]+$/ #</Location> # SSL Engine Options: # Set various options for the SSL engine. # o FakeBasicAuth: # Translate the client X.509 into a Basic Authorisation. This means that # the standard Auth/DBMAuth methods can be used for access control. The # user name is the `one line' version of the client's X.509 certificate. # Note that no password is obtained from the user. Every entry in the user # file needs this password: `xxj31ZMTZzkVA'. # o ExportCertData: # This exports two additional environment variables: SSL_CLIENT_CERT and # SSL_SERVER_CERT. These contain the PEM-encoded certificates of the # server (always existing) and the client (only existing when client # authentication is used). This can be used to import the certificates # into CGI scripts. # o StdEnvVars: # This exports the standard SSL/TLS related `SSL_*' environment variables. # Per default this exportation is switched off for performance reasons, # because the extraction step is an expensive operation and is usually # useless for serving static content. So one usually enables the # exportation for CGI and SSI requests only. # o StrictRequire: # This denies access when "SSLRequireSSL" or "SSLRequire" applied even # under a "Satisfy any" situation, i.e. when it applies access is denied # and no other module can change it. # o OptRenegotiate: # This enables optimized SSL connection renegotiation handling when SSL # directives are used in per-directory context. #SSLOptions +FakeBasicAuth +ExportCertData +StrictRequire <FilesMatch "\.(cgi|shtml|phtml|php)$"> SSLOptions +StdEnvVars </FilesMatch> <Directory /usr/lib/cgi-bin> SSLOptions +StdEnvVars </Directory> # SSL Protocol Adjustments: # The safe and default but still SSL/TLS standard compliant shutdown # approach is that mod_ssl sends the close notify alert but doesn't wait for # the close notify alert from client. When you need a different shutdown # approach you can use one of the following variables: # o ssl-unclean-shutdown: # This forces an unclean shutdown when the connection is closed, i.e. no # SSL close notify alert is send or allowed to received. This violates # the SSL/TLS standard but is needed for some brain-dead browsers. Use # this when you receive I/O errors because of the standard approach where # mod_ssl sends the close notify alert. # o ssl-accurate-shutdown: # This forces an accurate shutdown when the connection is closed, i.e. a # SSL close notify alert is send and mod_ssl waits for the close notify # alert of the client. This is 100% SSL/TLS standard compliant, but in # practice often causes hanging connections with brain-dead browsers. Use # this only for browsers where you know that their SSL implementation # works correctly. # Notice: Most problems of broken clients are also related to the HTTP # keep-alive facility, so you usually additionally want to disable # keep-alive for those clients, too. Use variable "nokeepalive" for this. # Similarly, one has to force some clients to use HTTP/1.0 to workaround # their broken HTTP/1.1 implementation. Use variables "downgrade-1.0" and # "force-response-1.0" for this. BrowserMatch "MSIE [2-6]" \ nokeepalive ssl-unclean-shutdown \ downgrade-1.0 force-response-1.0 # MSIE 7 and newer should be able to use keepalive BrowserMatch "MSIE [17-9]" ssl-unclean-shutdown </VirtualHost> </IfModule> /etc/apache2/sites-available/default <VirtualHost *:80> ServerAdmin webmaster@localhost DocumentRoot /var/www <Directory /> Options FollowSymLinks AllowOverride None </Directory> <Directory /var/www/> Options -Indexes FollowSymLinks MultiViews AllowOverride None Order allow,deny allow from all </Directory> ScriptAlias /cgi-bin/ /usr/lib/cgi-bin/ <Directory "/usr/lib/cgi-bin"> AllowOverride None Options +ExecCGI -MultiViews +SymLinksIfOwnerMatch Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> Alias /delboy /usr/share/phpmyadmin <Directory /usr/share/phpmyadmin> # Restrict phpmyadmin access Order Deny,Allow Allow from all </Directory> ErrorLog ${APACHE_LOG_DIR}/error.log # Possible values include: debug, info, notice, warn, error, crit, # alert, emerg. LogLevel warn CustomLog ${APACHE_LOG_DIR}/access.log combined Alias /doc/ "/usr/share/doc/" <Directory "/usr/share/doc/"> Options Indexes MultiViews FollowSymLinks AllowOverride None Order deny,allow Deny from all Allow from 127.0.0.0/255.0.0.0 ::1/128 </Directory> </VirtualHost> /etc/apache2/conf.d/security # # Disable access to the entire file system except for the directories that # are explicitly allowed later. # # This currently breaks the configurations that come with some web application # Debian packages. # #<Directory /> # AllowOverride None # Order Deny,Allow # Deny from all #</Directory> # Changing the following options will not really affect the security of the # server, but might make attacks slightly more difficult in some cases. # # ServerTokens # This directive configures what you return as the Server HTTP response # Header. The default is 'Full' which sends information about the OS-Type # and compiled in modules. # Set to one of: Full | OS | Minimal | Minor | Major | Prod # where Full conveys the most information, and Prod the least. # #ServerTokens Minimal ServerTokens OS #ServerTokens Full # # Optionally add a line containing the server version and virtual host # name to server-generated pages (internal error documents, FTP directory # listings, mod_status and mod_info output etc., but not CGI generated # documents or custom error documents). # Set to "EMail" to also include a mailto: link to the ServerAdmin. # Set to one of: On | Off | EMail # #ServerSignature Off ServerSignature On # # Allow TRACE method # # Set to "extended" to also reflect the request body (only for testing and # diagnostic purposes). # # Set to one of: On | Off | extended # TraceEnable Off #TraceEnable On /etc/apache2/apache2.conf # # Based upon the NCSA server configuration files originally by Rob McCool. # # This is the main Apache server configuration file. It contains the # configuration directives that give the server its instructions. # See http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/ for detailed information about # the directives. # # Do NOT simply read the instructions in here without understanding # what they do. They're here only as hints or reminders. If you are unsure # consult the online docs. You have been warned. # # The configuration directives are grouped into three basic sections: # 1. Directives that control the operation of the Apache server process as a # whole (the 'global environment'). # 2. Directives that define the parameters of the 'main' or 'default' server, # which responds to requests that aren't handled by a virtual host. # These directives also provide default values for the settings # of all virtual hosts. # 3. Settings for virtual hosts, which allow Web requests to be sent to # different IP addresses or hostnames and have them handled by the # same Apache server process. # # Configuration and logfile names: If the filenames you specify for many # of the server's control files begin with "/" (or "drive:/" for Win32), the # server will use that explicit path. If the filenames do *not* begin # with "/", the value of ServerRoot is prepended -- so "foo.log" # with ServerRoot set to "/etc/apache2" will be interpreted by the # server as "/etc/apache2/foo.log". # ### Section 1: Global Environment # # The directives in this section affect the overall operation of Apache, # such as the number of concurrent requests it can handle or where it # can find its configuration files. # # # ServerRoot: The top of the directory tree under which the server's # configuration, error, and log files are kept. # # NOTE! If you intend to place this on an NFS (or otherwise network) # mounted filesystem then please read the LockFile documentation (available # at <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/mpm_common.html#lockfile>); # you will save yourself a lot of trouble. # # Do NOT add a slash at the end of the directory path. # #ServerRoot "/etc/apache2" # # The accept serialization lock file MUST BE STORED ON A LOCAL DISK. # LockFile ${APACHE_LOCK_DIR}/accept.lock # # PidFile: The file in which the server should record its process # identification number when it starts. # This needs to be set in /etc/apache2/envvars # PidFile ${APACHE_PID_FILE} # # Timeout: The number of seconds before receives and sends time out. # Timeout 300 # # KeepAlive: Whether or not to allow persistent connections (more than # one request per connection). Set to "Off" to deactivate. # KeepAlive On # # MaxKeepAliveRequests: The maximum number of requests to allow # during a persistent connection. Set to 0 to allow an unlimited amount. # We recommend you leave this number high, for maximum performance. # MaxKeepAliveRequests 100 # # KeepAliveTimeout: Number of seconds to wait for the next request from the # same client on the same connection. # KeepAliveTimeout 4 ## ## Server-Pool Size Regulation (MPM specific) ## # prefork MPM # StartServers: number of server processes to start # MinSpareServers: minimum number of server processes which are kept spare # MaxSpareServers: maximum number of server processes which are kept spare # MaxClients: maximum number of server processes allowed to start # MaxRequestsPerChild: maximum number of requests a server process serves <IfModule mpm_prefork_module> StartServers 5 MinSpareServers 5 MaxSpareServers 10 MaxClients 150 MaxRequestsPerChild 500 </IfModule> # worker MPM # StartServers: initial number of server processes to start # MaxClients: maximum number of simultaneous client connections # MinSpareThreads: minimum number of worker threads which are kept spare # MaxSpareThreads: maximum number of worker threads which are kept spare # ThreadLimit: ThreadsPerChild can be changed to this maximum value during a # graceful restart. ThreadLimit can only be changed by stopping # and starting Apache. # ThreadsPerChild: constant number of worker threads in each server process # MaxRequestsPerChild: maximum number of requests a server process serves <IfModule mpm_worker_module> StartServers 2 MinSpareThreads 25 MaxSpareThreads 75 ThreadLimit 64 ThreadsPerChild 25 MaxClients 150 MaxRequestsPerChild 0 </IfModule> # event MPM # StartServers: initial number of server processes to start # MaxClients: maximum number of simultaneous client connections # MinSpareThreads: minimum number of worker threads which are kept spare # MaxSpareThreads: maximum number of worker threads which are kept spare # ThreadsPerChild: constant number of worker threads in each server process # MaxRequestsPerChild: maximum number of requests a server process serves <IfModule mpm_event_module> StartServers 2 MaxClients 150 MinSpareThreads 25 MaxSpareThreads 75 ThreadLimit 64 ThreadsPerChild 25 MaxRequestsPerChild 0 </IfModule> # These need to be set in /etc/apache2/envvars User ${APACHE_RUN_USER} Group ${APACHE_RUN_GROUP} # # AccessFileName: The name of the file to look for in each directory # for additional configuration directives. See also the AllowOverride # directive. # AccessFileName .htaccess # # The following lines prevent .htaccess and .htpasswd files from being # viewed by Web clients. # <Files ~ "^\.ht"> Order allow,deny Deny from all Satisfy all </Files> # # DefaultType is the default MIME type the server will use for a document # if it cannot otherwise determine one, such as from filename extensions. # If your server contains mostly text or HTML documents, "text/plain" is # a good value. If most of your content is binary, such as applications # or images, you may want to use "application/octet-stream" instead to # keep browsers from trying to display binary files as though they are # text. # DefaultType text/plain # # HostnameLookups: Log the names of clients or just their IP addresses # e.g., www.apache.org (on) or 204.62.129.132 (off). # The default is off because it'd be overall better for the net if people # had to knowingly turn this feature on, since enabling it means that # each client request will result in AT LEAST one lookup request to the # nameserver. # HostnameLookups Off # ErrorLog: The location of the error log file. # If you do not specify an ErrorLog directive within a <VirtualHost> # container, error messages relating to that virtual host will be # logged here. If you *do* define an error logfile for a <VirtualHost> # container, that host's errors will be logged there and not here. # ErrorLog ${APACHE_LOG_DIR}/error.log # # LogLevel: Control the number of messages logged to the error_log. # Possible values include: debug, info, notice, warn, error, crit, # alert, emerg. # LogLevel warn # Include module configuration: Include mods-enabled/*.load Include mods-enabled/*.conf # Include all the user configurations: Include httpd.conf # Include ports listing Include ports.conf # # The following directives define some format nicknames for use with # a CustomLog directive (see below). # If you are behind a reverse proxy, you might want to change %h into %{X-Forwarded-For}i # LogFormat "%v:%p %h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %O \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\"" vhost_combined LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %O \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\"" combined LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %O" common LogFormat "%{Referer}i -> %U" referer LogFormat "%{User-agent}i" agent # Include of directories ignores editors' and dpkg's backup files, # see README.Debian for details. # Include generic snippets of statements Include conf.d/ # Include the virtual host configurations: Include sites-enabled/

    Read the article

  • Unable to install Xdebug

    - by burnt1ce
    I've registered xdebug in php.ini (as per http://xdebug.org/docs/install) but it's not showing up when i run "php -m" or when i get a test page to run "phpinfo()". I've just installed the latest version of XAMPP. Can anyone provide any suggestions in getting xdebug to show up? This is what i get when i run phpinfo(). **PHP Version 5.3.1** System Windows NT ANDREW_LAPTOP 5.1 build 2600 (Windows XP Professional Service Pack 3) i586 Build Date Nov 20 2009 17:20:57 Compiler MSVC6 (Visual C++ 6.0) Architecture x86 Configure Command cscript /nologo configure.js "--enable-snapshot-build" Server API Apache 2.0 Handler Virtual Directory Support enabled Configuration File (php.ini) Path no value Loaded Configuration File C:\xampp\php\php.ini Scan this dir for additional .ini files (none) Additional .ini files parsed (none) PHP API 20090626 PHP Extension 20090626 Zend Extension 220090626 Zend Extension Build API220090626,TS,VC6 PHP Extension Build API20090626,TS,VC6 Debug Build no Thread Safety enabled Zend Memory Manager enabled Zend Multibyte Support disabled IPv6 Support enabled Registered PHP Streams https, ftps, php, file, glob, data, http, ftp, compress.zlib, compress.bzip2, phar, zip Registered Stream Socket Transports tcp, udp, ssl, sslv3, sslv2, tls Registered Stream Filters convert.iconv.*, string.rot13, string.toupper, string.tolower, string.strip_tags, convert.*, consumed, dechunk, zlib.*, bzip2.* This program makes use of the Zend Scripting Language Engine: Zend Engine v2.3.0, Copyright (c) 1998-2009 Zend Technologies PHP Credits Configuration apache2handler Apache Version Apache/2.2.14 (Win32) DAV/2 mod_ssl/2.2.14 OpenSSL/0.9.8l mod_autoindex_color PHP/5.3.1 mod_apreq2-20090110/2.7.1 mod_perl/2.0.4 Perl/v5.10.1 Apache API Version 20051115 Server Administrator postmaster@localhost Hostname:Port localhost:80 Max Requests Per Child: 0 - Keep Alive: on - Max Per Connection: 100 Timeouts Connection: 300 - Keep-Alive: 5 Virtual Server No Server Root C:/xampp/apache Loaded Modules core mod_win32 mpm_winnt http_core mod_so mod_actions mod_alias mod_asis mod_auth_basic mod_auth_digest mod_authn_default mod_authn_file mod_authz_default mod_authz_groupfile mod_authz_host mod_authz_user mod_cgi mod_dav mod_dav_fs mod_dav_lock mod_dir mod_env mod_headers mod_include mod_info mod_isapi mod_log_config mod_mime mod_negotiation mod_rewrite mod_setenvif mod_ssl mod_status mod_autoindex_color mod_php5 mod_perl mod_apreq2 Directive Local Value Master Value engine 1 1 last_modified 0 0 xbithack 0 0 Apache Environment Variable Value MIBDIRS C:/xampp/php/extras/mibs MYSQL_HOME C:\xampp\mysql\bin OPENSSL_CONF C:/xampp/apache/bin/openssl.cnf PHP_PEAR_SYSCONF_DIR C:\xampp\php PHPRC C:\xampp\php TMP C:\xampp\tmp HTTP_HOST localhost HTTP_CONNECTION keep-alive HTTP_USER_AGENT Mozilla/5.0 (Windows; U; Windows NT 5.1; en-US) AppleWebKit/533.2 (KHTML, like Gecko) Chrome/5.0.342.8 Safari/533.2 HTTP_CACHE_CONTROL max-age=0 HTTP_ACCEPT application/xml,application/xhtml+xml,text/html;q=0.9,text/plain;q=0.8,image/png,*/*;q=0.5 HTTP_ACCEPT_ENCODING gzip,deflate,sdch HTTP_ACCEPT_LANGUAGE en-US,en;q=0.8 HTTP_ACCEPT_CHARSET ISO-8859-1,utf-8;q=0.7,*;q=0.3 PATH C:\Documents and Settings\Andrew\Local Settings\Application Data\Google\Chrome\Application;C:\WINDOWS\system32;C:\WINDOWS;C:\WINDOWS\System32\Wbem;c:\Program Files\Microsoft SQL Server\100\Tools\Binn\;c:\Program Files\Microsoft SQL Server\100\DTS\Binn\;C:\Program Files\QuickTime\QTSystem\;C:\Program Files\Common Files\DivX Shared\;C:\Program Files\WiTopia.Net\bin SystemRoot C:\WINDOWS COMSPEC C:\WINDOWS\system32\cmd.exe PATHEXT .COM;.EXE;.BAT;.CMD;.VBS;.VBE;.JS;.JSE;.WSF;.WSH WINDIR C:\WINDOWS SERVER_SIGNATURE <address>Apache/2.2.14 (Win32) DAV/2 mod_ssl/2.2.14 OpenSSL/0.9.8l mod_autoindex_color PHP/5.3.1 mod_apreq2-20090110/2.7.1 mod_perl/2.0.4 Perl/v5.10.1 Server at localhost Port 80</address> SERVER_SOFTWARE Apache/2.2.14 (Win32) DAV/2 mod_ssl/2.2.14 OpenSSL/0.9.8l mod_autoindex_color PHP/5.3.1 mod_apreq2-20090110/2.7.1 mod_perl/2.0.4 Perl/v5.10.1 SERVER_NAME localhost SERVER_ADDR 127.0.0.1 SERVER_PORT 80 REMOTE_ADDR 127.0.0.1 DOCUMENT_ROOT C:/xampp/htdocs SERVER_ADMIN postmaster@localhost SCRIPT_FILENAME C:/xampp/htdocs/test.php REMOTE_PORT 3275 GATEWAY_INTERFACE CGI/1.1 SERVER_PROTOCOL HTTP/1.1 REQUEST_METHOD GET QUERY_STRING no value REQUEST_URI /test.php SCRIPT_NAME /test.php HTTP Headers Information HTTP Request Headers HTTP Request GET /test.php HTTP/1.1 Host localhost Connection keep-alive User-Agent Mozilla/5.0 (Windows; U; Windows NT 5.1; en-US) AppleWebKit/533.2 (KHTML, like Gecko) Chrome/5.0.342.8 Safari/533.2 Cache-Control max-age=0 Accept application/xml,application/xhtml+xml,text/html;q=0.9,text/plain;q=0.8,image/png,*/*;q=0.5 Accept-Encoding gzip,deflate,sdch Accept-Language en-US,en;q=0.8 Accept-Charset ISO-8859-1,utf-8;q=0.7,*;q=0.3 HTTP Response Headers X-Powered-By PHP/5.3.1 Keep-Alive timeout=5, max=80 Connection Keep-Alive Transfer-Encoding chunked Content-Type text/html bcmath BCMath support enabled Directive Local Value Master Value bcmath.scale 0 0 bz2 BZip2 Support Enabled Stream Wrapper support compress.bz2:// Stream Filter support bzip2.decompress, bzip2.compress BZip2 Version 1.0.5, 10-Dec-2007 calendar Calendar support enabled com_dotnet COM support enabled DCOM support disabled .Net support enabled Directive Local Value Master Value com.allow_dcom 0 0 com.autoregister_casesensitive 1 1 com.autoregister_typelib 0 0 com.autoregister_verbose 0 0 com.code_page no value no value com.typelib_file no value no value Core PHP Version 5.3.1 Directive Local Value Master Value allow_call_time_pass_reference On On allow_url_fopen On On allow_url_include Off Off always_populate_raw_post_data Off Off arg_separator.input & & arg_separator.output &amp; &amp; asp_tags Off Off auto_append_file no value no value auto_globals_jit On On auto_prepend_file no value no value browscap C:\xampp\php\extras\browscap.ini C:\xampp\php\extras\browscap.ini default_charset no value no value default_mimetype text/html text/html define_syslog_variables Off Off disable_classes no value no value disable_functions no value no value display_errors On On display_startup_errors On On doc_root no value no value docref_ext no value no value docref_root no value no value enable_dl On On error_append_string no value no value error_log no value no value error_prepend_string no value no value error_reporting 22519 22519 exit_on_timeout Off Off expose_php On On extension_dir C:\xampp\php\ext C:\xampp\php\ext file_uploads On On highlight.bg #FFFFFF #FFFFFF highlight.comment #FF8000 #FF8000 highlight.default #0000BB #0000BB highlight.html #000000 #000000 highlight.keyword #007700 #007700 highlight.string #DD0000 #DD0000 html_errors On On ignore_repeated_errors Off Off ignore_repeated_source Off Off ignore_user_abort Off Off implicit_flush Off Off include_path .;C:\xampp\php\PEAR .;C:\xampp\php\PEAR log_errors Off Off log_errors_max_len 1024 1024 magic_quotes_gpc Off Off magic_quotes_runtime Off Off magic_quotes_sybase Off Off mail.add_x_header Off Off mail.force_extra_parameters no value no value mail.log no value no value max_execution_time 60 60 max_file_uploads 20 20 max_input_nesting_level 64 64 max_input_time 60 60 memory_limit 128M 128M open_basedir no value no value output_buffering no value no value output_handler no value no value post_max_size 128M 128M precision 14 14 realpath_cache_size 16K 16K realpath_cache_ttl 120 120 register_argc_argv On On register_globals Off Off register_long_arrays Off Off report_memleaks On On report_zend_debug On On request_order no value no value safe_mode Off Off safe_mode_exec_dir no value no value safe_mode_gid Off Off safe_mode_include_dir no value no value sendmail_from no value no value sendmail_path no value no value serialize_precision 100 100 short_open_tag Off Off SMTP localhost localhost smtp_port 25 25 sql.safe_mode Off Off track_errors Off Off unserialize_callback_func no value no value upload_max_filesize 128M 128M upload_tmp_dir C:\xampp\tmp C:\xampp\tmp user_dir no value no value user_ini.cache_ttl 300 300 user_ini.filename .user.ini .user.ini variables_order GPCS GPCS xmlrpc_error_number 0 0 xmlrpc_errors Off Off y2k_compliance On On zend.enable_gc On On ctype ctype functions enabled date date/time support enabled "Olson" Timezone Database Version 2009.18 Timezone Database internal Default timezone America/New_York Directive Local Value Master Value date.default_latitude 31.7667 31.7667 date.default_longitude 35.2333 35.2333 date.sunrise_zenith 90.583333 90.583333 date.sunset_zenith 90.583333 90.583333 date.timezone America/New_York America/New_York dom DOM/XML enabled DOM/XML API Version 20031129 libxml Version 2.7.6 HTML Support enabled XPath Support enabled XPointer Support enabled Schema Support enabled RelaxNG Support enabled ereg Regex Library System library enabled exif EXIF Support enabled EXIF Version 1.4 $Id: exif.c 287372 2009-08-16 14:32:32Z iliaa $ Supported EXIF Version 0220 Supported filetypes JPEG,TIFF Directive Local Value Master Value exif.decode_jis_intel JIS JIS exif.decode_jis_motorola JIS JIS exif.decode_unicode_intel UCS-2LE UCS-2LE exif.decode_unicode_motorola UCS-2BE UCS-2BE exif.encode_jis no value no value exif.encode_unicode ISO-8859-15 ISO-8859-15 fileinfo fileinfo support enabled version 1.0.5-dev filter Input Validation and Filtering enabled Revision $Revision: 289434 $ Directive Local Value Master Value filter.default unsafe_raw unsafe_raw filter.default_flags no value no value ftp FTP support enabled gd GD Support enabled GD Version bundled (2.0.34 compatible) FreeType Support enabled FreeType Linkage with freetype FreeType Version 2.3.11 T1Lib Support enabled GIF Read Support enabled GIF Create Support enabled JPEG Support enabled libJPEG Version 7 PNG Support enabled libPNG Version 1.2.40 WBMP Support enabled XBM Support enabled JIS-mapped Japanese Font Support enabled Directive Local Value Master Value gd.jpeg_ignore_warning 0 0 gettext GetText Support enabled hash hash support enabled Hashing Engines md2 md4 md5 sha1 sha224 sha256 sha384 sha512 ripemd128 ripemd160 ripemd256 ripemd320 whirlpool tiger128,3 tiger160,3 tiger192,3 tiger128,4 tiger160,4 tiger192,4 snefru snefru256 gost adler32 crc32 crc32b salsa10 salsa20 haval128,3 haval160,3 haval192,3 haval224,3 haval256,3 haval128,4 haval160,4 haval192,4 haval224,4 haval256,4 haval128,5 haval160,5 haval192,5 haval224,5 haval256,5 iconv iconv support enabled iconv implementation "libiconv" iconv library version 1.13 Directive Local Value Master Value iconv.input_encoding ISO-8859-1 ISO-8859-1 iconv.internal_encoding ISO-8859-1 ISO-8859-1 iconv.output_encoding ISO-8859-1 ISO-8859-1 imap IMAP c-Client Version 2007e SSL Support enabled json json support enabled json version 1.2.1 libxml libXML support active libXML Compiled Version 2.7.6 libXML Loaded Version 20706 libXML streams enabled mbstring Multibyte Support enabled Multibyte string engine libmbfl HTTP input encoding translation disabled mbstring extension makes use of "streamable kanji code filter and converter", which is distributed under the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1. Multibyte (japanese) regex support enabled Multibyte regex (oniguruma) version 4.7.1 Directive Local Value Master Value mbstring.detect_order no value no value mbstring.encoding_translation Off Off mbstring.func_overload 0 0 mbstring.http_input pass pass mbstring.http_output pass pass mbstring.http_output_conv_mimetypes ^(text/|application/xhtml\+xml) ^(text/|application/xhtml\+xml) mbstring.internal_encoding no value no value mbstring.language neutral neutral mbstring.strict_detection Off Off mbstring.substitute_character no value no value mcrypt mcrypt support enabled Version 2.5.8 Api No 20021217 Supported ciphers cast-128 gost rijndael-128 twofish arcfour cast-256 loki97 rijndael-192 saferplus wake blowfish-compat des rijndael-256 serpent xtea blowfish enigma rc2 tripledes Supported modes cbc cfb ctr ecb ncfb nofb ofb stream Directive Local Value Master Value mcrypt.algorithms_dir no value no value mcrypt.modes_dir no value no value mhash MHASH support Enabled MHASH API Version Emulated Support ming Ming SWF output library enabled Version 0.4.3 mysql MySQL Support enabled Active Persistent Links 0 Active Links 0 Client API version 5.1.41 Directive Local Value Master Value mysql.allow_local_infile On On mysql.allow_persistent On On mysql.connect_timeout 60 60 mysql.default_host no value no value mysql.default_password no value no value mysql.default_port 3306 3306 mysql.default_socket MySQL MySQL mysql.default_user no value no value mysql.max_links Unlimited Unlimited mysql.max_persistent Unlimited Unlimited mysql.trace_mode Off Off mysqli MysqlI Support enabled Client API library version 5.1.41 Active Persistent Links 0 Inactive Persistent Links 0 Active Links 0 Client API header version 5.1.41 MYSQLI_SOCKET MySQL Directive Local Value Master Value mysqli.allow_local_infile On On mysqli.allow_persistent On On mysqli.default_host no value no value mysqli.default_port 3306 3306 mysqli.default_pw no value no value mysqli.default_socket MySQL MySQL mysqli.default_user no value no value mysqli.max_links Unlimited Unlimited mysqli.max_persistent Unlimited Unlimited mysqli.reconnect Off Off mysqlnd mysqlnd enabled Version mysqlnd 5.0.5-dev - 081106 - $Revision: 289630 $ Command buffer size 4096 Read buffer size 32768 Read timeout 31536000 Collecting statistics Yes Collecting memory statistics No Client statistics bytes_sent 0 bytes_received 0 packets_sent 0 packets_received 0 protocol_overhead_in 0 protocol_overhead_out 0 bytes_received_ok_packet 0 bytes_received_eof_packet 0 bytes_received_rset_header_packet 0 bytes_received_rset_field_meta_packet 0 bytes_received_rset_row_packet 0 bytes_received_prepare_response_packet 0 bytes_received_change_user_packet 0 packets_sent_command 0 packets_received_ok 0 packets_received_eof 0 packets_received_rset_header 0 packets_received_rset_field_meta 0 packets_received_rset_row 0 packets_received_prepare_response 0 packets_received_change_user 0 result_set_queries 0 non_result_set_queries 0 no_index_used 0 bad_index_used 0 slow_queries 0 buffered_sets 0 unbuffered_sets 0 ps_buffered_sets 0 ps_unbuffered_sets 0 flushed_normal_sets 0 flushed_ps_sets 0 ps_prepared_never_executed 0 ps_prepared_once_executed 0 rows_fetched_from_server_normal 0 rows_fetched_from_server_ps 0 rows_buffered_from_client_normal 0 rows_buffered_from_client_ps 0 rows_fetched_from_client_normal_buffered 0 rows_fetched_from_client_normal_unbuffered 0 rows_fetched_from_client_ps_buffered 0 rows_fetched_from_client_ps_unbuffered 0 rows_fetched_from_client_ps_cursor 0 rows_skipped_normal 0 rows_skipped_ps 0 copy_on_write_saved 0 copy_on_write_performed 0 command_buffer_too_small 0 connect_success 0 connect_failure 0 connection_reused 0 reconnect 0 pconnect_success 0 active_connections 0 active_persistent_connections 0 explicit_close 0 implicit_close 0 disconnect_close 0 in_middle_of_command_close 0 explicit_free_result 0 implicit_free_result 0 explicit_stmt_close 0 implicit_stmt_close 0 mem_emalloc_count 0 mem_emalloc_ammount 0 mem_ecalloc_count 0 mem_ecalloc_ammount 0 mem_erealloc_count 0 mem_erealloc_ammount 0 mem_efree_count 0 mem_malloc_count 0 mem_malloc_ammount 0 mem_calloc_count 0 mem_calloc_ammount 0 mem_realloc_count 0 mem_realloc_ammount 0 mem_free_count 0 proto_text_fetched_null 0 proto_text_fetched_bit 0 proto_text_fetched_tinyint 0 proto_text_fetched_short 0 proto_text_fetched_int24 0 proto_text_fetched_int 0 proto_text_fetched_bigint 0 proto_text_fetched_decimal 0 proto_text_fetched_float 0 proto_text_fetched_double 0 proto_text_fetched_date 0 proto_text_fetched_year 0 proto_text_fetched_time 0 proto_text_fetched_datetime 0 proto_text_fetched_timestamp 0 proto_text_fetched_string 0 proto_text_fetched_blob 0 proto_text_fetched_enum 0 proto_text_fetched_set 0 proto_text_fetched_geometry 0 proto_text_fetched_other 0 proto_binary_fetched_null 0 proto_binary_fetched_bit 0 proto_binary_fetched_tinyint 0 proto_binary_fetched_short 0 proto_binary_fetched_int24 0 proto_binary_fetched_int 0 proto_binary_fetched_bigint 0 proto_binary_fetched_decimal 0 proto_binary_fetched_float 0 proto_binary_fetched_double 0 proto_binary_fetched_date 0 proto_binary_fetched_year 0 proto_binary_fetched_time 0 proto_binary_fetched_datetime 0 proto_binary_fetched_timestamp 0 proto_binary_fetched_string 0 proto_binary_fetched_blob 0 proto_binary_fetched_enum 0 proto_binary_fetched_set 0 proto_binary_fetched_geometry 0 proto_binary_fetched_other 0 init_command_executed_count 0 init_command_failed_count 0 odbc ODBC Support enabled Active Persistent Links 0 Active Links 0 ODBC library Win32 Directive Local Value Master Value odbc.allow_persistent On On odbc.check_persistent On On odbc.default_cursortype Static cursor Static cursor odbc.default_db no value no value odbc.default_pw no value no value odbc.default_user no value no value odbc.defaultbinmode return as is return as is odbc.defaultlrl return up to 4096 bytes return up to 4096 bytes odbc.max_links Unlimited Unlimited odbc.max_persistent Unlimited Unlimited openssl OpenSSL support enabled OpenSSL Library Version OpenSSL 0.9.8l 5 Nov 2009 OpenSSL Header Version OpenSSL 0.9.8l 5 Nov 2009 pcre PCRE (Perl Compatible Regular Expressions) Support enabled PCRE Library Version 8.00 2009-10-19 Directive Local Value Master Value pcre.backtrack_limit 100000 100000 pcre.recursion_limit 100000 100000 pdf PDF Support enabled PDFlib GmbH Version 7.0.4p4 PECL Version 2.1.6 Revision $Revision: 277110 $ PDO PDO support enabled PDO drivers mysql, odbc, sqlite, sqlite2 pdo_mysql PDO Driver for MySQL enabled Client API version 5.1.41 PDO_ODBC PDO Driver for ODBC (Win32) enabled ODBC Connection Pooling Enabled, strict matching pdo_sqlite PDO Driver for SQLite 3.x enabled SQLite Library 3.6.20 Phar Phar: PHP Archive support enabled Phar EXT version 2.0.1 Phar API version 1.1.1 CVS revision $Revision: 286338 $ Phar-based phar archives enabled Tar-based phar archives enabled ZIP-based phar archives enabled gzip compression enabled bzip2 compression enabled Native OpenSSL support enabled Phar based on pear/PHP_Archive, original concept by Davey Shafik. Phar fully realized by Gregory Beaver and Marcus Boerger. Portions of tar implementation Copyright (c) 2003-2009 Tim Kientzle. Directive Local Value Master Value phar.cache_list no value no value phar.readonly On On phar.require_hash On On Reflection Reflection enabled Version $Revision: 287991 $ session Session Support enabled Registered save handlers files user sqlite Registered serializer handlers php php_binary wddx Directive Local Value Master Value session.auto_start Off Off session.bug_compat_42 On On session.bug_compat_warn On On session.cache_expire 180 180 session.cache_limiter nocache nocache session.cookie_domain no value no value session.cookie_httponly Off Off session.cookie_lifetime 0 0 session.cookie_path / / session.cookie_secure Off Off session.entropy_file no value no value session.entropy_length 0 0 session.gc_divisor 100 100 session.gc_maxlifetime 1440 1440 session.gc_probability 1 1 session.hash_bits_per_character 5 5 session.hash_function 0 0 session.name PHPSESSID PHPSESSID session.referer_check no value no value session.save_handler files files session.save_path C:\xampp\tmp C:\xampp\tmp session.serialize_handler php php session.use_cookies On On session.use_only_cookies Off Off session.use_trans_sid 0 0 SimpleXML Simplexml support enabled Revision $Revision: 281953 $ Schema support enabled soap Soap Client enabled Soap Server enabled Directive Local Value Master Value soap.wsdl_cache 1 1 soap.wsdl_cache_dir /tmp /tmp soap.wsdl_cache_enabled 1 1 soap.wsdl_cache_limit 5 5 soap.wsdl_cache_ttl 86400 86400 sockets Sockets Support enabled SPL SPL support enabled Interfaces Countable, OuterIterator, RecursiveIterator, SeekableIterator, SplObserver, SplSubject Classes AppendIterator, ArrayIterator, ArrayObject, BadFunctionCallException, BadMethodCallException, CachingIterator, DirectoryIterator, DomainException, EmptyIterator, FilesystemIterator, FilterIterator, GlobIterator, InfiniteIterator, InvalidArgumentException, IteratorIterator, LengthException, LimitIterator, LogicException, MultipleIterator, NoRewindIterator, OutOfBoundsException, OutOfRangeException, OverflowException, ParentIterator, RangeException, RecursiveArrayIterator, RecursiveCachingIterator, RecursiveDirectoryIterator, RecursiveFilterIterator, RecursiveIteratorIterator, RecursiveRegexIterator, RecursiveTreeIterator, RegexIterator, RuntimeException, SplDoublyLinkedList, SplFileInfo, SplFileObject, SplFixedArray, SplHeap, SplMinHeap, SplMaxHeap, SplObjectStorage, SplPriorityQueue, SplQueue, SplStack, SplTempFileObject, UnderflowException, UnexpectedValueException SQLite SQLite support enabled PECL Module version 2.0-dev $Id: sqlite.c 289598 2009-10-12 22:37:52Z pajoye $ SQLite Library 2.8.17 SQLite Encoding iso8859 Directive Local Value Master Value sqlite.assoc_case 0 0 sqlite3 SQLite3 support enabled SQLite3 module version 0.7-dev SQLite Library 3.6.20 Directive Local Value Master Value sqlite3.extension_dir no value no value standard Dynamic Library Support enabled Internal Sendmail Support for Windows enabled Directive Local Value Master Value assert.active 1 1 assert.bail 0 0 assert.callback no value no value assert.quiet_eval 0 0 assert.warning 1 1 auto_detect_line_endings 0 0 default_socket_timeout 60 60 safe_mode_allowed_env_vars PHP_ PHP_ safe_mode_protected_env_vars LD_LIBRARY_PATH LD_LIBRARY_PATH url_rewriter.tags a=href,area=href,frame=src,input=src,form=,fieldset= a=href,area=href,frame=src,input=src,form=,fieldset= user_agent no value no value tokenizer Tokenizer Support enabled wddx WDDX Support enabled WDDX Session Serializer enabled xml XML Support active XML Namespace Support active libxml2 Version 2.7.6 xmlreader XMLReader enabled xmlrpc core library version xmlrpc-epi v. 0.54 php extension version 0.51 author Dan Libby homepage http://xmlrpc-epi.sourceforge.net open sourced by Epinions.com xmlwriter XMLWriter enabled xsl XSL enabled libxslt Version 1.1.26 libxslt compiled against libxml Version 2.7.6 EXSLT enabled libexslt Version 1.1.26 zip Zip enabled Extension Version $Id: php_zip.c 276389 2009-02-24 23:55:14Z iliaa $ Zip version 1.9.1 Libzip version 0.9.0 zlib ZLib Support enabled Stream Wrapper support compress.zlib:// Stream Filter support zlib.inflate, zlib.deflate Compiled Version 1.2.3 Linked Version 1.2.3 Directive Local Value Master Value zlib.output_compression Off Off zlib.output_compression_level -1 -1 zlib.output_handler no value no value Additional Modules Module Name Environment Variable Value no value ::=::\ no value C:=C:\xampp ALLUSERSPROFILE C:\Documents and Settings\All Users APPDATA C:\Documents and Settings\Andrew\Application Data CHROME_RESTART Google Chrome|Whoa! Google Chrome has crashed. Restart now?|LEFT_TO_RIGHT CHROME_VERSION 5.0.342.8 CLASSPATH .;C:\Program Files\QuickTime\QTSystem\QTJava.zip CommonProgramFiles C:\Program Files\Common Files COMPUTERNAME ANDREW_LAPTOP ComSpec C:\WINDOWS\system32\cmd.exe FP_NO_HOST_CHECK NO HOMEDRIVE C: HOMEPATH \Documents and Settings\Andrew LOGONSERVER \\ANDREW_LAPTOP NUMBER_OF_PROCESSORS 2 OS Windows_NT PATH C:\Documents and Settings\Andrew\Local Settings\Application Data\Google\Chrome\Application;C:\WINDOWS\system32;C:\WINDOWS;C:\WINDOWS\System32\Wbem;c:\Program Files\Microsoft SQL Server\100\Tools\Binn\;c:\Program Files\Microsoft SQL Server\100\DTS\Binn\;C:\Program Files\QuickTime\QTSystem\;C:\Program Files\Common Files\DivX Shared\;C:\Program Files\WiTopia.Net\bin PATHEXT .COM;.EXE;.BAT;.CMD;.VBS;.VBE;.JS;.JSE;.WSF;.WSH PROCESSOR_ARCHITECTURE x86 PROCESSOR_IDENTIFIER x86 Family 6 Model 15 Stepping 10, GenuineIntel PROCESSOR_LEVEL 6 PROCESSOR_REVISION 0f0a ProgramFiles C:\Program Files PROMPT $P$G QTJAVA C:\Program Files\QuickTime\QTSystem\QTJava.zip SESSIONNAME Console sfxcmd "C:\Documents and Settings\Andrew\My Documents\Downloads\xampp-win32-1.7.3.exe" sfxname C:\Documents and Settings\Andrew\My Documents\Downloads\xampp-win32-1.7.3.exe SystemDrive C: SystemRoot C:\WINDOWS TEMP C:\DOCUME~1\Andrew\LOCALS~1\Temp TMP C:\DOCUME~1\Andrew\LOCALS~1\Temp USERDOMAIN ANDREW_LAPTOP USERNAME Andrew USERPROFILE C:\Documents and Settings\Andrew VS100COMNTOOLS C:\Program Files\Microsoft Visual Studio 10.0\Common7\Tools\ windir C:\WINDOWS AP_PARENT_PID 2216 PHP Variables Variable Value _SERVER["MIBDIRS"] C:/xampp/php/extras/mibs _SERVER["MYSQL_HOME"] C:\xampp\mysql\bin _SERVER["OPENSSL_CONF"] C:/xampp/apache/bin/openssl.cnf _SERVER["PHP_PEAR_SYSCONF_DIR"] C:\xampp\php _SERVER["PHPRC"] C:\xampp\php _SERVER["TMP"] C:\xampp\tmp _SERVER["HTTP_HOST"] localhost _SERVER["HTTP_CONNECTION"] keep-alive _SERVER["HTTP_USER_AGENT"] Mozilla/5.0 (Windows; U; Windows NT 5.1; en-US) AppleWebKit/533.2 (KHTML, like Gecko) Chrome/5.0.342.8 Safari/533.2 _SERVER["HTTP_CACHE_CONTROL"] max-age=0 _SERVER["HTTP_ACCEPT"] application/xml,application/xhtml+xml,text/html;q=0.9,text/plain;q=0.8,image/png,*/*;q=0.5 _SERVER["HTTP_ACCEPT_ENCODING"] gzip,deflate,sdch _SERVER["HTTP_ACCEPT_LANGUAGE"] en-US,en;q=0.8 _SERVER["HTTP_ACCEPT_CHARSET"] ISO-8859-1,utf-8;q=0.7,*;q=0.3 _SERVER["PATH"] C:\Documents and Settings\Andrew\Local Settings\Application Data\Google\Chrome\Application;C:\WINDOWS\system32;C:\WINDOWS;C:\WINDOWS\System32\Wbem;c:\Program Files\Microsoft SQL Server\100\Tools\Binn\;c:\Program Files\Microsoft SQL Server\100\DTS\Binn\;C:\Program Files\QuickTime\QTSystem\;C:\Program Files\Common Files\DivX Shared\;C:\Program Files\WiTopia.Net\bin _SERVER["SystemRoot"] C:\WINDOWS _SERVER["COMSPEC"] C:\WINDOWS\system32\cmd.exe _SERVER["PATHEXT"] .COM;.EXE;.BAT;.CMD;.VBS;.VBE;.JS;.JSE;.WSF;.WSH _SERVER["WINDIR"] C:\WINDOWS _SERVER["SERVER_SIGNATURE"] <address>Apache/2.2.14 (Win32) DAV/2 mod_ssl/2.2.14 OpenSSL/0.9.8l mod_autoindex_color PHP/5.3.1 mod_apreq2-20090110/2.7.1 mod_perl/2.0.4 Perl/v5.10.1 Server at localhost Port 80</address> _SERVER["SERVER_SOFTWARE"] Apache/2.2.14 (Win32) DAV/2 mod_ssl/2.2.14 OpenSSL/0.9.8l mod_autoindex_color PHP/5.3.1 mod_apreq2-20090110/2.7.1 mod_perl/2.0.4 Perl/v5.10.1 _SERVER["SERVER_NAME"] localhost _SERVER["SERVER_ADDR"] 127.0.0.1 _SERVER["SERVER_PORT"] 80 _SERVER["REMOTE_ADDR"] 127.0.0.1 _SERVER["DOCUMENT_ROOT"] C:/xampp/htdocs _SERVER["SERVER_ADMIN"] postmaster@localhost _SERVER["SCRIPT_FILENAME"] C:/xampp/htdocs/test.php _SERVER["REMOTE_PORT"] 3275 _SERVER["GATEWAY_INTERFACE"] CGI/1.1 _SERVER["SERVER_PROTOCOL"] HTTP/1.1 _SERVER["REQUEST_METHOD"] GET _SERVER["QUERY_STRING"] no value _SERVER["REQUEST_URI"] /test.php _SERVER["SCRIPT_NAME"] /test.php _SERVER["PHP_SELF"] /test.php _SERVER["REQUEST_TIME"] 1270600868 _SERVER["argv"] Array ( ) _SERVER["argc"] 0 PHP License This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the PHP License as published by the PHP Group and included in the distribution in the file: LICENSE This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. If you did not receive a copy of the PHP license, or have any questions about PHP licensing, please contact [email protected].

    Read the article

  • ASP.NET Podcast Show #148 - ASP.NET WebForms to build a Mobile Web Application

    - by Wallym
    Check the podcast site for the original url. This is the video and source code for an ASP.NET WebForms app that I wrote that is optimized for the iPhone and mobile environments.  Subscribe to everything. Subscribe to WMV. Subscribe to M4V for iPhone/iPad. Subscribe to MP3. Download WMV. Download M4V for iPhone/iPad. Download MP3. Link to iWebKit. Source Code: <%@ Page Title="MapSplore" Language="C#" MasterPageFile="iPhoneMaster.master" AutoEventWireup="true" CodeFile="Default.aspx.cs" Inherits="AT_iPhone_Default" %> <asp:Content ID="Content1" ContentPlaceHolderID="head" Runat="Server"></asp:Content><asp:Content ID="Content2" ContentPlaceHolderID="Content" Runat="Server" ClientIDMode="Static">    <asp:ScriptManager ID="sm" runat="server"         EnablePartialRendering="true" EnableHistory="false" EnableCdn="true" />    <script type="text/javascript" src="http://maps.google.com/maps/api/js?sensor=true"></script>    <script  language="javascript"  type="text/javascript">    <!--    Sys.WebForms.PageRequestManager.getInstance().add_endRequest(endRequestHandle);    function endRequestHandle(sender, Args) {        setupMapDiv();        setupPlaceIveBeen();    }    function setupPlaceIveBeen() {        var mapPlaceIveBeen = document.getElementById('divPlaceIveBeen');        if (mapPlaceIveBeen != null) {            var PlaceLat = document.getElementById('<%=hdPlaceIveBeenLatitude.ClientID %>').value;            var PlaceLon = document.getElementById('<%=hdPlaceIveBeenLongitude.ClientID %>').value;            var PlaceTitle = document.getElementById('<%=lblPlaceIveBeenName.ClientID %>').innerHTML;            var latlng = new google.maps.LatLng(PlaceLat, PlaceLon);            var myOptions = {                zoom: 14,                center: latlng,                mapTypeId: google.maps.MapTypeId.ROADMAP            };            var map = new google.maps.Map(mapPlaceIveBeen, myOptions);            var marker = new google.maps.Marker({                position: new google.maps.LatLng(PlaceLat, PlaceLon),                map: map,                title: PlaceTitle,                clickable: false            });        }    }    function setupMapDiv() {        var mapdiv = document.getElementById('divImHere');        if (mapdiv != null) {            var PlaceLat = document.getElementById('<%=hdPlaceLat.ClientID %>').value;            var PlaceLon = document.getElementById('<%=hdPlaceLon.ClientID %>').value;            var PlaceTitle = document.getElementById('<%=hdPlaceTitle.ClientID %>').value;            var latlng = new google.maps.LatLng(PlaceLat, PlaceLon);            var myOptions = {                zoom: 14,                center: latlng,                mapTypeId: google.maps.MapTypeId.ROADMAP            };            var map = new google.maps.Map(mapdiv, myOptions);            var marker = new google.maps.Marker({                position: new google.maps.LatLng(PlaceLat, PlaceLon),                map: map,                title: PlaceTitle,                clickable: false            });        }     }    -->    </script>    <asp:HiddenField ID="Latitude" runat="server" />    <asp:HiddenField ID="Longitude" runat="server" />    <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/jquery/1/jquery.min.js%22%3E%3C/script>    <script language="javascript" type="text/javascript">        $(document).ready(function () {            GetLocation();            setupMapDiv();            setupPlaceIveBeen();        });        function GetLocation() {            if (navigator.geolocation != null) {                navigator.geolocation.getCurrentPosition(getData);            }            else {                var mess = document.getElementById('<%=Message.ClientID %>');                mess.innerHTML = "Sorry, your browser does not support geolocation. " +                    "Try the latest version of Safari on the iPhone, Android browser, or the latest version of FireFox.";            }        }        function UpdateLocation_Click() {            GetLocation();        }        function getData(position) {            var latitude = position.coords.latitude;            var longitude = position.coords.longitude;            var hdLat = document.getElementById('<%=Latitude.ClientID %>');            var hdLon = document.getElementById('<%=Longitude.ClientID %>');            hdLat.value = latitude;            hdLon.value = longitude;        }    </script>    <asp:Label ID="Message" runat="server" />    <asp:UpdatePanel ID="upl" runat="server">        <ContentTemplate>    <asp:Panel ID="pnlStart" runat="server" Visible="true">    <div id="topbar">        <div id="title">MapSplore</div>    </div>    <div id="content">        <ul class="pageitem">            <li class="menu">                <asp:LinkButton ID="lbLocalDeals" runat="server" onclick="lbLocalDeals_Click">                <asp:Image ID="imLocalDeals" runat="server" ImageUrl="~/Images/ArtFavor_Money_Bag_Icon.png" Height="30" />                <span class="name">Local Deals.</span>                <span class="arrow"></span>                </asp:LinkButton>                </li>            <li class="menu">                <asp:LinkButton ID="lbLocalPlaces" runat="server" onclick="lbLocalPlaces_Click">                <asp:Image ID="imLocalPlaces" runat="server" ImageUrl="~/Images/Andy_Houses_on_the_horizon_-_Starburst_remix.png" Height="30" />                <span class="name">Local Places.</span>                <span class="arrow"></span>                </asp:LinkButton>                </li>            <li class="menu">                <asp:LinkButton ID="lbWhereIveBeen" runat="server" onclick="lbWhereIveBeen_Click">                <asp:Image ID="imImHere" runat="server" ImageUrl="~/Images/ryanlerch_flagpole.png" Height="30" />                <span class="name">I've been here.</span>                <span class="arrow"></span>                </asp:LinkButton>                </li>            <li class="menu">                <asp:LinkButton ID="lbMyStats" runat="server">                <asp:Image ID="imMyStats" runat="server" ImageUrl="~/Images/Anonymous_Spreadsheet.png" Height="30" />                <span class="name">My Stats.</span>                <span class="arrow"></span>                </asp:LinkButton>                </li>            <li class="menu">                <asp:LinkButton ID="lbAddAPlace" runat="server" onclick="lbAddAPlace_Click">                <asp:Image ID="imAddAPlace" runat="server" ImageUrl="~/Images/jean_victor_balin_add.png" Height="30" />                <span class="name">Add a Place.</span>                <span class="arrow"></span>                </asp:LinkButton>                </li>            <li class="button">                <input type="button" value="Update Your Current Location" onclick="UpdateLocation_Click()">                </li>        </ul>    </div>    </asp:Panel>    <div>    <asp:Panel ID="pnlCoupons" runat="server" Visible="false">        <div id="topbar">        <div id="title">MapSplore</div>        <div id="leftbutton">            <asp:LinkButton runat="server" Text="Return"                 ID="ReturnFromDeals" OnClick="ReturnFromDeals_Click" /></div></div>    <div class="content">    <asp:ListView ID="lvCoupons" runat="server">        <LayoutTemplate>            <ul class="pageitem" runat="server">                <asp:PlaceHolder ID="itemPlaceholder" runat="server" />            </ul>        </LayoutTemplate>        <ItemTemplate>            <li class="menu">                <asp:LinkButton ID="lbBusiness" runat="server" Text='<%#Eval("Place.Name") %>' OnClick="lbBusiness_Click">                    <span class="comment">                    <asp:Label ID="lblAddress" runat="server" Text='<%#Eval("Place.Address1") %>' />                    <asp:Label ID="lblDis" runat="server" Text='<%# Convert.ToString(Convert.ToInt32(Eval("Place.Distance"))) + " meters" %>' CssClass="smallText" />                    <asp:HiddenField ID="hdPlaceId" runat="server" Value='<%#Eval("PlaceId") %>' />                    <asp:HiddenField ID="hdGeoPromotionId" runat="server" Value='<%#Eval("GeoPromotionId") %>' />                    </span>                    <span class="arrow"></span>                </asp:LinkButton></li></ItemTemplate></asp:ListView><asp:GridView ID="gvCoupons" runat="server" AutoGenerateColumns="false">            <HeaderStyle BackColor="Silver" />            <AlternatingRowStyle BackColor="Wheat" />            <Columns>                <asp:TemplateField AccessibleHeaderText="Business" HeaderText="Business">                    <ItemTemplate>                        <asp:Image ID="imPlaceType" runat="server" Text='<%#Eval("Type") %>' ImageUrl='<%#Eval("Image") %>' />                        <asp:LinkButton ID="lbBusiness" runat="server" Text='<%#Eval("Name") %>' OnClick="lbBusiness_Click" />                        <asp:LinkButton ID="lblAddress" runat="server" Text='<%#Eval("Address1") %>' CssClass="smallText" />                        <asp:Label ID="lblDis" runat="server" Text='<%# Convert.ToString(Convert.ToInt32(Eval("Distance"))) + " meters" %>' CssClass="smallText" />                        <asp:HiddenField ID="hdPlaceId" runat="server" Value='<%#Eval("PlaceId") %>' />                        <asp:HiddenField ID="hdGeoPromotionId" runat="server" Value='<%#Eval("GeoPromotionId") %>' />                        <asp:Label ID="lblInfo" runat="server" Visible="false" />                    </ItemTemplate>                </asp:TemplateField>            </Columns>        </asp:GridView>    </div>    </asp:Panel>    <asp:Panel ID="pnlPlaces" runat="server" Visible="false">    <div id="topbar">        <div id="title">            MapSplore</div><div id="leftbutton">            <asp:LinkButton runat="server" Text="Return"                 ID="ReturnFromPlaces" OnClick="ReturnFromPlaces_Click" /></div></div>        <div id="content">        <asp:ListView ID="lvPlaces" runat="server">            <LayoutTemplate>                <ul id="ulPlaces" class="pageitem" runat="server">                    <asp:PlaceHolder ID="itemPlaceholder" runat="server" />                    <li class="menu">                        <asp:LinkButton ID="lbNotListed" runat="server" CssClass="name"                            OnClick="lbNotListed_Click">                            Place not listed                            <span class="arrow"></span>                            </asp:LinkButton>                    </li>                </ul>            </LayoutTemplate>            <ItemTemplate>            <li class="menu">                <asp:LinkButton ID="lbImHere" runat="server" CssClass="name"                     OnClick="lbImHere_Click">                <%#DisplayName(Eval("Name")) %>&nbsp;                <%# Convert.ToString(Convert.ToInt32(Eval("Distance"))) + " meters" %>                <asp:HiddenField ID="hdPlaceId" runat="server" Value='<%#Eval("PlaceId") %>' />                <span class="arrow"></span>                </asp:LinkButton></li></ItemTemplate></asp:ListView>    </div>    </asp:Panel>    <asp:Panel ID="pnlImHereNow" runat="server" Visible="false">        <div id="topbar">        <div id="title">            MapSplore</div><div id="leftbutton">            <asp:LinkButton runat="server" Text="Places"                 ID="lbImHereNowReturn" OnClick="lbImHereNowReturn_Click" /></div></div>            <div id="rightbutton">            <asp:LinkButton runat="server" Text="Beginning"                ID="lbBackToBeginning" OnClick="lbBackToBeginning_Click" />            </div>        <div id="content">        <ul class="pageitem">        <asp:HiddenField ID="hdPlaceId" runat="server" />        <asp:HiddenField ID="hdPlaceLat" runat="server" />        <asp:HiddenField ID="hdPlaceLon" runat="server" />        <asp:HiddenField ID="hdPlaceTitle" runat="server" />        <asp:Button ID="btnImHereNow" runat="server"             Text="I'm here" OnClick="btnImHereNow_Click" />             <asp:Label ID="lblPlaceTitle" runat="server" /><br />        <asp:TextBox ID="txtWhatsHappening" runat="server" TextMode="MultiLine" Rows="2" style="width:300px" /><br />        <div id="divImHere" style="width:300px; height:300px"></div>        </div>        </ul>    </asp:Panel>    <asp:Panel runat="server" ID="pnlIveBeenHere" Visible="false">        <div id="topbar">        <div id="title">            Where I've been</div><div id="leftbutton">            <asp:LinkButton ID="lbIveBeenHereBack" runat="server" Text="Back" OnClick="lbIveBeenHereBack_Click" /></div></div>        <div id="content">        <asp:ListView ID="lvWhereIveBeen" runat="server">            <LayoutTemplate>                <ul id="ulWhereIveBeen" class="pageitem" runat="server">                    <asp:PlaceHolder ID="itemPlaceholder" runat="server" />                </ul>            </LayoutTemplate>            <ItemTemplate>            <li class="menu" runat="server">                <asp:LinkButton ID="lbPlaceIveBeen" runat="server" OnClick="lbPlaceIveBeen_Click" CssClass="name">                    <asp:Label ID="lblPlace" runat="server" Text='<%#Eval("PlaceName") %>' /> at                    <asp:Label ID="lblTime" runat="server" Text='<%#Eval("ATTime") %>' CssClass="content" />                    <asp:HiddenField ID="hdATID" runat="server" Value='<%#Eval("ATID") %>' />                    <span class="arrow"></span>                </asp:LinkButton>            </li>            </ItemTemplate>        </asp:ListView>        </div>        </asp:Panel>    <asp:Panel runat="server" ID="pnlPlaceIveBeen" Visible="false">        <div id="topbar">        <div id="title">            I've been here        </div>        <div id="leftbutton">            <asp:LinkButton ID="lbPlaceIveBeenBack" runat="server" Text="Back" OnClick="lbPlaceIveBeenBack_Click" />        </div>        <div id="rightbutton">            <asp:LinkButton ID="lbPlaceIveBeenBeginning" runat="server" Text="Beginning" OnClick="lbPlaceIveBeenBeginning_Click" />        </div>        </div>        <div id="content">            <ul class="pageitem">            <li>            <asp:HiddenField ID="hdPlaceIveBeenPlaceId" runat="server" />            <asp:HiddenField ID="hdPlaceIveBeenLatitude" runat="server" />            <asp:HiddenField ID="hdPlaceIveBeenLongitude" runat="server" />            <asp:Label ID="lblPlaceIveBeenName" runat="server" /><br />            <asp:Label ID="lblPlaceIveBeenAddress" runat="server" /><br />            <asp:Label ID="lblPlaceIveBeenCity" runat="server" />,             <asp:Label ID="lblPlaceIveBeenState" runat="server" />            <asp:Label ID="lblPlaceIveBeenZipCode" runat="server" /><br />            <asp:Label ID="lblPlaceIveBeenCountry" runat="server" /><br />            <div id="divPlaceIveBeen" style="width:300px; height:300px"></div>            </li>            </ul>        </div>                </asp:Panel>         <asp:Panel ID="pnlAddPlace" runat="server" Visible="false">                <div id="topbar"><div id="title">MapSplore</div><div id="leftbutton"><asp:LinkButton ID="lbAddPlaceReturn" runat="server" Text="Back" OnClick="lbAddPlaceReturn_Click" /></div><div id="rightnav"></div></div><div id="content">    <ul class="pageitem">        <li id="liPlaceAddMessage" runat="server" visible="false">        <asp:Label ID="PlaceAddMessage" runat="server" />        </li>        <li class="bigfield">        <asp:TextBox ID="txtPlaceName" runat="server" placeholder="Name of Establishment" />        </li>        <li class="bigfield">        <asp:TextBox ID="txtAddress1" runat="server" placeholder="Address 1" />        </li>        <li class="bigfield">        <asp:TextBox ID="txtCity" runat="server" placeholder="City" />        </li>        <li class="select">        <asp:DropDownList ID="ddlProvince" runat="server" placeholder="Select State" />          <span class="arrow"></span>              </li>        <li class="bigfield">        <asp:TextBox ID="txtZipCode" runat="server" placeholder="Zip Code" />        </li>        <li class="select">        <asp:DropDownList ID="ddlCountry" runat="server"             onselectedindexchanged="ddlCountry_SelectedIndexChanged" />        <span class="arrow"></span>        </li>        <li class="bigfield">        <asp:TextBox ID="txtPhoneNumber" runat="server" placeholder="Phone Number" />        </li>        <li class="checkbox">            <span class="name">You Here Now:</span> <asp:CheckBox ID="cbYouHereNow" runat="server" Checked="true" />        </li>        <li class="button">        <asp:Button ID="btnAdd" runat="server" Text="Add Place"             onclick="btnAdd_Click" />        </li>    </ul></div>        </asp:Panel>        <asp:Panel ID="pnlImHere" runat="server" Visible="false">            <asp:TextBox ID="txtImHere" runat="server"                 TextMode="MultiLine" Rows="3" Columns="40" /><br />            <asp:DropDownList ID="ddlPlace" runat="server" /><br />            <asp:Button ID="btnHere" runat="server" Text="Tell Everyone I'm Here"                 onclick="btnHere_Click" /><br />        </asp:Panel>     </div>    </ContentTemplate>    </asp:UpdatePanel> </asp:Content> Code Behind .cs file: using System;using System.Collections.Generic;using System.Linq;using System.Web;using System.Web.Security;using System.Web.UI;using System.Web.UI.HtmlControls;using System.Web.UI.WebControls;using LocationDataModel; public partial class AT_iPhone_Default : ViewStatePage{    private iPhoneDevice ipd;     protected void Page_Load(object sender, EventArgs e)    {        LocationDataEntities lde = new LocationDataEntities();        if (!Page.IsPostBack)        {            var Countries = from c in lde.Countries select c;            foreach (Country co in Countries)            {                ddlCountry.Items.Add(new ListItem(co.Name, co.CountryId.ToString()));            }            ddlCountry_SelectedIndexChanged(ddlCountry, null);            if (AppleIPhone.IsIPad())                ipd = iPhoneDevice.iPad;            if (AppleIPhone.IsIPhone())                ipd = iPhoneDevice.iPhone;            if (AppleIPhone.IsIPodTouch())                ipd = iPhoneDevice.iPodTouch;        }    }    protected void btnPlaces_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)    {    }    protected void btnAdd_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)    {        bool blImHere = cbYouHereNow.Checked;        string Place = txtPlaceName.Text,            Address1 = txtAddress1.Text,            City = txtCity.Text,            ZipCode = txtZipCode.Text,            PhoneNumber = txtPhoneNumber.Text,            ProvinceId = ddlProvince.SelectedItem.Value,            CountryId = ddlCountry.SelectedItem.Value;        int iProvinceId, iCountryId;        double dLatitude, dLongitude;        DataAccess da = new DataAccess();        if ((!String.IsNullOrEmpty(ProvinceId)) &&            (!String.IsNullOrEmpty(CountryId)))        {            iProvinceId = Convert.ToInt32(ProvinceId);            iCountryId = Convert.ToInt32(CountryId);            if (blImHere)            {                dLatitude = Convert.ToDouble(Latitude.Value);                dLongitude = Convert.ToDouble(Longitude.Value);                da.StorePlace(Place, Address1, String.Empty, City,                    iProvinceId, ZipCode, iCountryId, PhoneNumber,                    dLatitude, dLongitude);            }            else            {                da.StorePlace(Place, Address1, String.Empty, City,                    iProvinceId, ZipCode, iCountryId, PhoneNumber);            }            liPlaceAddMessage.Visible = true;            PlaceAddMessage.Text = "Awesome, your place has been added. Add Another!";            txtPlaceName.Text = String.Empty;            txtAddress1.Text = String.Empty;            txtCity.Text = String.Empty;            ddlProvince.SelectedIndex = -1;            txtZipCode.Text = String.Empty;            txtPhoneNumber.Text = String.Empty;        }        else        {            liPlaceAddMessage.Visible = true;            PlaceAddMessage.Text = "Please select a State and a Country.";        }    }    protected void ddlCountry_SelectedIndexChanged(object sender, EventArgs e)    {        string CountryId = ddlCountry.SelectedItem.Value;        if (!String.IsNullOrEmpty(CountryId))        {            int iCountryId = Convert.ToInt32(CountryId);            LocationDataModel.LocationDataEntities lde = new LocationDataModel.LocationDataEntities();            var prov = from p in lde.Provinces where p.CountryId == iCountryId                        orderby p.ProvinceName select p;                        ddlProvince.Items.Add(String.Empty);            foreach (Province pr in prov)            {                ddlProvince.Items.Add(new ListItem(pr.ProvinceName, pr.ProvinceId.ToString()));            }        }        else        {            ddlProvince.Items.Clear();        }    }    protected void btnImHere_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)    {        int i = 0;        DataAccess da = new DataAccess();        double Lat = Convert.ToDouble(Latitude.Value),            Lon = Convert.ToDouble(Longitude.Value);        List<Place> lp = da.NearByLocations(Lat, Lon);        foreach (Place p in lp)        {            ListItem li = new ListItem(p.Name, p.PlaceId.ToString());            if (i == 0)            {                li.Selected = true;            }            ddlPlace.Items.Add(li);            i++;        }        pnlAddPlace.Visible = false;        pnlImHere.Visible = true;    }    protected void lbImHere_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)    {        string UserName = Membership.GetUser().UserName;        ListViewItem lvi = (ListViewItem)(((LinkButton)sender).Parent);        HiddenField hd = (HiddenField)lvi.FindControl("hdPlaceId");        long PlaceId = Convert.ToInt64(hd.Value);        double dLatitude = Convert.ToDouble(Latitude.Value);        double dLongitude = Convert.ToDouble(Longitude.Value);        DataAccess da = new DataAccess();        Place pl = da.GetPlace(PlaceId);        pnlImHereNow.Visible = true;        pnlPlaces.Visible = false;        hdPlaceId.Value = PlaceId.ToString();        hdPlaceLat.Value = pl.Latitude.ToString();        hdPlaceLon.Value = pl.Longitude.ToString();        hdPlaceTitle.Value = pl.Name;        lblPlaceTitle.Text = pl.Name;    }    protected void btnHere_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)    {        string UserName = Membership.GetUser().UserName;        string WhatsH = txtImHere.Text;        long PlaceId = Convert.ToInt64(ddlPlace.SelectedValue);        double dLatitude = Convert.ToDouble(Latitude.Value);        double dLongitude = Convert.ToDouble(Longitude.Value);        DataAccess da = new DataAccess();        da.StoreUserAT(UserName, PlaceId, WhatsH,            dLatitude, dLongitude);    }    protected void btnLocalCoupons_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)    {        double dLatitude = Convert.ToDouble(Latitude.Value);        double dLongitude = Convert.ToDouble(Longitude.Value);        DataAccess da = new DataAccess();     }    protected void lbBusiness_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)    {        string UserName = Membership.GetUser().UserName;        GridViewRow gvr = (GridViewRow)(((LinkButton)sender).Parent.Parent);        HiddenField hd = (HiddenField)gvr.FindControl("hdPlaceId");        string sPlaceId = hd.Value;        Int64 PlaceId;        if (!String.IsNullOrEmpty(sPlaceId))        {            PlaceId = Convert.ToInt64(sPlaceId);        }    }    protected void lbLocalDeals_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)    {        double dLatitude = Convert.ToDouble(Latitude.Value);        double dLongitude = Convert.ToDouble(Longitude.Value);        DataAccess da = new DataAccess();        pnlCoupons.Visible = true;        pnlStart.Visible = false;        List<GeoPromotion> lgp = da.NearByDeals(dLatitude, dLongitude);        lvCoupons.DataSource = lgp;        lvCoupons.DataBind();    }    protected void lbLocalPlaces_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)    {        DataAccess da = new DataAccess();        double Lat = Convert.ToDouble(Latitude.Value);        double Lon = Convert.ToDouble(Longitude.Value);        List<LocationDataModel.Place> places = da.NearByLocations(Lat, Lon);        lvPlaces.DataSource = places;        lvPlaces.SelectedIndex = -1;        lvPlaces.DataBind();        pnlPlaces.Visible = true;        pnlStart.Visible = false;    }    protected void ReturnFromPlaces_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)    {        pnlPlaces.Visible = false;        pnlStart.Visible = true;    }    protected void ReturnFromDeals_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)    {        pnlCoupons.Visible = false;        pnlStart.Visible = true;    }    protected void btnImHereNow_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)    {        long PlaceId = Convert.ToInt32(hdPlaceId.Value);        string UserName = Membership.GetUser().UserName;        string WhatsHappening = txtWhatsHappening.Text;        double UserLat = Convert.ToDouble(Latitude.Value);        double UserLon = Convert.ToDouble(Longitude.Value);        DataAccess da = new DataAccess();        da.StoreUserAT(UserName, PlaceId, WhatsHappening,             UserLat, UserLon);    }    protected void lbImHereNowReturn_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)    {        pnlImHereNow.Visible = false;        pnlPlaces.Visible = true;    }    protected void lbBackToBeginning_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)    {        pnlStart.Visible = true;        pnlImHereNow.Visible = false;    }    protected void lbWhereIveBeen_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)    {        string UserName = Membership.GetUser().UserName;        pnlStart.Visible = false;        pnlIveBeenHere.Visible = true;        DataAccess da = new DataAccess();        lvWhereIveBeen.DataSource = da.UserATs(UserName, 0, 15);        lvWhereIveBeen.DataBind();    }    protected void lbIveBeenHereBack_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)    {        pnlIveBeenHere.Visible = false;        pnlStart.Visible = true;    }     protected void lbPlaceIveBeen_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)    {        LinkButton lb = (LinkButton)sender;        ListViewItem lvi = (ListViewItem)lb.Parent.Parent;        HiddenField hdATID = (HiddenField)lvi.FindControl("hdATID");        Int64 ATID = Convert.ToInt64(hdATID.Value);        DataAccess da = new DataAccess();        pnlIveBeenHere.Visible = false;        pnlPlaceIveBeen.Visible = true;        var plac = da.GetPlaceViaATID(ATID);        hdPlaceIveBeenPlaceId.Value = plac.PlaceId.ToString();        hdPlaceIveBeenLatitude.Value = plac.Latitude.ToString();        hdPlaceIveBeenLongitude.Value = plac.Longitude.ToString();        lblPlaceIveBeenName.Text = plac.Name;        lblPlaceIveBeenAddress.Text = plac.Address1;        lblPlaceIveBeenCity.Text = plac.City;        lblPlaceIveBeenState.Text = plac.Province.ProvinceName;        lblPlaceIveBeenZipCode.Text = plac.ZipCode;        lblPlaceIveBeenCountry.Text = plac.Country.Name;    }     protected void lbNotListed_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)    {        SetupAddPoint();        pnlPlaces.Visible = false;    }     protected void lbAddAPlace_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)    {        SetupAddPoint();    }     private void SetupAddPoint()    {        double lat = Convert.ToDouble(Latitude.Value);        double lon = Convert.ToDouble(Longitude.Value);        DataAccess da = new DataAccess();        var zip = da.WhereAmIAt(lat, lon);        if (zip.Count > 0)        {            var z0 = zip[0];            txtCity.Text = z0.City;            txtZipCode.Text = z0.ZipCode;            ddlProvince.ClearSelection();            if (z0.ProvinceId.HasValue == true)            {                foreach (ListItem li in ddlProvince.Items)                {                    if (li.Value == z0.ProvinceId.Value.ToString())                    {                        li.Selected = true;                        break;                    }                }            }        }        pnlAddPlace.Visible = true;        pnlStart.Visible = false;    }    protected void lbAddPlaceReturn_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)    {        pnlAddPlace.Visible = false;        pnlStart.Visible = true;        liPlaceAddMessage.Visible = false;        PlaceAddMessage.Text = String.Empty;    }    protected void lbPlaceIveBeenBack_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)    {        pnlIveBeenHere.Visible = true;        pnlPlaceIveBeen.Visible = false;            }    protected void lbPlaceIveBeenBeginning_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)    {        pnlPlaceIveBeen.Visible = false;        pnlStart.Visible = true;    }    protected string DisplayName(object val)    {        string strVal = Convert.ToString(val);         if (AppleIPhone.IsIPad())        {            ipd = iPhoneDevice.iPad;        }        if (AppleIPhone.IsIPhone())        {            ipd = iPhoneDevice.iPhone;        }        if (AppleIPhone.IsIPodTouch())        {            ipd = iPhoneDevice.iPodTouch;        }        return (iPhoneHelper.DisplayContentOnMenu(strVal, ipd));    }} iPhoneHelper.cs file: using System;using System.Collections.Generic;using System.Linq;using System.Web; public enum iPhoneDevice{    iPhone, iPodTouch, iPad}/// <summary>/// Summary description for iPhoneHelper/// </summary>/// public class iPhoneHelper{ public iPhoneHelper() {  //  // TODO: Add constructor logic here  // } // This code is stupid in retrospect. Use css to solve this problem      public static string DisplayContentOnMenu(string val, iPhoneDevice ipd)    {        string Return = val;        string Elipsis = "...";        int iPadMaxLength = 30;        int iPhoneMaxLength = 15;        if (ipd == iPhoneDevice.iPad)        {            if (Return.Length > iPadMaxLength)            {                Return = Return.Substring(0, iPadMaxLength - Elipsis.Length) + Elipsis;            }        }        else        {            if (Return.Length > iPhoneMaxLength)            {                Return = Return.Substring(0, iPhoneMaxLength - Elipsis.Length) + Elipsis;            }        }        return (Return);    }}  Source code for the ViewStatePage: using System;using System.Data;using System.Data.SqlClient;using System.Configuration;using System.Web;using System.Web.Security;using System.Web.UI;using System.Web.UI.WebControls;using System.Web.UI.WebControls.WebParts;using System.Web.UI.HtmlControls; /// <summary>/// Summary description for BasePage/// </summary>#region Base class for a page.public class ViewStatePage : System.Web.UI.Page{     PageStatePersisterToDatabase myPageStatePersister;        public ViewStatePage()        : base()    {        myPageStatePersister = new PageStatePersisterToDatabase(this);    }     protected override PageStatePersister PageStatePersister    {        get        {            return myPageStatePersister;        }    } }#endregion #region This class will override the page persistence to store page state in a database.public class PageStatePersisterToDatabase : PageStatePersister{    private string ViewStateKeyField = "__VIEWSTATE_KEY";    private string _exNoConnectionStringFound = "No Database Configuration information is in the web.config.";     public PageStatePersisterToDatabase(Page page)        : base(page)    {    }     public override void Load()    {         // Get the cache key from the web form data        System.Int64 key = Convert.ToInt64(Page.Request.Params[ViewStateKeyField]);         Pair state = this.LoadState(key);         // Abort if cache object is not of type Pair        if (state == null)            throw new ApplicationException("Missing valid " + ViewStateKeyField);         // Set view state and control state        ViewState = state.First;        ControlState = state.Second;    }     public override void Save()    {         // No processing needed if no states available        if (ViewState == null && ControlState != null)            return;         System.Int64 key;        IStateFormatter formatter = this.StateFormatter;        Pair statePair = new Pair(ViewState, ControlState);         // Serialize the statePair object to a string.        string serializedState = formatter.Serialize(statePair);         // Save the ViewState and get a unique identifier back.        key = SaveState(serializedState);         // Register hidden field to store cache key in        // Page.ClientScript does not work properly with Atlas.        //Page.ClientScript.RegisterHiddenField(ViewStateKeyField, key.ToString());        ScriptManager.RegisterHiddenField(this.Page, ViewStateKeyField, key.ToString());    }     private System.Int64 SaveState(string PageState)    {        System.Int64 i64Key = 0;        string strConn = String.Empty,            strProvider = String.Empty;         string strSql = "insert into tblPageState ( SerializedState ) values ( '" + SqlEscape(PageState) + "');select scope_identity();";        SqlConnection sqlCn;        SqlCommand sqlCm;        try        {            GetDBConnectionString(ref strConn, ref strProvider);            sqlCn = new SqlConnection(strConn);            sqlCm = new SqlCommand(strSql, sqlCn);            sqlCn.Open();            i64Key = Convert.ToInt64(sqlCm.ExecuteScalar());            if (sqlCn.State != ConnectionState.Closed)            {                sqlCn.Close();            }            sqlCn.Dispose();            sqlCm.Dispose();        }        finally        {            sqlCn = null;            sqlCm = null;        }        return i64Key;    }     private Pair LoadState(System.Int64 iKey)    {        string strConn = String.Empty,            strProvider = String.Empty,            SerializedState = String.Empty,            strMinutesInPast = GetMinutesInPastToDelete();        Pair PageState;        string strSql = "select SerializedState from tblPageState where tblPageStateID=" + iKey.ToString() + ";" +            "delete from tblPageState where DateUpdated<DateAdd(mi, " + strMinutesInPast + ", getdate());";        SqlConnection sqlCn;        SqlCommand sqlCm;        try        {            GetDBConnectionString(ref strConn, ref strProvider);            sqlCn = new SqlConnection(strConn);            sqlCm = new SqlCommand(strSql, sqlCn);             sqlCn.Open();            SerializedState = Convert.ToString(sqlCm.ExecuteScalar());            IStateFormatter formatter = this.StateFormatter;             if ((null == SerializedState) ||                (String.Empty == SerializedState))            {                throw (new ApplicationException("No ViewState records were returned."));            }             // Deserilize returns the Pair object that is serialized in            // the Save method.            PageState = (Pair)formatter.Deserialize(SerializedState);             if (sqlCn.State != ConnectionState.Closed)            {                sqlCn.Close();            }            sqlCn.Dispose();            sqlCm.Dispose();        }        finally        {            sqlCn = null;            sqlCm = null;        }        return PageState;    }     private string SqlEscape(string Val)    {        string ReturnVal = String.Empty;        if (null != Val)        {            ReturnVal = Val.Replace("'", "''");        }        return (ReturnVal);    }    private void GetDBConnectionString(ref string ConnectionStringValue, ref string ProviderNameValue)    {        if (System.Configuration.ConfigurationManager.ConnectionStrings.Count > 0)        {            ConnectionStringValue = System.Configuration.ConfigurationManager.ConnectionStrings["ApplicationServices"].ConnectionString;            ProviderNameValue = System.Configuration.ConfigurationManager.ConnectionStrings["ApplicationServices"].ProviderName;        }        else        {            throw new ConfigurationErrorsException(_exNoConnectionStringFound);        }    }    private string GetMinutesInPastToDelete()    {        string strReturn = "-60";        if (null != System.Configuration.ConfigurationManager.AppSettings["MinutesInPastToDeletePageState"])        {            strReturn = System.Configuration.ConfigurationManager.AppSettings["MinutesInPastToDeletePageState"].ToString();        }        return (strReturn);    }}#endregion AppleiPhone.cs file: using System;using System.Collections.Generic;using System.Linq;using System.Web; /// <summary>/// Summary description for AppleIPhone/// </summary>public class AppleIPhone{ public AppleIPhone() {  //  // TODO: Add constructor logic here  // }     static public bool IsIPhoneOS()    {        return (IsIPad() || IsIPhone() || IsIPodTouch());    }     static public bool IsIPhone()    {        return IsTest("iPhone");    }     static public bool IsIPodTouch()    {        return IsTest("iPod");    }     static public bool IsIPad()    {        return IsTest("iPad");    }     static private bool IsTest(string Agent)    {        bool bl = false;        string ua = HttpContext.Current.Request.UserAgent.ToLower();        try        {            bl = ua.Contains(Agent.ToLower());        }        catch { }        return (bl);        }} Master page .cs: using System;using System.Collections.Generic;using System.Linq;using System.Web;using System.Web.UI;using System.Web.UI.HtmlControls;using System.Web.UI.WebControls; public partial class MasterPages_iPhoneMaster : System.Web.UI.MasterPage{    protected void Page_Load(object sender, EventArgs e)    {            HtmlHead head = Page.Header;            HtmlMeta meta = new HtmlMeta();            if (AppleIPhone.IsIPad() == true)            {                meta.Content = "width=400,user-scalable=no";                head.Controls.Add(meta);             }            else            {                meta.Content = "width=device-width, user-scalable=no";                meta.Attributes.Add("name", "viewport");            }            meta.Attributes.Add("name", "viewport");            head.Controls.Add(meta);            HtmlLink cssLink = new HtmlLink();            HtmlGenericControl script = new HtmlGenericControl("script");            script.Attributes.Add("type", "text/javascript");            script.Attributes.Add("src", ResolveUrl("~/Scripts/iWebKit/javascript/functions.js"));            head.Controls.Add(script);            cssLink.Attributes.Add("rel", "stylesheet");            cssLink.Attributes.Add("href", ResolveUrl("~/Scripts/iWebKit/css/style.css") );            cssLink.Attributes.Add("type", "text/css");            head.Controls.Add(cssLink);            HtmlGenericControl jsLink = new HtmlGenericControl("script");            //jsLink.Attributes.Add("type", "text/javascript");            //jsLink.Attributes.Add("src", ResolveUrl("~/Scripts/jquery-1.4.1.min.js") );            //head.Controls.Add(jsLink);            HtmlLink appleIcon = new HtmlLink();            appleIcon.Attributes.Add("rel", "apple-touch-icon");            appleIcon.Attributes.Add("href", ResolveUrl("~/apple-touch-icon.png"));            HtmlMeta appleMobileWebAppStatusBarStyle = new HtmlMeta();            appleMobileWebAppStatusBarStyle.Attributes.Add("name", "apple-mobile-web-app-status-bar-style");            appleMobileWebAppStatusBarStyle.Attributes.Add("content", "black");            head.Controls.Add(appleMobileWebAppStatusBarStyle);    }     internal string FindPath(string Location)    {        string Url = Server.MapPath(Location);        return (Url);    }}

    Read the article

< Previous Page | 201 202 203 204 205 206  | Next Page >